Follow TV Tropes

Following

History Pantheon / FictionalSettings

Go To

OR

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* While they're both advanced ring-based structures, Bolder's Ring doesn't have anything in common with the Franchise/{{Halo}} rings. [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes Master Chief]] can certainly admire the craftsmanship and sheer scale of the Ring. Nicol Bolas admires it, but in a far more covetous fashion; he intends to co-opt it and be the only one allowed to access it, which has led to conflict between him and the Xeelee as the Ring is '''not''' to be used exclusively like that. [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Professor Farnsworth]] admits it's indeed impressive, but he still likes to flex [[Recap/FuturamaS4E15TheFarnsworthParabox with his universe box]]. The Xeelee were not impressed by this, though they were a bit surprised he was even able to do so at all.

to:

* While they're both advanced ring-based structures, Bolder's Ring doesn't have anything in common with the Franchise/{{Halo}} rings. [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypesAtoM Master Chief]] can certainly admire the craftsmanship and sheer scale of the Ring. Nicol Bolas admires it, but in a far more covetous fashion; he intends to co-opt it and be the only one allowed to access it, which has led to conflict between him and the Xeelee as the Ring is '''not''' to be used exclusively like that. [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Professor Farnsworth]] admits it's indeed impressive, but he still likes to flex [[Recap/FuturamaS4E15TheFarnsworthParabox with his universe box]]. The Xeelee were not impressed by this, though they were a bit surprised he was even able to do so at all.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Atlantica is home to many merfolk and other friendly seafolk alike, ruled by the well-intentioned King Triton, who rules the place with a firm but merciful hand. Likewise, the place is also a sacred location to his seven daughters, including Ariel herself. However, since she prefers to be on land with her husband Prince Eric, it'd be more likely to run into her daughter, Melody here. While initially troubled [[WesternAnimation/TheLittleMermaidIIIArielsBeginning by the death of King Triton's wife, Queen Athena]], which led to a dreary time where music was forbidden to be played, Ariel managed to bring music back as a tradition in her late mother's honor.

to:

* Atlantica is home to many merfolk and other friendly seafolk alike, ruled by the well-intentioned King Triton, who rules the place with a firm but merciful hand. Likewise, the place is also a sacred location to his seven daughters, including Ariel herself. However, since she prefers to be on land with her husband Prince Eric, it'd be more likely to run into her daughter, Melody here. While initially troubled [[WesternAnimation/TheLittleMermaidIIIArielsBeginning [[WesternAnimation/TheLittleMermaidArielsBeginning by the death of King Triton's wife, Queen Athena]], which led to a dreary time where music was forbidden to be played, Ariel managed to bring music back as a tradition in her late mother's honor.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Banned: Members of the Hall of Pantheon/{{Piracy}}, and all other pirates by principle, [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Captain Nemo]], [[Pantheon/NarrativeObjects Commander Rourke]], [[Pantheon/{{Sinners}} Kratos]], [[Pantheon/ScientistsAndGeniuses Plankton]], [[Pantheon/GoodAndEvilColors Tamatoa]] and other evil-aligned aquatic life in general

to:

* Banned: Members of the Hall of Pantheon/{{Piracy}}, and all other pirates by principle, [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Captain Nemo]], [[Pantheon/NarrativeObjects [[Pantheon/MiscellaneousItemsDeities Commander Rourke]], [[Pantheon/{{Sinners}} Kratos]], [[Pantheon/ScientistsAndGeniuses Plankton]], [[Pantheon/GoodAndEvilColors Tamatoa]] and other evil-aligned aquatic life in general
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


** Snowy Peaks: SlippySlideyIceWorld

to:

** Snowy Peaks: SlippySlideyIceWorldSlippySlideyIceWorld, CrystalLandscape
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Interest in: [[Pantheon/UnDead Dracula (Castlevania)]], [[Pantheon/CommercialAttitude Wario]]

to:

* Interest in: [[Pantheon/UnDead [[Pantheon/UndeadAndPhasmata Dracula (Castlevania)]], [[Pantheon/CommercialAttitude Wario]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* The Spectral Familiars are very strict about who is allowed in the Monster Sanctuary. People who would exploit the monsters, such as Pokémon Hunter J and Dr. Eggman, were instantly banned. While the Monster Hunters try to preserve ecosystems in their own world, the Familiars firmly insisted that hunting is off-limits here. Neither visitors nor locals are allowed to take the Sanctuary's monsters into other parts of the Pantheon in case they wreak havoc. Surprisingly, the Monster Sanctuary quickly formed diplomatic ties with [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations Paleo Pines]], another sparsely-populated island where people live in harmony with the wildlife.

to:

* The Spectral Familiars are very strict about who is allowed in the Monster Sanctuary. People who would exploit the monsters, such as Pokémon Hunter J and Dr. Eggman, were instantly banned. While the Monster Hunters try to preserve ecosystems in their own world, the Familiars firmly insisted that hunting is off-limits here. Neither visitors nor locals are allowed to take the Sanctuary's monsters into other parts of the Pantheon in case they wreak havoc. Surprisingly, the Monster Sanctuary quickly formed diplomatic ties with [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts Paleo Pines]], another sparsely-populated island where people live in harmony with the wildlife.



* Bizarrely, Creator/{{Disney}} (the company who showed us this horrid accursed place) once named an adult-oriented nighttime clubbing district in [[Pantheon/{{EstablishmentsAndInstallations}} Walt Disney World]] after this place. Granted, it doesn't have any of the deadly traps that turn visitors into donkeys, [[JustForFun/IThoughtItMeant unless you count getting drunk turning you into a jackass.]] Today, it's The Landing at Disney Springs, which has no nightclubs. Within the Pantheon, some plans have popped up about potentially reopening it, just under a different name to make it clear that it's not the same place as the Coachman's Island.

to:

* Bizarrely, Creator/{{Disney}} (the company who showed us this horrid accursed place) once named an adult-oriented nighttime clubbing district in [[Pantheon/{{EstablishmentsAndInstallations}} [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts Walt Disney World]] after this place. Granted, it doesn't have any of the deadly traps that turn visitors into donkeys, [[JustForFun/IThoughtItMeant unless you count getting drunk turning you into a jackass.]] Today, it's The Landing at Disney Springs, which has no nightclubs. Within the Pantheon, some plans have popped up about potentially reopening it, just under a different name to make it clear that it's not the same place as the Coachman's Island.



* Point of Interest To: [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Arthur Maxson]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Patriots, The Enclave]], [[Pantheon/TimePeriods The Think Tank]], [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations The Institute]], [[Pantheon/CrossoversAndReferences Littlepip]], [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]]

to:

* Point of Interest To: [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Arthur Maxson]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Patriots, The Enclave]], [[Pantheon/TimePeriods The Think Tank]], [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts The Institute]], [[Pantheon/CrossoversAndReferences Littlepip]], [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Interests: The House of Pantheon/{{Knowledge}}, [[Pantheon/GameCharacters Cyrus Albright]], and other scholars, [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Byleth]], The House of Pantheon/{{Craft}}, various adventurers and treasure hunters such as [[Pantheon/FantasticalJobs The League of Explorers]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indiana Jones]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Lara Croft]], [[Pantheon/{{Plants}} Captain Toad]], [[Pantheon/LuckAndFortune Nathan Drake]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/GamingGenres The Knight]]

to:

* Interests: The House of Pantheon/{{Knowledge}}, [[Pantheon/GameCharacters Cyrus Albright]], and other scholars, [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Byleth]], The House of Pantheon/{{Craft}}, various adventurers and treasure hunters such as [[Pantheon/FantasticalJobs The League of Explorers]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indiana Jones]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} [[Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers Lara Croft]], [[Pantheon/{{Plants}} Captain Toad]], [[Pantheon/LuckAndFortune Nathan Drake]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/GamingGenres The Knight]]



* Wherever the hell they went, it's a place so far off that even the Pantheon's powers were completely unable to reach them. Instead, they ended up calling forth their ancient and often underground ruins. Considering it's enough to bring back those who [[CessationOfExistence ceased to be]], this is by all means no simple claim to make. Just as they were a source of intrigue from back home, many deities across the Pantheon have showed interest in making their own expeditions in them. Some like those in the House of Pantheon/{{Knowledge}} wish to also study them, others want to seek out adventure and/or even some lost treasure within them. Whatever the reason, [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} the Dovahkiin]] warns that not everyone can just simply barge right into the many Dwemer's ruins. Though their architects are long gone, there still lies the fully-functional deathtraps and other occupants. Barring the city of Markarth (a Nordic city based in what was once Nchuand-Zel) it's not just inhabited by opportunistic folk like bandits, vampire covens, or potential wildlife either...

to:

* Wherever the hell they went, it's a place so far off that even the Pantheon's powers were completely unable to reach them. Instead, they ended up calling forth their ancient and often underground ruins. Considering it's enough to bring back those who [[CessationOfExistence ceased to be]], this is by all means no simple claim to make. Just as they were a source of intrigue from back home, many deities across the Pantheon have showed interest in making their own expeditions in them. Some like those in the House of Pantheon/{{Knowledge}} wish to also study them, others want to seek out adventure and/or even some lost treasure within them. Whatever the reason, [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} [[Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers the Dovahkiin]] warns that not everyone can just simply barge right into the many Dwemer's ruins. Though their architects are long gone, there still lies the fully-functional deathtraps and other occupants. Barring the city of Markarth (a Nordic city based in what was once Nchuand-Zel) it's not just inhabited by opportunistic folk like bandits, vampire covens, or potential wildlife either...



* Access to the Earth of 200 myf has to be authorized by the House of Pantheon/TimeAndTemporality. As per pantheon rules it is to be treated as a safari by tourists, and there are strict limits to what the Pantheon/{{Hunters}} are and are not permitted to hunt. Poachers too are banned.

to:

* Access to the Earth of 200 myf has to be authorized by the House of Pantheon/TimeAndTemporality. As per pantheon rules it is to be treated as a safari by tourists, and there are strict limits to what the Pantheon/{{Hunters}} the Hall of Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers are and are not permitted to hunt. Poachers too are banned.



* Unholy To: [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Spinosaurus]], [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings Indominus Rex]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indoraptor]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Pokémon Hunter J]]

to:

* Unholy To: [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Spinosaurus]], [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings Indominus Rex]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indoraptor]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} [[Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers Pokémon Hunter J]]



* Interests: [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia David Attenborough]], [[Pantheon/BeastHandlers Steve Irwin, Eliza Thornberry]], [[Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna Rexxar]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu]] [[Pantheon/LearningTools Sento]], [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes Harry]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} The Monster Hunters]], [[Pantheon/{{Derivatives}} Mewtwo]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Jack Tenrec, Hannah Dundee]]

to:

* Interests: [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia David Attenborough]], [[Pantheon/BeastHandlers Steve Irwin, Eliza Thornberry]], [[Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna Rexxar]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu]] [[Pantheon/LearningTools Sento]], [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes Harry]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} [[Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers The Monster Hunters]], [[Pantheon/{{Derivatives}} Mewtwo]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Jack Tenrec, Hannah Dundee]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters | Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies | Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses | Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts | Pantheon/FantasticalSettings | '''Fictional Settings'''| Pantheon/MilitaryInstallationsAndBattlefields | Pantheon/VideoGameStages -]]]]]

to:

Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters | Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies | Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses | Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts | | Pantheon/FantasticalSettings | '''Fictional Settings'''| Settings''' | Pantheon/MilitaryInstallationsAndBattlefields | Pantheon/VideoGameStages -]]]]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters | Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies | Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses | Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations | '''Fictional Settings''' -]]]]]

to:

Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters | Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies | Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses | Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndDistricts | Pantheon/FantasticalSettings | '''Fictional Settings''' Settings'''| Pantheon/MilitaryInstallationsAndBattlefields | Pantheon/VideoGameStages -]]]]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


'''[[VideoGame/{{Frostpunk}} New London]], The Divine City [[EndlessWinter Engulfed by Neverending Snow]]''' [[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/city_of_new_london_2.jpg]][[caption-width-right:350:New London in a bird's eye view]]

to:

'''[[VideoGame/{{Frostpunk}} New London]], The Divine City [[EndlessWinter [[GlacialApocalypse Engulfed by Neverending Snow]]''' a Frozen Apocalypse]]''' [[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/city_of_new_london_2.jpg]][[caption-width-right:350:New London in a bird's eye view]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* For any treasure hunter (pre or post-apocalyptic), the Sierra Madre is the ultimate test. But for those with an explosive collar around their necks courtesy of Father Elijah, there is the added danger of the faulty speakers and active radios within the resort and casino. Destroying the radios and speakers are easy enough, but the shielded radios are a different story altogether. The Villa is pretty much a deathtrap. Aside from the Ghost People and the risk of one's collar exploding, there is the added danger of the various traps left behind by past treasure hunters. The Grenade Bouquets are popular, along with the pressure traps that can trigger a shotgun blast to the face if one is not careful. And of course, there are the bear traps. Be it out of curiosity (or out of sheer boredom), Littlepip explored the Sierra Madre's Villa, as the casino and resort reminded her of Canterlot, just not - according to her - as dangerous. Due to her light frame, Littlepip easily bypassed the numerous traps left behind by those who came before her. While the Cloud somewhat annoyed her, the Ghost People were of little importance, especially as she can use her telekinesis to fling them out of her path... or to clear the more difficult traps. The Ghost People gave her a wide berth after she impaled a couple of their number using several makeshift spears and used a superheated Cosmic Knife to de-leg and kill the impaled denizens of the Madre.

to:

* For any treasure hunter (pre or post-apocalyptic), the Sierra Madre is the ultimate test. But for those with an explosive collar around their necks courtesy of Father Elijah, there is the added danger of the faulty speakers and active radios within the resort and casino. Destroying the radios and speakers are easy enough, but the shielded radios are a different story altogether. The Villa is pretty much a deathtrap. Aside from the Ghost People and the risk of one's collar exploding, there is the added danger of the various traps left behind by past treasure hunters. The Grenade Bouquets are popular, along with the pressure traps that can trigger a shotgun blast to the face if one is not careful. And of course, there are the bear traps. Be it out of curiosity (or out of sheer boredom), Littlepip explored the Sierra Madre's Villa, as the casino and resort reminded her of Canterlot, just not - according to her - as dangerous. Due to her light frame, as well as the ability to self-levitate, Littlepip easily bypassed the numerous traps left behind by those who came before her. While the Cloud somewhat annoyed her, the Ghost People were of little importance, especially as she can use her telekinesis to fling them out of her path... or to clear the more difficult traps. The Ghost People gave her a wide berth after she impaled a couple of their number using several makeshift spears and used a superheated Cosmic Knife to de-leg and kill the impaled denizens of the Madre.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:

Added DiffLines:

[[folder:New London]]
'''[[VideoGame/{{Frostpunk}} New London]], The Divine City [[EndlessWinter Engulfed by Neverending Snow]]''' [[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/city_of_new_london_2.jpg]][[caption-width-right:350:New London in a bird's eye view]]
* Description: A city surrounded by ice in a crater, with a large generator in the middle of it.
* Symbol: A large steam generator.
* Theme Songs: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uLF6VFME2jc Main Theme]], [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohilL63ff4I The Still, Cold World]]
** When in [[PoliceState Order and Discipline]] phase: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OvKp4XQAwY0 Brave New World]]
** When in [[TheTheocracy Faith and Spiritual Strength]] phase: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TItsVzFQ0M The Shepherd]]
** When a storm approaches: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TpaFE6_nDJw The City Must Survive]]
* Alignment: LawfulNeutral at best, LawfulEvil at worst. Mostly at ChaoticNeutral.
* Portfolio: [[CrapsackWorld A world faced with a catastrophe that leads to more than 90% of the world]] [[SlippySlideyIceWorld frozen]], [[{{Steampunk}} forcing remaining cities to be powered by steam-based technology]], [[EndOfAnAge a world where technological process in the nineties are halted]], [[AStormIsComing tormented by many ice storms]], [[PoliceState governing shifts between Order and Discipline]] [[TheTheocracy or resort to Faith and Spiritual Strength]]
* Domains: Winter, Survival, Isolation, Sacrifices, Order and Faith
* Neighboring Areas: Winterhome, [[TeslaTechTimeline Tesla City]], The City of Sanctuary, City of New Manchester, Site 113/New Liverpool, and the Legacy Ark
* Possible Links with: [[Pantheon/PlainNeutral Insert Name Here]]
* Interest with: [[Pantheon/ElementalPairings The Weather Trio]], most fire-based deities specifically those within the Hall of Pantheon/FireAndHeat.
* Banned Deities: '''Anyone affiliated with the cold''' like [[Pantheon/ComplexSymbolism Tenjian of The Seven]], [[Pantheon/CraftingMaterials Jadis, the White Witch]], [[Pantheon/ClothingTheme Queen Elsa]] and everyone within the subhouse of Pantheon/IceAndCold, '''[[Pantheon/ScientistsAndGeniuses Nikola Tesla]]''', [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Enclave]]
* [[AlternateHistory 1888]]. The world has changed into a post-apocalyptic state where more than a large portion of the Earth is a frozen wasteland. Storms that decrease the temperature up to the negative degrees ravage the world and few cities live, only to crumble at either the sight of an oncoming storm, or mismanagement of the governing people. Among those cities that are surviving through the ordeal is New London, one of the very few safe havens of the still, cold world. The objective is to survive amidst the chaotic environment whilst handling the rising demands and needs of the population. Due to changing leaders and various scenarios that pop up around the city, there is no shortage of breaks nor slight reprieve and coupled with various laws that can be implemented, the city is often in a changing landscape, either at the brink of death or struggling at the bare minimum of resources. Yet in these dark times, hope still permeates through the city by its inhabitants. For [[ArcWords The City Must Survive.]]
* Those who ponder how the city operates despite the bleak setting will be left with surprise with how resilient the people are when it comes to tenuous survival. The City's location is located underneath a large crater-like hole, otherwise known as the Pit, where people are transported from the surface into the steampunk driven city which houses survivors of the original frost. It is also powered by a large Heat Generator Tower that is within the center of the city, powering it until it runs out of fuel or in some cases, become unrepairable by engineers. Debates to whether the Pit is man-made or natural are supported by evidence that it may be both as the location of New London may have been within a forest and that an icey wall surrounds the city, giving it the crater-like appearance. With this in mind, it would make sense as to why this location was suitable to house what can only be the last vestige of human civilization.
* Originally, the city's main objective is to survive the strong winter, lead by none other than [[PlayerCharacter the Captain]] of New London. As time progresses and more refugees arrive at the Pit, the city's own leader may opt to apply stringent laws to make sure that enough resources is distributed to the citizens ''and'' the generator that is supplying heat towards the populace. That is where the challenge starts to ramp up as simple chaotic scenarios may throw an upheaval and put the city in danger. To compensate, laws such as a totalitarian-esque system can be implemented to put order in place, but for the religious-oriented, may prefer a theocratic system that encourages worship to place devotion over hope. The setting, already dangerous enough as it is, is not without the possibility that both sides can go over the extreme, either putting the city into a system similar to dictatorship (with the possibility of a revolt) or putting the Captain as a icon of religious worship. Whatever the case is, the main idea remains: survive the harsh world, no matter the cost.
* Entering the realm of New London will put the visitors to experience cases of frostbite or even severe cases of hypothermia for the uninitiated. The world has the warmest temperature of about -20 degrees Celsius, but beyond that is nearly impossible, as it will only get colder from then on. Dependence on heat will become a necessity and sometimes, a simple presence of fire will not be enough to calm the masses, which is why storms are heavily feared, as the massive drop in temperature will send everyone into a deep freeze. It is this reason why the Heat Generators are the key point to the city's survival, alongside a few sacrifices to some of the workers to stay behind and keep the generators open.
* The city's populace often has disdain towards visitors or refugees, of those who were originally the first people to take refuge in the city beforehand. With resources at a mostly all-time low and the necessity to be active on jobs just to maintain the life they are living in, it would make sense. Still, the city has made several remarks against the prospect of adding other people in the city as having more people may result in short rations and low space for housing which in turn, will result into a revolt for not meeting the citizen's demands. Things will go downhill unless order will be restored by then.
* Past the Pit of the city are various human locations, some of which have been maintained and independent while others were short lived, suffering gruesome fates due to poor leadership among the higher ranks. Cities such as Winterhome, Tesla City and even New Manchester all have the same issues with their leadership. Tesla City became desolated after a revolt broke out following Nikola Tesla choosing more inhumane methods for scientific progress, New Manchester was already collapsing prior to its discovery, but worst of all was Winterhome, a military outpost which was turned into a settlement following the great frost. With the rising population, one of the military captains took charge and turned it into an authoritarian state, with the damage to the generator being the final straw that resulted into rebellion and forced the next captain to evacuate as many people as possible before a storm would hit the already broken city. Despite the grim fates, other areas such as the Legacy Arks, a project meant to save the remaining vestige of plant life, New Liverpool, which was one of the first areas deployed following the slow cooling of the world, Sanctuary, a city that became a settlement for the poor, and Outpost 11, an outpost deployed by New London only to become independent later on, shows that other human areas are possible, it will however be an ardous task.
* Pantheon visitations are few and far between, probably due to the harsh weather conditions and the strict guidelines when it comes to visiting the city as the people within are very harsh considering the world they live in. While few can visit the city, the other portions of the Pantheon, specifically the House of Pantheon/{{Nature}} has studied what ''really'' happened to the surrounding world past New London and how the winter came all of a sudden. Few evidences can be alluded to two theories: mass volcanic eruptions creating volcanic winter on a massive scale [[spoiler:or perhaps a large meteor that place the Earth out of orbit]]. Even with all the evidence, these theories cannot be proven as the other factors such as carbon dating are out of the question due to the oncoming winter.
** Speaking of Pantheon inhabitants, many people have beefs following the news that New London was given a new entrance. Outside the issue of too much population, the presence of ice-based deities have led the population into a revolt, forcing the Captain of the city to ban their presence. No one knows who first triggered this scenario but some may have noticed that Tenjian of The Seven went out of the door leading to New London few days ago and authorities found that one body was frozen to death alongisde a few houses being frozen to a small degree. He has denied all claims but with the actions of the City towards certain Pantheon deities, few are willing to agree that he had something to do with the ban.
** On the other hand, totalitarian forces such as the Enclave have been scouting New London's presence through the use of visitor proxies who would disguise as regular visitors only to spy on the London population. However, one visitor was caught staying within the generator for too long and spilled the beans to the police, leading to the execution and discovery that the Enclave was spying on their place. Since the population hates the idea of a dictatorship, the city also banned other tyrannical leaders/forces into city premises following the Enclave's reveal.
** As the banlist for the city grew, another outcry was heard, this time directing towards Nikola Tesla. Tesla at first was confused as to why a bunch of refugees were against his presence, that was until certain Pantheon scouts identified an abandoned city known as Tesla City and incriminating evidence showing that the Nikola Tesla in that world was far more evil than his original portrayal. Soon, Tesla remembered fragments of what was his progress on the city, even able to recount the development of the city's electrical dome [[spoiler:that lead to frying the citizens inside]]. What he has trouble trying to remember [[spoiler:was that Tesla's adherence to progress and sacrificing human lives for the city's technological progress grew increasingly bad, resulting to him executed by the remaining population in Tesla City.]]
* With the ban in place, the discovery of other ice-based deities prompted ''another'' revolt that begged the removal of the city to connection to the Pantheon. Among those who were identified were Jadis and Elsa, both of which were of royalty who froze their respective lands. Queen Elsa in particular is most hated by the inhabitants, considering her role freezing Arendale almost similar to the great frost that has been inflicted upon their world.
** On the other hand, some have made the idea of using fire-based deities to possibly fix the state of the world as their powers can hopefully melt most of the ice. What most do not know is the risk in doing so, as well as various conditions that are in place, such as the climate being heavily changed to the point that by melting the snow, it will eventually be frozen again due to constant freezing temperatures. Then the issue comes when melting the ice might destroy New London as the Pit will melt and the water will drown them instead and coupled with the situation mentioned earlier, makes permanent heating nearly impossible. The only thing good that can be used for such is to heat up the people on certain occasions.
* Despite cynicism towards the Pantheon, the Captain was at one point, ordered by the Pantheon leaders to meet up at a leadership convention where certain people proposed new ideas to improve New London's environmental problem, which at first he was hesitant to follow. When one of the Pantheon leaders brought up the Weather Trio, the Captain then took interest as the Pantheon leaders described how the Pokemon can aid in fixing their city's hazards. After arriving back to New London, the Captain has reserved thoughts to use the Weather Trio but the people's lives matter first before fixing the environment.
* Possible links between the City and Insert Name Here were thought out as the Captain is unnamed and without any facial/body descriptions. Some believe that the latter may be responsible for all the changes of the city, whether it be implementation of new laws, management of housing and rations or even changes to the local populace. Still, some people may use the opportunity to manage the city to their behest, but be prepared, as the weather and other scenarios may test even the most staunch of captains to a certain extent.
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None

Added DiffLines:

[[folder:Monster Sanctuary]]
'''The VideoGame/MonsterSanctuary, Divine SmallSecludedWorld'''

[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/monster_sanctuary_key_art_background.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Key art of the Mountain Path, with the Keepers' Stronghold in the distance]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Map of the Sanctuary]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/monster_sanctuary_map.png[[/labelnote]]]]

* Description: A magical island sealed off from the rest of the world, with many biomes.
* Symbol: A [[https://monster-sanctuary.fandom.com/wiki/Blob Blob]]
* Theme Music: [[https://youtu.be/ZsjxGAdnTuQ?si=qvi6ABsJnxPV1Sra Welcome to Monster Sanctuary]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: ThePlace, {{Retraux}} {{Metroidvania}} with plenty of SequenceBreaking, home to [[OurMonstersAreDifferent all sorts of]] {{mons}}ters, DeathIsASlapOnTheWrist, AfterCombatRecovery, WaterIsAir, many areas contain {{Optional Boss}}es and/or {{Superboss}}es.
** Keepers' Stronghold: HubLevel
** Mountain Path: GreenHillZone
** Blue Caves: UndergroundLevel, NoobCave, has a CaveBehindTheFalls
** Stronghold Dungeon: DownTheDrain
** Ancient Woods: Home to the Tree of {{Evolution|Powerup}} and most kinds of [[OurGoblinsAreDifferent goblins]], has an underground BlackoutBasement
** Snowy Peaks: SlippySlideyIceWorld
** Sun Palace: Houses an [[WeirdSun artificial sun]], full of {{Control Room Puzzle}}s
** Horizon Beach: BeachEpisode with an UnderTheSea section
** Magma Chamber: LethalLavaLand
** The Underworld: BigBoosHaunt
** Mystical Workshop: EternalEngine, {{Steampunk}}
** Abandoned Tower: ItsAllUpstairsFromHere, TheVeryDefinitelyFinalDungeon
** Blob Burg: SecretLevel, home to {{Cute Slime Mook}}s
** Forgotten World: {{Jungle|Japes}} with [[FungusHumongous giant mushrooms]], LostWorld, home to the WorldTree
* Domains: Magic, wilderness, seclusion, sprite art, mythology, monsters
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/ElementalPairings The Spectral Familiars]]
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/{{Challenge}} Reimu Hakurei]], [[Pantheon/OtherCreatures The Searchers]], [[Pantheon/GamingStyles Beatrix LeBeau]], [[Pantheon/{{Shapeshifters}} Cassette Beasts party members]], [[Pantheon/HybridBeings Kuneko]]
* Banned from entering: [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr. Eggman]], [[Pantheon/HuntersAndSlayers Pokémon Hunter J, the Monster Hunters]]
* For as long as there has been life in this world, there have been monsters, beings of powerful might and magic. They come in a variety of forms, such as animals, plants, living objects, and ethereal spirits. People who raise monsters from hatching are called, Keepers. 490 years ago, they went to war with kings who wanted to exploit nature at the expense of monsters. To end this war, the four Spectral Familiars created the Monster Sanctuary, an island magically sealed off from the rest of the world, where monsters and Keepers can live in peace.
** Most people in the Monster Sanctuary live in the Keepers' Stronghold, a stone fortress that was created by the Spectral Lion. There are plenty of services for Keepers here, such as shops that sell goods for adventuring, and a blacksmith who upgrades monsters' equipment. Above it is the Infinity Tower, where Keepers and their monsters can test their skills in battle.
** The Mountain Path is west of the Stronghold. It's full of weak monsters, making it the perfect place for young Keepers to start their journeys. However, the grasslands above and the caverns below are filled with secrets. It contains a series of stone tablets that tell the history of the Sanctuary in rhyming couplets. It's also home to Old Buran, a man who raises Blobs and trains new Keepers.
** The Blue Caves are below the Stronghold, and filled with moss and mushrooms. It's full of high ledges, making it difficult to navigate without the aid of double-jump boots and flying monsters; fortunately, the former can be found here. In 490 AC[[note]]After Creation[[/note]], several Champion monsters -- wild ones that are stronger than usual -- mysteriously appeared here, and the latest generation of Spectral Keepers met each other when they set out to investigate why. The lower levels are filled with water. At the deepest point is a door that can only be opened with the five [[PlotCoupon Sanctuary Tokens]].
** The Stronghold Dungeon is also below the Stronghold, east of the Blue Caves, and contains the Sanctuary's only prison. It was designed for monsters who like to live in dark, damp places such as sewers, so the water is green. It also hides an ancient library. Will, Keeper of the Spectral Toad, was interested in it... and so were the alchemists who tried to take over the Sanctuary.
** The Ancient Woods, east of the Dungeon, is home to the Tree of Evolution, which stands on the spot where the Monster Sanctuary was created. Keepers can use special items, called catalysts, here to permanently change certain monsters into different ([[DiscardAndDraw but not necessarily stronger]]) forms. It's also home to most of the goblin tribes, including their king. While goblins can be hatched and raised like any other monster, they're just as intelligent as humans, and can talk and form societies. It also has an extensive system of dark, underground caves filled with rare monsters.
** Snowy Peaks, west of the Mountain Path, is perpetually frozen. Its inner caverns are full of giant crystals created by crystal snails, one of the oldest species of monsters. The icy lake is so cold that it's impossible to enter without warm underclothes made by a woman who lives at the summit. It's home to a ghost known only as the Frozen Oracle, who gives Keepers advice on how to protect the Monster Sanctuary, and makes them fight a Champion Akhlut (an orca with legs) as a test of their worth.
** The Sun Palace is below the Snowy Peaks and west of the Blue Caves. It's a golden temple created by the Spectral Eagle that houses an artificial sun which protects the Sanctuary from natural disasters. Its caretaker says it represents the peace Keepers should strive towards. An alchemist tried to upset the balance by shifting the sun towards darkness, but the caretaker's Koi (not to be confused with mundane koi) sacrificed itself to return it to normal. After this, monsters in the Sanctuary became able to shift towards light or darkness, giving them alternate forms that are stronger and have different colours.
** Horizon Beach is east of the Ancient Woods. It's home to a ranch where Keepers can leave their monsters, and is the Sanctuary's only link to the outside world; ships are occasionally let through the magical barrier. In the east are cliffs that only monsters with the best flight capabilities can reach. 300 years ago, it was home to Captain Carter, a pirate whose ship could pass through the barrier at all times. In the present, his descendant challenged three of the Spectral Keepers to find his family's treasure in the undersea caverns.
** The Magma Chamber is beneath the Ancient Woods. The magma level was so high that most of it was inaccessible until Will read out a runestone inscription by the legendary hero Siegmund, which magically lowered it. It's home to Rhazes, and alchemist who has no interest in conquest and just wants to practice his craft, who sells potions in his workshop. The most experienced Keepers can test their mettle in duels against the 25 Legendary Keepers in their hidden room.
** The Underworld can only be accessed from the door in the Blue Caves. It's a dark, dreary place with a sickly green sky inhabited by undead and occult monsters. It was abandoned a long time ago, so it's full of crumbling ruins, including a tower with pillars that must be moved in order to access certain rooms. The alchemists stole Leonard's Familiar here.
** The Mystical Workshop is above the Stronghold Dungeon. It was built to maintain and repair Steam Golems shortly after they arrived in 278 AC, but they soon learned to replicate themselves. Now, it's inhabited by all sorts of mechanical monsters. While most of the Sanctuary has medieval technology, the Workshop is filled with gears and pipes. At the very top is a statue that reveals a connection between the alchemists and the occult.
** The Abandoned Tower is above the Mystical Workshop. It requires the powers of all four Spectral Keepers to access, and for good reason: at the very top is the Sanctuary Genesis, where the alchemists planned to use the powers of the four familiars to recreate the Sanctuary in their image. Its purple, brick walls are crumbling, and it's inhabited by the strongest monsters.
** Blob Burg is hidden west of the Magma Chamber. For a long time, Old Buran was the only person who knew about it, for it can only be accessed by activating three hidden blob statues. Blobs are a common sight throughout the sanctuary, but almost every species of them lives here. The water is green, and slime drips from the rocky walls.
** The Forgotten World is below Horizon Beach, and was sealed away for over two thousand years, so it's inhabited by ancient monsters that can't be found anywhere else. The ground is covered in giant mushrooms and vines. Millions of years ago, the Twelve Celestials planted the World Tree here to bring forth life and magic. If it dies, so does all other life on the planet. Later, the Celestial Dragon tried to conquer the world, so the other Celestials, led by the Celestial Raven, fought back. The last time they clashed, three thousand years ago, the Dragon killed the Raven and cursed the Forgotten World with ice. Now, only four of the Celestials remain: the Spectral Familiars, who have only a fraction of their former power and had forgotten all about this.
* The Spectral Familiars are very strict about who is allowed in the Monster Sanctuary. People who would exploit the monsters, such as Pokémon Hunter J and Dr. Eggman, were instantly banned. While the Monster Hunters try to preserve ecosystems in their own world, the Familiars firmly insisted that hunting is off-limits here. Neither visitors nor locals are allowed to take the Sanctuary's monsters into other parts of the Pantheon in case they wreak havoc. Surprisingly, the Monster Sanctuary quickly formed diplomatic ties with [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations Paleo Pines]], another sparsely-populated island where people live in harmony with the wildlife.
* The Pantheon has plenty of humans who befriend fantastical monsters and command them in battle, and many of them were interested in the Monster Sanctuary. These visitors are warned that they should only let their {{Mons}} fight the wild monsters in self-defence and as a last resort, but they're free to challenge keepers to duels. In a Keeper Duel, each side has three monsters on the battlefield at a time. Most of the Pantheon's Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Trainers were surprised by this because they'd never participated in triple battles, and they were even more surprised to learn that monsters can have multiple status effects at a time, which is impossible in the World of Pokémon. In fact, stacking multiple statuses is a common strategy among experienced Keepers.
* Many gods from similarly secluded fantasy lands were drawn to the Monster Sanctuary. Reimu Hakurei protects the barrier around Gensokyo, a safe haven for all sorts of creatures from Japanese mythology, who are at risk of extinction due to humanity's waning belief in them. She's most interested in the Sanctuary's east Asian-style monsters, such as Tanukis, [[AsianFoxSpirit Sutsunes]], and Fenghuang-like Radugas. Meanwhile, Genki (who had previously been trapped in a copy of ''Monster Rancher'') was ecstatic to find out there was a whole Dominion full of {{Mons}} in the Pantheon now, and invited the rest of the Searchers to explore it with him.
* Beatrix [=LeBeau=] is the only visitor who's ever ventured into Blob Burg. While exploring the Magma Chamber, a Lava Blob took a liking to her and guided her there through a secret crevasse. It took her to meet the King Blob, who sensed she had an affinity for slimy creatures. While Blobs don't produce plorts, unlike the Far, Far Range's slimes, Bea enjoys taking care of them from time to time.
* The ''Cassette Beasts'' party members decided to explore the Monster Sanctuary because it reminded them of New Wirral, the world-between-worlds they all met on. They split up once they got there. When Eugene encountered a Goblin Archer in the Ancient Woods, he tried recording it on a whim because it suited his aesthetic. To his amazement, it worked, so he told the others once they regrouped at the Stronghold. Meanwhile, Felix bumped into Kuneko, who decided to explore the Sanctuary because she thinks fighting the wild monsters will help her master the four elements. Since ''she's'' a monster, the Familiars can't exactly object to this.
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None

Added DiffLines:

[[folder:Pleasure Island]]
'''[[WesternAnimation/{{Pinocchio}} Pleasure Island]], Seat of [[PleasureIsland Disturbingly Mind-Changing Land]]''' (Land of Toys, [[VideoGame/KingdomHearts3DDreamDropDistance Prankster's Paradise]])
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/pleasure_island.png]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/pleasure_island_3.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Pleasure Island in its animated and live action forms]]
* Description: A seemingly normal island amusement park dedicated to letting children act like animals. With enough time, they become donkeys to be sold to the salt mines or worse.
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VhRYa7ibg0g Pleasure Island]]. Alternatively, [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Eq4x4VWGapM The Fun Fair]] (''Kingdom Hearts 3D: Dream Drop Distance'')
* Symbol: An island with a roller coaster...at least that's what the Coachman WANTS the symbol to be. The true symbol is a child with donkey ears, a tail, and hooves.
* Alignment: ChaoticEvil
* Portfolio: AmusementParkOfDoom, Curse of [[ForcedTransformation Polymorph]], CrapsaccharineWorld, Giving off FateWorseThanDeath
* Domains: Dark fun, transformation, slavery, evil
* Proprietor: [[Pantheon/OtherworldlyAndUnorthodoxLocations The Coachman]]
* Holy to: Child haters and slave owners, like [[Pantheon/{{Zombies}} Springtrap]], [[Pantheon/FleshEaters Pennywise]], [[Pantheon/ObsceneActions Lionel Starkweather]], [[Pantheon/OrganizedCrime The Slavers]], [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Ludwig Von Tökkentäkker]], [[Pantheon/ToysAndDolls The Other Mother]]
* Unholy to: '''[[Pantheon/ValuesAndEthics Jiminy Cricket]], [[Pantheon/FacialAttributes Pinocchio]], [[Pantheon/PovertyAndRiches Geppetto]]''', [[Pantheon/ActsOfFriendship Magolor]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu Sento]], [[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes Moguro Fukuzou]], [[Pantheon/AIPersonalities The Fazbear Gang]], [[Pantheon/FemaleAppearances Mustache Girl]], [[Pantheon/CrossoversAndReferences Peacock]], [[Pantheon/UnlivingBeings Marie]], [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia Cuphead and Mugman]], [[Pantheon/{{Shapeshifters}} The Animorphs]], [[Pantheon/GamingGenresNToZ Sora (Kingdom Hearts)]], [[Pantheon/OpposingFate Riku (Kingdom Hearts)]], [[Pantheon/{{Protagonists}} Timmy Turner]], [[Pantheon/PersonalAppearanceOther Cosmo and Wanda]], [[Pantheon/CouplesOrientation Amity Blight]], [[Pantheon/LimbsAndJoints The Collector]], basically any gods who loves children
* Banned: [[Pantheon/{{Toxicity}} Ethan Roark Junior]], surprisingly enough
* During Pinocchio's adventure, one of the most well-known places he ventured off to was Pleasure Island, a place where children can act as vile and cruelly as they want with no repercussions. While there are regular theme park rides here, there are plenty of attractions dedicated to the dark side of children. From smoking cigars and drinking beer to the more violent side of destroying anything they desire, this theme park is aimed at getting kids to act as rowdy and cruel as possible. While it is a regular amusement part on the surface (save for the more volatile attractions), there is a dark and evil underside. If a child stays here long enough to give in to their dark desires too much, they will turn into donkeys. Some will lose their voice and be sent to work till they die in the salt mines. The lucky ones ([[FateWorseThanDeath debatably]]) that kept their voices will be dealt with in ways [[NothingIsScarier only the Coachmen know]].
* The ruler of this land is the Coachman, who is well known throughout villain circles as [[KarmaHoudini one of the few Disney threats capable of escaping the law of justice.]] Realizing that his operations with Pleasure Island within the hall of Pantheon/OtherworldlyAndUnorthodoxLocations was getting ignored due to just how the knowledge of the island's secret and location made it so others would instinctively avoid it at worst, and rejected by visitors in favor of the more chaotic places the hall housed at best, he decided it was time to relocate his business. Talking with some villains of the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfEvil to help him set up business elsewhere, they decided to help make Pleasure Island a proper place within the Pantheon. Seeing potential in tricking unsuspecting folks who wouldn't expect him that far from his temple, they approved of the location change by ascending Pleasure Island as a Pantheon location itself. Now, The Coachman has helpers stationed around the ports of the Pantheon, where they tend to ships and pick up any lost children to tell them about Pleasure Island and lure them there.
* Due to the fact that the island now has a place in the Pantheon and is much easier to reach, Jiminy, Pinocchio, and Geppetto have been working overtime to keep kids as far away from that place as they know from first-hand experience how deadly and dangerous such a place could be. On his end, The Coachman has been hitting back with his own lies about how the island is actually safe and the three were just unsatisfied customers. [[ExactWords To his credit, they WERE unsatisfied customers]]. While Pinocchio and his family were able to save some kids from getting tricked, there still were a couple of curious children who paid for their naivety.
** Among others willing to spread the news about how bad Pleasure Island is were Sora and Riku, [[VideoGame/KingdomHearts3DDreamDropDistance already having personal experience with the place during an adventure.]] With their firsthand experience and how trustworthy and friendly they are with others, the word has managed to spread faster and further than Pinocchio and his family could ever wish to do. They are thankful for Sora and Riku's help keeping the children of the Pantheon safe, while the Coachman is forced to spend more and more money to keep fighting back against their damnation of Pleasure Island.
* [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cPDN9CwhhAM The Coachman has had someone look over his island's history and how profitable it could be.]] [[spoiler:The results came back with a very expensive cost to set everything up, but thanks to them kidnapping children in an age where orphans were plentiful as well as kids with actual families, there would be more than enough loose kids around from him to make a pretty penny from it.]] This revelation has increased his business with some of the most depraved members in the Pantheon wanting to join in on what they see as a lucrative business prospect. Some of them even offered to help boost his theme park's security and attractions. Of course, with all the other members of the Pantheon loathing the island and wanting to get rid of it, The Coachman has started to use some of his profits to ensure that the offers he redeemed stay as good as they advertise.
* Bizarrely, Creator/{{Disney}} (the company who showed us this horrid accursed place) once named an adult-oriented nighttime clubbing district in [[Pantheon/{{EstablishmentsAndInstallations}} Walt Disney World]] after this place. Granted, it doesn't have any of the deadly traps that turn visitors into donkeys, [[JustForFun/IThoughtItMeant unless you count getting drunk turning you into a jackass.]] Today, it's The Landing at Disney Springs, which has no nightclubs. Within the Pantheon, some plans have popped up about potentially reopening it, just under a different name to make it clear that it's not the same place as the Coachman's Island.
* With the Coachman selling donkeys here for others to use in the salt mines, the underside of Pleasure Island has been a hive for slave traders to come out and buy new slaves for them. The Slavers have been a frequent customer for him, going out to the island to buy donkeys to do grunt work for them, or to sell them to Starkweather to use in his deranged films. [[ListOfTransgressions You know, just in case they needed another reason to be hated.]]
** Pennywise is another person who managed to score a gig on the island, being used to lure in kids with his jokes and antics and scare and eat any donkeys still talking. Given how the Coachman wants no traces of his island and talking donkeys will instantly expose him, he is willing to let Pennywise dine out for free. To help boost his remnant numbers, Springtrap has approached the Coachman with an offer. Any kids that were turned into donkeys that could still talk could be harvested by him in order to collect the remnants needed to help him achieve immortality. The Coachman agreed as long as Springtrap can keep providing the funds to buy them off his hands, and as a former owner of a pizza restaurant, he certainly does have the cash to do so...
*** In a similar fashion to Pennywise, The Coachman heard of Ludwig's shows and was impressed with their cruelty, opening a tent on the island for him to perform under, letting him use kids for his acts, planning on them being destroyed in brutal ways under the guise of it being part of the show. Ludwig is more than happy to have a new home within the Coachman's twisted theme park, giving everyone yet another reason to see this island go under.
* To the surprise of absolutely everyone, [[EvenEvilHasStandards the Coachman has flat-out banned Ethan Roark Junior]] from buying children [[RapeIsASpecialKindOfEvil for his own sick personal fantasies.]] [[SubvertedTrope However, he has a business reason for this.]] He's trying to keep eyes and authority off his park, and if they hear that kids are being sold there for Roark's disgusting habits, [[KarmaHoudiniWarranty his park will be labeled as the number one hit list for everyone in the Pantheon and he'll never see another buck again.]] Roark is angered by this but respects the Coachman's ideas. He resorted to just lingering on the docks for any unlucky kid to get cold feet and run off the boats for him to chase. [[LaserGuidedKarma Said chases tend to end with Roark getting chased and arrested by police officers who were already stationed to keep kids safe from the Coachman's island.]]
* Of course, with a theme park being all about exploiting kids and selling them to slavers, people who actually do run a legitimate theme park are greatly offended by this park's very existence. Magolor, despite his own treacherous past, [[HeelFaceTurn has genuinely become a good guy and is extremely happy running his own theme park, Merry Magoland.]] He once was able to use his Lor Starcutter to trick the Coachman, who had never seen the ship before and thought it was one of the ships given to him to help his park and slavery business, into giving him his load of kids, which he took to Merry Magoland to have fun while alerting the proper authority figures about who he saved and to take them back home. The Coachman was pretty pissed at Magolor for pulling one over him, doubly so because if he tried to get revenge on him by trying to enslave or beat him with his henchmen, it will just be a CurbStompBattle in Magolor's favor, even if he is the Devil ([[WildMassGuessing potentially]]).
** Despite not running a theme park anymore due to her poor management skills from learning how to fight too much, Isuzu is another threat that The Coachman has to deal with, but he can usually just deal with her by sending his henchmen at her. While Isuzu is able to more often than not send them packing with her skills, they keep blocking her from the Coachman, but she has promised that she will not go easy on her. The Coachman, for his part just laughs her off, betting on the island turning her into a donkey before she could reach him.
* With the revelation that this strange place is capable of transforming kids into donkeys and selling them off, this place became a very popular to-go location for deities who love children. Not to visit the island as a tourist, but to rescue any children that may have gotten in, to halt operations, or to give the Coachman some overdue karma. These could range from destroying the boats, ruining the attractions, [[CuttingTheKnot or just killing the Coachman and keeping him as far away from the island as possible.]] Several of these interventions were as follows...
** During an attempt to increase the island's popularity, The Coachman got a deal with Freddy Fazbear's Pizza to build a location on the island, [[IncompetenceInc which was extremely easy to work out.]] With Springtrap's help, they were able to quickly build some animatronics specifically to be torn down by the kids, with some even kidnapping them after their performances. However, during one of their trips, the original Freddy Fazbear and his crew ended up getting shipped over there by accident. Absolutely enraged by the sight of this location and knowing who was running the show, they abandoned the show the first chance they got and got to work tearing the place down. The Coachman ended up trying to send his workers to stop them, but they just quickly got overwhelmed and left the Coachman to trick them onto a ship to take them back to the mainland, but not without getting knocked into the water for his efforts.
** Cuphead and Mugman ended up accidentally crash-landing on the island during a mission in their planes causing them to lose control. [[FailedASpotCheck Unaware of the island's name and its secret,]] Cuphead thought it was a normal amusement park at first and just enjoyed the rides, with Mugman cautiously following along and slowly loosening up...[[WhamShot until they both noticed the sign that said "Pleasure Island"]]. [[OhCrap The two screamed in fear, realizing just where they ended up in,]] only to grow ears and a tail, making them scream louder, with Cuphead, already indulging in most of the activities there, becoming a complete donkey that can still talk. The Coachman quickly noticed them and the fact they were causing a scene and scaring the other kids into trying to leave, forcing him to gather his henchmen to try and beat them into submission. However, with Mugman still having his hands to shoot [[CursedWithAwesome and Cuphead quickly making use of his donkey legs to dodge their attacks and kick them down,]] they emerged victorious and left, stealing the boat and leading the kids there back to safety. They were able to regain their porcelain proportions thanks to Elder Kettle helping them whip up a remedy, with them not even getting in trouble because they genuinely didn't realize it was Pleasure Island until it was too late. They became some of the most frequent folks in stopping the Coachman from taking any more kids away.
** Peacock, Marie, and Mustache Girl didn't even realize that Pleasure Island was where the kids turned into donkeys. They were just stopping The Slavers from doing any more deals and ended up finding one of their hiding spots, Pleasure Island's underside. Peacock originally planned to ambush the Slavers until they heard children begging to be freed and the Coachman and his workers whipping them. With their combined powers, they were able to make quick work of them and make off with The Coachman's batch of donkeys for the day, leaving him forced to explain to the Slavers that he couldn't sell them anything today, [[BlatantLies which they responded in a very civil and non-destructive manner.]]
** The Animorphs are all too familiar with the idea of being turned into animals. However, while they are given VoluntaryShapeshifting, the kids stuck here are given no such luxuries, and as such, the group is more than happy to make time out of their day to raid the island, rescuing kids and leading them off the island. Well aware of the irony of shapeshifting animals coming to stop them, The Coachman has retaliated by ordering cages and tools in order to make the Animorphs serve him, or to sell them to the highest bidder. During one such raid, they were able to disguise themselves as donkeys, constantly giving the Coachman and his henchmen the slip, only to sneak attack them when they least expected it. They all have their own reason to hate the island and the Coachman, be it hating the cruelty and being stuck in forms that the kids can't choose or change (Cassie and Tobias), wanting to personally kill the Coachman (Rachael), just saving all the kids and donkeys they can (Jake and Marco), or just following their friends into combat (Ax).
** However, the most damning incident that hindered the island was when The Coachman tried to con Moguro Fukuzou. The Coachman thought he made a new ally in the form of The Laughing Salesman, after telling him that [[ExactWords he was an amusement park owner who wanted to attract kids and make them happy and carefree.]] Given how Moguro somehow didn't know about the nature of the island at first ([[SatanicArchetype and given The Coachman possibly being the Devil, it just adds fuel to that fire]]), it worked and Moguro managed to add in some new fancy amusement park rides and food that attracted many kids. That said, it all came tumbling down once Moguro realized that there were kids going in, but no one going out. Doing some detective work himself, he eventually stumbled upon the underbelly of the island, discovering the awful truth about the kids turning into donkeys and being shipped off to salt mines with all the henchmen whipping them. [[OOCIsSeriousBusiness Some children who were rescued by him reported that his eternal smile actually dropped discovering this secret.]] When the Coachman looked back at the island after overseeing these shipments, he found out that many attractions on the island had gone down, all the kids were gone back to the mainland, and there was a ''very'' angry Moguro greeting him.
--->'''Moguro:''' "And you call yourself a fan of kids. ''[[ArmorPiercingQuestion Is that because you love how they turn into donkeys and make you money?]]''"
--->'''The Coachman:''' "Oh! You, saw down there, huh? [[DramaticallyMissingThePoint Well, not all of them turn into donkeys completely. We have to deal with them in other ways. Surely a fellow business person would understand, right?]]"
--->'''Moguro:''' "[[TranquilFury Oh, I understand. I understand that you are completely heartless and soulless. Makes me wonder just how human you are...]]" *Raises his right hand in the air, pointing to the sky.*
--->'''The Coachman:''' ''[[OhCrap "W-wait a minute! N-no need to do anything rash now, right?!?]]'' '''''[[AintTooProudToBeg I can prove myself useful to you, honest!"]]'''''
--->'''Moguro:''' "You claim that, '''yet you willingly turned many innocent kids into donkeys!''' '''''Into jackasses!''''' If you really like jackasses that much, '''''then let me help you become one!"''''' [[GivingSomeoneThePointerFinger *Jerks his right hand down, now pointing at The Coachman*]] '''''[[https://youtu.be/QXEl8mVwyt8?t=718 "DOOOOOON!"]]'''''
*** Not long after, Cuphead and Mugman, during one of their days when they were tasked to try and rescue any kids that wandered into Pleasure Island, found the place in disarray, and Moguro leading a ferry of kids away from the island, with him telling them that he sorted everything out, and to tell the others that Pleasure Island was closed. [[{{Irony}} Upon piecing together that the angry donkeys glaring at the cups were actually The Coachman and his henchmen]], [[ActuallyPrettyFunny they both had a good laugh over how karma caught up with them and raced off to tell the others what happened,]] leaving Moguro to deliver the kids to their temples on his coach, and the exhausted donkeys to the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna, where even after Moguro's don effects wore off, [[ItMakesJustAsMuchSenseInContext The Coachman and henchmen still acted like donkeys for a while.]] Since then, Moguro has become the biggest threat against Pleasure Island, pretty much stalling its operations to a halt, sending in magical relics and statues that nullify the place's transforming effects. The Coachman has been forced to pull the curtains back and start calling in favors from his allies to help him keep the place running and has sworn vengeance upon Moguro.
** Determined to build the Island back up, the Coachman started secretly observing child deities, attempting to find one who he could trick into having fix up Pleasure Island, thereby adding legitimacy to it and luring other kids there. This is how the Coachman discovered Timmy Turner, and his Fairies, Cosmo and Wanda. After seeing the wide array of wishes Cosmo and Wanda could grant, the Coachman came up with a plan. Disguising himself as a kindly Carnie, the Coachman offered to let Timmy hang out at his amusement park to escape [[BabysitterFromHell Vicky]], something that Timmy happily agreed to. When Timmy unknowingly arrived at Pleasure Island, the Coachman made sure to hide all signs of where he actually was and lamented how his amusement park had been run down. As he hoped, Timmy and Cosmo fell for the bait, even if Wanda was a little suspicious, with Timmy wishing that the amusement park was restored, unwittingly returning Pleasure Island to its full glory. To further the manipulation, the Coachman made sure to offer a place at the park for anyone being babysat by Vicky, all as he quietly worked to undo any of the enchanted items Moguro sent his way.
*** Timmy soon secretly snuck off to Pleasure Island, bringing several other kids with him, unaware of what lay in store for them. They quickly became donkeys, with Timmy losing his ability to speak and call to his Fairies for help. Fortunately, Timmy, had a guardian angel. His ''other'' babysitter in the Pantheon, Amity Blight. Amity had decided to take watch over Timmy for the day, and was alarmed to find Timmy wasn't in his Temple. [[BigSisterInstinct Fearing the worst, the Witch quickly rushed off to find him, and ended up on Pleasure Island]], where she stumbled across her charge, and several other donkeys being hounded by Pennywise. [[CurbStompBattle Beating him down with her Abomination Magic]], Amity gathered up as many kids as she could and lead them down to the docks, where they were blocked by the Coachman and his allies. Fortunately, Amity had come prepared with an Elixir she had brewed with Luz when she first learned of Pleasure Island, one that kept Eda Clawthorne's Owl Beast curse at bay. The Witch promptly gave it to Timmy, who drank it and returned to his normal self. As Amity was fighting their tormentors, Timmy wished for all the kids and their savior to be safely back in their temples, and for Pleasure Island to be unrestored, leaving a severely wounded Coachman screaming in frustration.
* Sometime after Moguro nearly shuttered Pleasure Island, and the Coachman attempted to use Timmy's Fairies to restore it, the nightmarish carnival quietly reopened, due in no small part to the actions of the Other Mother. Due to practically starving without an easy source of souls of children to consume, the Other Mother began looking into alternate means of satiating her hunger, and happened to cross paths with the Coachman. When he learned of the Other Mother's plight, in addition to her skills at manipulating kids into doing what she wants, the Coachman cut a deal with her. Help him prop up Pleasure Island once more, and in exchange, she can feast on the souls of the kids killed by Pennywise, Springtrap, and Ludwig to her heart's content. Delighted at the possibility of having an easy source of food, the Other Mother happily accepted and used her powers to help repair Pleasure Island, before beginning to manipulate kids into visiting the Island once more, to the horror of the protectors of children all across the Pantheon.
** Fortunately, this resurgence was short lived. Shortly after they ascended, [[PhysicalGod the Collector]] crossed paths with Pennywise, and [[DoNotTauntCthulhu swiftly taught him to fear them and then some]]. IT came rushing to the safety of Pleasure Island after the encounter, but he would soon learn that the Collector wasn't done teaching him a lesson. When the Collector teleported into the Island, they were horrified to discover all of the innocent kids who had been turned into Donkeys. Seething with rage, they warped the kids to their Archive and disenchanted the kids' curse, before returning to Pleasure Island, and locating IT along with the Coachman and Springtrap. The Collector decided to perform a recreation of the time when they took over the Boiling Isles, by [[RealityWarper ripping Pleasure Island to shreds, while weaving it into their Archive, with the Coachman and Springtrap, along with the Other Mother, Ludwig, and the Slavers all being turned into harmless animals, or puppets]]. The only thing left of Pleasure Island for a time, was a giant fissure in space where it had once been, with the Coachman and his associates only escaping due to being freed by the Collector's EvilCounterpart, Bill Cipher, who did it purely to spite them. Ever since, the Coachman has fearfully begged for Bill's protection from the Collector, and for the time being has closed Pleasure Island indefinitely.
* "'''Quiet!''' You boys have had your fun. Now ''pay for it!''"
[[/folder]]

Added: 21100

Changed: 64477

Removed: 219800

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


[[folder:Eindhoven]]
'''[[VideoGame/BrothersInArms Eindhoven]], Site of [[DestroyTheProductPlacement Destroyed Product Placement]]'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210209210833_2.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210208214143_1_5.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20171229092252_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Top: Eindhoven being bombed by the German Luftwaffe. Middle: The destroyed Philips Electric Industrial Complex. Bottom: A burning Shell Gas Station found in Eindhoven.]]
* Description: The Dutch city of Eindhoven, as it appeared in September 1944. Several districts of the city have been damaged by a combination of bombing from both sides and constant UrbanWarfare in and around the city.
* Symbol: The logos of the Philips Electric Industrial Complex and Shell gas station, the latter of which has its "S" fallen off, spelling out instead "[[WelcomeToHell Hell]]"
* Theme: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c1zeHfSib4Y Eindhoven]]
* Alignment: LawfulNeutral
* Portfolio: '''[[DestroyTheProductPlacement Having at least two prominent locations with real-life brand names getting destroyed]]''', [[UrbanWarfare Becoming the site of constant city fighting between the Allies and the Germans]], [[BattleAmongstTheFlames Becoming a flaming battlefield]] [[DeathFromAbove following a surprise German bombing raid]]
* Domains: Cities, Product Placement, Destruction, Wars
* Sacred to: '''[[Pantheon/CombatOther SSgt. Matthew Baker and SSgt. Joseph Hartsock, Pfc. Gary Jasper and Pfc. Timothy Connor]], [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes Sgt. Franklin Paddock]]'''
* During Operation Market-Garden in September 1944, the city of Eindhoven would become one of the main objectives of the 101st Airborne Division. With it being part of the greater Highway 69 system, it would the first major crossing point for the British 30th Corps on their way to the most important objective, the road bridge in the city of Arnhem.
* Fighting in Eindhoven would commence on the 18th of September, with elements of the 101st Airborne's Recon Squads entering the city, tasked with neutralizing German resistance in the city's residential districts. The most notable action would be called the "Kloosterdreef Incident", where Baker and his squad were tasked with destroying two German 88mm artillery guns that ended up firing on several Dutch houses as they advanced. Ultimately, they were successful in taking out both guns.
* Heavy fighting would also take place in the city's industrial area, particularly the massive Philips Electric Industrial Complex, the main factory of the company at the time. As a result of German artillery fire, Allied air and tank attacks as well as the constant UrbanWarfare going on in and around the place, the factory ended up becoming heavily damaged, with several of its outer walls being destroyed. Ironically, the Philips logo located on the roof of the building remained largely intact.
* The last major fighting in the area would occur on the night of the 18th and the wee hours of the 19th, following a surprise Luftwaffe bombing raid on the city that killed hundreds of Dutch civilians. Using the ensuing chaos and fires as a distraction, German infantry began launching counterattacks, occupying certain areas of the city. The British forces and 101st Airborne, knowing the threat they posed to the Operation, began defending and retaking these German-held areas.
** Baker, Hartsock, and their respective squads in particular had a string of nasty experiences during this time. For one, they would end up losing two men, as well as two Dutch Resistance members who had been aiding them up until that point. Numerous Dutch civilians would also be killed, either by the bombing, the subsequent fires breaking out, or German patrols suspecting them of collaboration with the Allies.
* With Hell's Highway already in the Pantheon, Eindhoven had similarly found its way in, no thanks to being connected to no less than ''five'' (seven if you count [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Winters and Spiers]]) deities who had fought there. Unlike Hell's Highway, which ascended due to [[BattleAmongstTheFlames its condition]], Eindhoven ascended thanks to [[ProductPlacement the damaged Philips Electric Industrial Complex and a destroyed Shell Gas Station]].
* Immediately, members of the 101st Airborne and the elements of the Nazi Forces in the Pantheon begin occupying different sectors of Eindhoven once more, with both factions vying for control of the city itself. Much like Hell's Highway, controlling the city and its river crossing would allow access to more Houses and the various Nazi and HYDRA factories and bases located further inside.
** Unsurprisingly, the Nazis take control of the city's industrial sector, particularly the Philips Electic Industrial Complex. They hope to use the factory to manufacture vital components needed in many of their advanced weapons and munitions. They also end up restoring the Shell Gas Station found in the city, with the pumps once again being used to fuel trucks, tanks, and other vehicles. Destroying these facilities once again becomes a priority for the Allies, given their strategic importance.
** The Allies, on other hand, capture the residential areas of the city as well as the city outskirts. These locations are being used by them as staging areas for recconaissance, offensives, target spotting, and artillery shelling of the German-held areas.
* Many in the House of Commerce were distraught to see Eindhoven, particularly the two aforementioned locations, in its current state, no thanks to seeing photos of the destroyed locations that had surfaced thanks to the House of Knowledge.
** C.C. in particular felt saddened seeing the Philips Electric Industrial Complex being occupied and used to manufacture weapons of war rather than electronics.
** Evil deities such as Sundowner, however, see the city as an opportunity for a good business deal or two. He's particularly interested in negotiating with the Germans due to their aforementioned hold on the Philips complex.
* Notably, unlike most cases of ProductPlacement where the product name is present strictly for the purpose of advertising, both the Philips Electric Industrial Complex and the Shell Gas Station are actually special in that they're there for being historical and actual locations, with several historical photographs depicting them during the German occupation of the Netherlands.
[[/folder]]




[[folder:Green Hill Zone]]
'''[[Franchise/SonicTheHedgehog Green Hill Zone]], Divine [[GreenHillZone Scenic Grassland Introductory Level]]'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/ghz_2d_background.png]]
* Description: A serene grassland with checkered soil, loops and ramps
* Symbol: A photo of the place with Sonic's signature written on the corner
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G-i8HYi1QH0 The OST from]] [[VideoGame/SonicTheHedgehog1 the first Sonic game]]

to:

[[folder:Green Hill Zone]]
'''[[Franchise/SonicTheHedgehog Green Hill Zone]], Divine [[GreenHillZone Scenic Grassland Introductory Level]]'''
[[folder:Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna]]
'''[[Franchise/JurassicPark Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna]], Celestial Domain of {{Tropical Island Adventure}}s''' (Isla Sorna: Site B)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/ghz_2d_background.png]]
org/pmwiki/pub/images/header_background.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Nublar]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Film)]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jj_5.png]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/19/98/04/19980486fe764fd30facf8b9891cf384.jpg More Details]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Novel)]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jpisland.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic World Map]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/45e09604d4a0e90d94d47baaa6aa3f52.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/c9/7a/cd/c97acd1a9c81f99c09e22a24a053b321.jpg More Details]]]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornajpiii.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Sorna]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Film) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/6a6985718e7c89428f069e87eb216d6c.png]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/58/4f/c7/584fc74932de7b496e0620b81b1e17a7.jpg More Details]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Novel) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornamap.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://images6.fanpop.com/image/photos/38400000/Isla-sorna-map-jurassic-park-38425202-3675-2785.jpg More Details]]]]
* Description: A serene grassland lush, tropical, and vibrant jungle biome with checkered soil, loops plentiful lakes and ramps
rivers, beaches, and a dormant volcano (for now). There are several buildings and human infrastructure in certain parts of the islands, courtesy of [=InGen=]'s influence and work on them
* Symbol: A photo silhouette of the place with Sonic's signature written on islands and the corner
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G-i8HYi1QH0
[=InGen=] logo (both)
** Isla Nublar:
The OST from]] [[VideoGame/SonicTheHedgehog1 the first Sonic game]]''Jurassic Park/World'' logo



* Portfolio: [[TropeNamer The]] GreenHillZone, SceneryPorn, [[NostalgiaLevel Re-Used For Nostalgia]], [[PlatformGame Mainly Found In Platforming Tiles]]
* Domains: Starting Levels, Scenery, Greenery, Loop-de-loops
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Sonic the Hedgehog]] [[Pantheon/SonicTheHedgehog and friends]]
* Unholy to: [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr. Ivo "Eggman" Robotnik]] (more like ''he's'' unholy to it)
* Ah, Green Hill Zone. Sonic the Hedgehog lives in a world with many lush and varied environments, and the first recorded fight he had with the notorious Dr. Eggman was in Green Hill Zone. It's a nice, quaint little grassland with different paths and wide-open areas for Sonic to first test his SuperSpeed. Among its notable features include palm trees, crumbling cliffs, some spikes, and various ramps and loops. Be it nostalgia Sonic has revisited Green Hill Zone on a number of occasions. You can find it on the simply-named South Island.
* Green Hill Zone's exact appearance varies depending on the game and era, and Sonic always loves revisiting it; there are at least 26 versions of it in the game canon alone. The House of Pantheon/{{Musicality}} has a fondness for Green Hill Zone because its theme song is popular to remix. They've been given permission to compose songs there, however they stubbornly refuse to let Team Chaotix feature in their concerts. Yes they're aware of the irony [[Franchise/SonicTheHedgehog because they're from the same universe]], but it has more to do [[VideoGame/SonicHeroes with]] [[DreadfulMusician their horrible singing]].
* It's possible to recreate the Green Hill Zone in Minecraft as its grassy elements are easily mimicked by the blocks available in that world. [[Pantheon/GamingGenresNToZ Steve, Alex]] and [[Pantheon/PlainNeutral (Insert Name Here)]] have proven capable of making replicas of the area, and eventually Green Hill Zone made an official appearance in their world [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhVocJDXjow&t=209s via DLC]]. Sonic and Tails visited to see how close it was to the original, only to find Dr. Eggman there. Rather than fight, Eggman explained [[VillainsOutShopping he's there for the same reason they are]] and not interested in a fight. He's a scientist after all; he wants to do some tests to compare and contrast the Minecraft version with the OG.
* Normally the Green Hill Zone is a safe haven for the less aggressive members of the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna. The wild critters there became Sonic's friends, however they also became target of Eggman's first known villainous schemes: turn the animals [[LivingBattery into power sources]] for his robots. On occasion he'll try to cause trouble again, so fair warning to any deity of the aforementioned House who wants to chill; do so right after Sonic and his friends have kicked Eggman out. Also, there's always a piece of music accommodating the area so if you don't want it stuck in your head don't stay for too long-it's really good.
* Many of the gods who originate from video game universes found Green Hill Zone reminiscent of nice and peaceful grasslands they've visited before. Link has been in a number of grasslands like Hyrule Field, [[VideoGame/TheLegendOfZeldaBreathOfTheWild which recently functioned]] as a HubLevel. [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Mario]] might have had the most experience with Green Hill Zone-like locations, [[LongRunners which given how long he's been in the business]] isn't surprising. It's enough that Mario can almost "play the game" in Green Hill Zone as well as Sonic despite being the latter's home turf. [[Pantheon/{{Selfishness}} Wario]] felt that this was all wasting time because he wanted to make money by building ramps and stairs and bill slower deities to use them.
* Eggman has sometimes messed with the environment of Green Hill Zone. [[VideoGame/SonicForces During his six month takeover]] his factories led it [[HailfirePeaks to be]] [[ShiftingSandLand part desert]]. That particular incident brought some environmental protectors to that zone due to it being in every bit of danger as other places and they have taken watch of it in case deities who like to cause environmental damage for fun and/or profit do anything to it. For example, while [[Pantheon/{{Nature}} Captain Planet]] loves to vibe there after the Resistance cleaned up Eggman's damage, [[Pantheon/{{Toxicity}} Hexxus]] absolutely hates how there's no urbanization or grime to be found.
* [[VideoGame/LEGODimensions Recently got some modification so LEGO deities]] like [[Pantheon/{{Craft}} Emmet]] can take advantage of the area. [[ComicBook/SonicTheComic In some corners of the multiverse]] it is a base of operation for the Freedom Fighters to fight against Robotnik. Upon the Green Hill Zone's re-installation into the Trope Pantheon, the House of Pantheon/{{Sports}} has commissioned more loop-de-loops and speed sections for bicycle rides, skating and skateboards. Dr. Eggman attempted to scam the Court of the Gods into buying his material to prep it for sports, but they know him and vetoed any outsourcing to him or evil-aligned deities in general.
* Among other uses of this place, Sonic used it to [[VideoGame/SonicDrift race cars with others a few times]], Amigo has used it as a dance zone on occasion and has been used as a fighting arena on [[VideoGame/SuperSmashBros separate]] [[VideoGame/DengekiBunkoFightingClimax instances]]. It's sort of understandable why Sonic would use it as an arena for battling Mario and other Nintendo characters, but why the hedgehog would let people he doesn't even know about loan Green Hill to fight on is anyone's guess. On an equally weird note, it might have been used [[https://sonic.fandom.com/wiki/Sega_Splash_Golf as a golf course as well]], and [[VideoGame/SEGASuperstars leased out for tennis]].
* The House of Pantheon/{{Sports}} managed to buy a spot of land in Green Hill Zone to be used as an all-purpose sports zone, and want to make money from it because they made the mistake of investing in the [[Film/SonicTheHedgehog2020 Green Hills in]] UsefulNotes/{{Montana}} by mistake; due to its prior usage in Smash Bros and over sports games, it was considered attractive locale. A lot of deities originating from videos games like [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Shantae]], [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Gex]] and [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes the Chosen Four]] are reminded [[GreenHillZone of a similar area]] from their own setting when they play sports there.
* Even if [[TragicVillain sympathetic]] any KnightOfCerebus villain is usually discouraged from entering Green Hill Zone because the Court of the Gods think it'd be "tonally inappropriate" for them to cause trouble in the first, easy-going level. More lighthearted and comedic villains can [[VillainsOutShopping enjoy themselves in Green Hill Zone]], such as Eggman himself who admits that he's grown nostalgic for the zone and will sometimes fight heroic deities there just for the sake of a fun fight. [[AffablyEvil He invited]] [[Pantheon/ComedyGenres Wile E Coyote and the Roadrunner]] to continue their rivalry in Green Hill as they've raced across similar looped terrain; they might just enjoy a grassier version.

to:

* Portfolio: [[TropeNamer The]] GreenHillZone, SceneryPorn, [[NostalgiaLevel Re-Used For Nostalgia]], [[PlatformGame Mainly Found In Platforming Tiles]]
[[TropicalIslandAdventure Tropical Island Settings]], TheCenterpieceSpectacular, [[DeathWorld Filled with a Lot of Danger]], [[DisasterDominoes Disasters Via Small Steps]], FantasticNatureReserve, Occupied and Dominated by Dinosaurs [[ForScience who were Created by Scientists and Geneticists]], IslandOfMystery
* Domains: Starting Levels, Scenery, Greenery, Loop-de-loops
Islands, Dinosaurs, Geneticism, Cloning, Nature Reserves, Theme Parks, Tourist Attraction
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Sonic the Hedgehog]] [[Pantheon/SonicTheHedgehog and friends]]
To: [[Pantheon/{{Mentalities}} John Hammond]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Rexie, The Raptor Pack]]
* Unholy to: [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr. Ivo "Eggman" Robotnik]] (more like ''he's'' unholy to it)
To: [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Spinosaurus]], [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings Indominus Rex]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indoraptor]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Pokémon Hunter J]]
* Ah, Green Hill Zone. Sonic Visitors: [[Pantheon/PersonalAppearanceOther Alan Grant]], [[Pantheon/{{Attitude}} Ian]] [[Pantheon/PhysicalAppearance Malcolm]], [[Pantheon/NaturePreservers Gaea]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts The Gang of Seven]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfMechas The Dinobots]], the Hedgehog lives ''[[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Pteranodon]]'' [[Pantheon/HobbiesAndLifestyles family]]
* Interests: [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia David Attenborough]], [[Pantheon/BeastHandlers Steve Irwin, Eliza Thornberry]], [[Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna Rexxar]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu]] [[Pantheon/LearningTools Sento]], [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes Harry]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} The Monster Hunters]], [[Pantheon/{{Derivatives}} Mewtwo]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Jack Tenrec, Hannah Dundee]]
* Isla Nublar was a remote island 120 miles (190 km) west of Costa Rica. It was occupied by a geneticist company known as [=InGen=], headed by John Parker Hammond, where they set up a facility
in an attempt to construct and establish a world revolutionary theme park. The main attracting point of it all; living, breathing dinosaurs, clones back to life via genome extracted from mosquitos trapped and preserved in prehistoric amber dating back in the Mesozoic. This was to be known as ''Jurassic Park'' and it was to blow away people's minds. Unfortunately, the plan failed; during a test tour for visitors Hammond had invited to measure the safety and legitimacy of Jurassic Park's success, the park's management was sabotaged by computer technician Dennis Nedry, who was collaborating with many lush a rival company [=BioSyn=] and varied environments, cut off the electrical power. This caused the contained dinosaurs to be set free, inciting an outbreak and trapped visitors and staff members fighting for their lives. At the end of it all, most occupants survived with around 4 deaths estimated and the first recorded fight he cloned dinosaurs remained to take over Isla Nublar for themselves.
** After John Hammond died of illness in 1997, [=InGen=] became a subsidiary of the Masrani Global Corporation upon purchase. Wanting to carry on from where Hammond left off, Masrani, under the leadership of Simon Masrani, took to creating a successor theme park in Isla Nublar known as ''Film/JurassicWorld'', which was established in 2005 to great acclaim. However, the park only saw 10 years ahead as the planned exhibition for a hybrid dinosaur known as the Indominus Rex went haywire as the creature escaped, causing further mayhem, chaos, and the deaths of several, including Masrani. Although the Indominus was stopped, the damage was already done with Jurassic World being shut down and the dinosaurs once again taking over the island. Even this was short-lived due to a [[Film/JurassicWorldFallenKingdom the island's native volcano, Mt. Sibo, erupting three years later, destroying the island]]. A rescue ship called the ''Arcadia'' did end up saving some of the dinosaurs from being killed, though them being bought to the mainland would present more future situations that most would likely not be prepared for.
* The dinosaurs, as it turned out, weren't originally bred and recreated in Isla Nublar, but rather in a larger, more secretive island, known as Isla Sorna, codenamed "Site B" by [=InGen=] upon purchasing the island for use, which was 207 miles (333 km) west of Costa Rica and the largest of an archipelago chain known as The Five Deaths. It was in Isla Sorna where most of the cloning procedures took place and where the [=InGen=] workers spent time, where they scheduled mature dinosaurs to be shipped to Isla Nublar to become attractions for Jurassic Park. However, Hurricane Clarissa forced [=InGen=] to abandon their settlements and facilities, though they did release the captive dinosaurs they kept in their facility pens to allow them to thrive. In time, they quickly took over the island as its dominant animals.
** Two separate expeditions were held on the island in [[Film/TheLostWorldJurassicPark 1997]] and [[Film/JurassicParkIII 2001]]. The former involved a hunter team sent by [=InGen=], then led by Hammond's nephew, Peter Ludlow, to capture a group of dinosaurs to be taken to a proposed Jurassic Park in San Diego, California, with an opposing team sent by Hammond and led by Ian Malcolm, a renowned mathematician and a visitor to Isla Nublar, to stop [=InGen=], though are then forced to work together to ensure each others' survival. The latter centered on a boy named Eric Kirby, who was lost in the island after a missing parasailing incident and a team composed of his parents, hired mercenaries, and two paleontologists, one of whom being Alan Grant, another visitor to Isla Nublar, being sent to find Eric and bring him back. And of course, everyone involved in both expeditions
had to deal with several hostile dinosaurs and events along the way.
* Both islands became infamous for simply showcasing just how flawed of a plan it was to recreate dinosaurs for a theme park. That said, Hammond did learn from his mistakes, though he did develop enough of an attachment to the beings that he bought back that he insisted that they remain intact and to lead their own lives without any sort of interference from humans. Unfortunately,
with the notorious Dr. Eggman was existence of Jurassic World, that seemed to have gotten nowhere, much to his sadness and dismay. While Isla Nublar is destroyed, there aren't any recent documents regarding Isla Sorna, though some say that island, too, became deprived of dinosaurs, if mainly due to Masrani's work of having to capture them and take them to Isla Nublar for another theme park.
* Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna were identified
in Green Hill Zone. It's the Pantheon by a nice, quaint little grassland group of explorers and to their surprise, both islands were still thriving with different paths an ever-growing ecosystem that was dominated by dinosaurs. That said, Jurassic Park and wide-open areas Jurassic World remained dilapidated ruins in Isla Nublar and much of it has already been overtaken by nature and the very creatures the parks were supposed to house. Though electrical and geothermal power seems to be operational and can be used, that is if anyone is willing to enter the island's, either for Sonic to first test his SuperSpeed. Among its notable features include palm trees, crumbling cliffs, an adventure or for some spikes, sort of motive regarding dinosaurs.
* The Pantheon appears to be divided about the state of things in the two islands. Most do admit that Isla Nublar had the potential for housing a great theme park
and various ramps the idea of having actual dinosaurs as an attraction would have worked due to how near-fantastical the idea was, and loops. Be Jurassic World proved that correct for some time). Even so, they do acknowledge that the park was going to fail at some point, and the dinosaurs would be better off to their own devices. Under Hammond's word, which made up the most common and agreed with consensus, it nostalgia Sonic has revisited Green Hill Zone on was best decided that Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna remain a number conservative area; the dinosaurs would be at their most capable if nobody entered the islands. Hence, they've become one of occasions. You the most secluded and secretive places in the Pantheon.
** The dinosaurs themselves are also a point of discussion, namely if they ''actually'' were dinosaurs or not. Alan Grant is negative about the stance; he thinks the dinosaurs cloned by [=InGen=] were "circus freaks" due to many of the genetic modifications originating from other animals, particularly amphibians. The fact that dinosaurs
can find it on be found elsewhere, mainly the simply-named South Island.
* Green Hill Zone's exact appearance varies
House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna enforces this point in Dr. Grant's perspective. Strangely enough, the House isn't connected to the two islands, which furthers their isolated reputation as Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna are at a pretty unusual position in the House of Pantheon/{{Nature}} instead. It also doesn't help that the dinosaurs there are engineered to grow older quickly, which results in them having a shorter lifespan than they usually do (which says a lot as normal dinosaurs only tend to live for around 10-50 years, depending on the game and era, and Sonic always loves revisiting it; there are at least 26 versions of it in the game canon alone. The House of Pantheon/{{Musicality}} has a fondness for Green Hill Zone because its theme song is popular to remix. They've been given permission to compose songs there, however they stubbornly refuse to let Team Chaotix feature in their concerts. Yes clade), they're aware dependent on lysine and some of the irony [[Franchise/SonicTheHedgehog because they're from the same universe]], but it has more to do [[VideoGame/SonicHeroes with]] [[DreadfulMusician their horrible singing]].
* It's possible to recreate the Green Hill Zone in Minecraft as its grassy elements
natural abilities are easily mimicked by the blocks available in that world. [[Pantheon/GamingGenresNToZ Steve, Alex]] and [[Pantheon/PlainNeutral (Insert Name Here)]] have proven capable of making replicas of the area, and eventually Green Hill Zone made an official appearance in their world [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fhVocJDXjow&t=209s via DLC]]. Sonic and Tails visited to see how close it was to the original, hampered or heightened (a ''Tyrannosaurus'' can only to find Dr. Eggman there. Rather than fight, Eggman explained [[VillainsOutShopping he's there for the same reason they are]] see an object when it moves and not interested in a fight. He's a scientist after all; he wants to do some tests to compare and contrast the Minecraft version with the OG.
* Normally the Green Hill Zone is a safe haven for the less
''Velociraptor'' exhibits more aggressive members of traits and is larger than the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna. The wild critters there became Sonic's friends, however real animal). Some think that they are legitimate dinosaurs, if somewhat different.
* While usually not allowed for visitations, the Gang of Seven were able to enter both islands on separate occasions and spent a day or two exploring them. While not wondrous as the Great Valley, they do find the islands to be an I retesting place to explore around in, especially Isla Nublar due to the many remains of its two theme parks. Littlefoot personally enjoys watching the sauropods there, as do Cera, Ducky, and Spike regarding ceratopsians, ornithopods, and stegosaurs respectively. On a similar note, the Dinobots have
also became target of Eggman's first known villainous schemes: turn the animals [[LivingBattery into power sources]] for his robots. On occasion he'll try to cause trouble again, so fair warning to any deity of the aforementioned House who wants to chill; do so right after Sonic and his friends have kicked Eggman out. Also, there's always a piece of music accommodating the area so if you don't want it stuck in your head don't stay for too long-it's really good.
* Many of the gods who originate from video game universes found Green Hill Zone reminiscent of nice and peaceful grasslands they've
visited before. Link has been in a number of grasslands like Hyrule Field, [[VideoGame/TheLegendOfZeldaBreathOfTheWild which recently functioned]] as a HubLevel. [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Mario]] might have had the most experience with Green Hill Zone-like locations, [[LongRunners which given how long he's been in the business]] isn't surprising. It's enough that Mario can almost "play the game" in Green Hill Zone as well as Sonic despite being the latter's home turf. [[Pantheon/{{Selfishness}} Wario]] felt that this was all wasting time because he wanted to make money by building ramps and stairs and bill slower deities to use them.
* Eggman has sometimes messed with the environment of Green Hill Zone. [[VideoGame/SonicForces During his six month takeover]] his factories led it [[HailfirePeaks to be]] [[ShiftingSandLand part desert]]. That particular incident brought some environmental protectors to that zone due to it being in every bit of danger as other places and they have taken watch of it
islands in case deities who they want free time from all the fights between the Autobots and Decepticons, and it certainly helps that the islands are pretty isolated from the rest of the Pantheon. Grimlock's presence tends to scare away most dinosaurs, much to his dismay, though Sludge and Snarl feel accommodated by sauropods and stegosaurs and are open to defending them against threats if need be. In essence, the Dinobots treat Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna as if it's a second home for them and would like to cause environmental damage for fun and/or profit do anything to it. For example, while [[Pantheon/{{Nature}} Captain Planet]] loves to vibe there after keep it defended. Furthermore, they and the Resistance cleaned up Eggman's damage, [[Pantheon/{{Toxicity}} Hexxus]] absolutely hates how there's no urbanization or grime Gang of Seven can at least agree on something, in spite of their strained partnership.
* [[VideoGame/JurassicParkDinosaurBattles According
to be found.
* [[VideoGame/LEGODimensions Recently got
some modification so LEGO deities]] like [[Pantheon/{{Craft}} Emmet]] can take advantage of archives]], Isla Sorna was initially the area. [[ComicBook/SonicTheComic In some corners home of a human colony known as the multiverse]] it is a base of operation for Primos, who died out centuries before [=InGen=] owned the Freedom Fighters island. One rogue scientist, Dr. Irene Corts, devised a plan to fight against Robotnik. Upon the Green Hill Zone's re-installation TakeOverTheWorld and decided to clone three Primos back to existence, who were manipulated into working with her, whilst she created a device known as the Trope Pantheon, the House of Pantheon/{{Sports}} has commissioned more loop-de-loops and speed sections for bicycle rides, skating and skateboards. Dr. Eggman attempted [=DinoVoc=], which could allow her to scam the Court of the Gods [[{{Mon}} subject a cloned dinosaur into buying his material to prep it for sports, but they know him her submission and vetoed any outsourcing command them to him or evil-aligned deities in general.
* Among other uses
attack and to battle]]. Of course, the plan was foiled by an [=InGen=] agent, who was initially sent to rescue a camping group of this place, Sonic used it to [[VideoGame/SonicDrift race cars with others a few times]], Amigo five kids, and Dr. Corts has used it as a dance zone on occasion and has not been used as a fighting arena on [[VideoGame/SuperSmashBros separate]] [[VideoGame/DengekiBunkoFightingClimax instances]]. It's sort heard ever since. The same thing could also be attributed to the three Primos who defected Dr. Corts upon learning of understandable why Sonic would use it as an arena them being tricked, though for battling Mario and other Nintendo characters, but why the hedgehog would let people he doesn't even know about loan Green Hill to fight on is anyone's guess. On an equally weird note, it might guess, they may have been used [[https://sonic.fandom.com/wiki/Sega_Splash_Golf as a golf course as well]], and [[VideoGame/SEGASuperstars leased out for tennis]].remained in Isla Sorna. So far, not many in the Pantheon are aware of the Primo's existence, if mainly due to how secluded Isla Sorna is.
* The Gaea took great interest in the two islands and has personally come to visit them on a lot of occasions. Despite the mandated rule of hardly anyone attending them, Gaea is an exception, being an embodiment of nature, in addition to wanting to keep them safe and secure. Gaea also doesn't care whether if the dinosaurs and prehistoric animals were cloned creatures of science, they're still animals bound to nature and she feels as if it's a duty to keep them thriving. It does seem respectable to an extent, though Gaea has a controversial opinion, namely that the dinosaurs should be given the opportunity to also occupy places outside the islands just in case they get overpopulated. While not many are keen on the idea, incurring Gaea's wrath isn't an advisable choice either, so it's a difficult stance to choose from.
** Pokémon Hunter J has made occasions on trying to hunt and capture the island's native fauna, believing that their differences to the usual dinosaurs in the
House of Pantheon/{{Sports}} Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna can provide for a different bounty and profit. Unfortunately for her, she's been having to deal with Gaea, whose been incredibly snippy about the idea of harming nature. Not to mention the fact that the [[Pantheon/HouseUprisings Nature Uprising]] has made things even harder for Hunter J to keep coming back hunting for specific dinosaurs. It's a challenge that she's come to resent and seeks to find a way to outsmart Gaea and her alliance, which isn't going to be happening anytime soon.
* Isuzu Sento was a worker for the Amagi Brilliant Park, hence the idea of a similarly fantastical theme park did catch her attention. She personally doesn't see any problem with Jurassic Park/World by its core principles and was accepting of Hammond's dream. She did, however, find the idea of the Indominus to be a bad one, given that it's a deadly dinosaur being made more deadly just for public appeal when the park really should be aiming for a balance between security and entertainment. Isuzu would be happy to visit Isla Nublar, though she does can concede that maybe now wouldn't be the right time to go.
** There is a giant zoo known as Japari Park, which is home to a wide assortment of wildlife that had been altered to resemble human girls with animal attributes due to a substance known as Sandstars making contact with them. Much like Jurassic Park, Japari Park was also abandoned to its wildlife due to the Ceruleans, a hostile sort of lifeform also created by Sandstars. One species, known as a Serval ended up finding and befriending a lost amnesiac girl who was dubbed Kaban and the two ended up traveling around Japari Park to learn more about themselves as well as defending one another against any Ceruleans. The idea of Jurassic Park and Jurassic World did catch the girls' interest, seeing as it heavily reminded them of Japari Park in more ways than one. They would like to visit Isla Nublar at least once, though so far, things have been difficult due to both the isolated nature of the island and being restricted from entry by much of the Pantheon. Not to mention many of the dinosaurs there are pretty dangerous and Kaban and Serval and learning to be warier of them.
** The Killian Experience once tried to [[VideoGame/JurassicWorldEvolution create a dinosaur theme park with Jurassic Park's template]] (he, however, refused to use that name as he believed it was bad branding) and calling it "Kilian's Park of Not Dying of Dinosaurs". However, he ended up failing more miserably and causing more damage than either the 1993 and 2015 Isla Nublar Incidents did with the dinosaurs running amok, destroying property, and killing visitors because Killian didn't bother to install security. Fed up, he tried to declare [[MakesAsMuchSenseInContext War on Humanity with the dinosaurs by misinterpreting Ian Malcolm's quote of "Life finds a way"]]. However, the plan was foiled by a ''Brachiosaurus'' named Grongo! who wound up reversing the damage and creating a fully functional park before [[ButNowIMustGo departing the island to become a Texas Sherrif]]. While Killian is more infamous for other things due to his ridiculously asinine mindset, he's barred entry from the two islands not just for obvious reasons, but also because no one trusts him to attempt building a park on either of them. Not that Killian's going to misinterpret that too...
* David Attenborough and Steve Irwin are two of the few people who are given permitted access to the islands, and even then, both are expected to be prepared in regards to safety and awareness, given the hostility of many of the dinosaurs and the lack of proper communications and resources there. Attenborough simply seeks to record and document as much footage as he could to showcase to his audience that while Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna are undoubtedly dangerous places, they still have their sense of wonders, though any footage focusing on the remains of Jurassic Park, Jurassic World, and the scattered facilities and worker village in Isla Nublar tend to be somber in tone. Irwin has
managed to buy a spot of land in Green Hill Zone get close to be used as an all-purpose sports zone, some dinosaurs, mostly herbivores, but has managed to get up close to a few carnivores, namely the ''Baryonyx'' and want to make money ''Ceratosaurus'' via understanding their natural behaviors and being as cautious as he can be. Still, Irwin is aware that some herbivores are risky and that's not even getting into some of the more dominant predators, especially the ''Velociraptors''.
** Similarly, Jack Tenrec and Hannah Dundee have also visited the two islands
from it because they made time to time, if mainly to look after the mistake of investing in creatures who dwell there as well as making sure there isn't any outside threat being spotted. Beyond that, the [[Film/SonicTheHedgehog2020 Green Hills in]] UsefulNotes/{{Montana}} by mistake; due two are open to its prior usage in Smash Bros and over sports games, it was considered attractive locale. A lot of deities originating from videos games like [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Shantae]], [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Gex]] and [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes going there for an adventure, as well as admiring the Chosen Four]] are reminded [[GreenHillZone of a similar area]] from islands in their own setting when they play sports there.
* Even if [[TragicVillain sympathetic]] any KnightOfCerebus villain is usually discouraged from entering Green Hill Zone because the Court of the Gods think it'd be "tonally inappropriate" for them to cause trouble in the first, easy-going level. More lighthearted and comedic villains can [[VillainsOutShopping enjoy themselves in Green Hill Zone]], such as Eggman himself who admits that he's grown nostalgic
way, Jack for the zone and will sometimes fight heroic deities there just for the sake of a fun fight. [[AffablyEvil He invited]] [[Pantheon/ComedyGenres Wile E Coyote dinosaurs and the Roadrunner]] to continue scenery, and Hannah for how advanced and up-to-date [=InGen=] must have been for its time, though she does admit that their rivalry in Green Hill as they've raced across similar looped terrain; science could have been utilized better. It helps that they might just enjoy have a grassier version.pet ''Allosaurus'', Hermes, to look after the two from anything that attacks them. The Monster Hunters are also interested in wanting to study the islands and intend to set up a base there, namely where the worker village used to be in Isla Nublar and potentially close to a dock in Isla Nublar. So far, things are proving difficult as the Hunters are seeking to gain approval first.
* The list of dinosaurs that have been cloned and to have thrived in both islands are documented in what can simply be known as ''[=InGen=]'s List''. The following is self-explanatory; ''Allosaurus'', ''Ankylosaurus'', ''Apatosaurus'', ''Baryonyx'', ''Brachiosaurus'', ''Carnotaurus'', ''Compsognathus'', ''Corythosaurus'', ''Dilophosaurus'', ''Dimorphodon''[[note]]actually a ''pterosaur'' instead of a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Edmontosaurus'', ''Euoplocephalus'', ''Gallimimus'', ''Geosternbergia'', ''Herrerasaurus'', ''Mamenchisaurus'', ''Metriacanthosaurus'', ''Microceratus'', ''Pachycephalosaurus'', ''Pachyrhinosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus'', ''Proceratosaurus'', ''Pteranodon''[[note]]again, a ''pterosaur'', ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Segisaurus'', ''Stegosaurus'', ''Suchomimus'', ''Triceratops'', ''Tyrannosaurus rex'', ''Velociraptor''.
** Interestingly, many other dinosaurs were cloned that were actually not on [=InGen=]'s list and those that were approved and supervised by Masrani. The following are as follows; ''Ceratosaurus'', ''Spinosaurus'', ''Coelurus'', ''Deinonychus'', ''Lesothosaurus'', ''Monolophosaurus'', ''Mosasaurus maximus''[[note]]a marine reptile and ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Nasutoceratops'', ''Ouranosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus lux'', ''Peloroplites'', ''Sinoceratops'', ''Stygimoloch'', ''Styracosaurus'', ''Teratophoneus'', ''Troodon''.



[[folder:Hell's Highway]]
'''[[VideoGame/BrothersInArms Hell's Highway]], Unholy [[BattleAmongstTheFlames Flaming Battlefield]] of the Pantheon''' (Highway 69)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/hellshighwaywindmill.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210111033_1.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210113150_1.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210114045_1_4.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Top: A burning windmill found along the highway; Second: Just one of many destroyed convoys littering the highway; Third: A burning train station located near the highway; Bottom: The area surrounding the burning train station, with thick flames covering the entire area.]]
* Description: A highway located in the Netherlands, turned into a smoldering battlefield littered with burning vehicles, dead soldiers, destroyed buildings, and smoke so thick it blots out the sun
* Symbol: A burning windmill, with its blades burning bright orange
* Theme: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AS5Q4VamVqo Hell's Highway - Main Theme]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: '''[[BattleAmongstTheFlames A flaming battlefield, with flames stretching from point to point]]''', [[SceneryGorn The once beautiful Dutch countryside turned into a scene straight out of a depiction of hell]], [[HoldTheLine Airborne troops being tasked with holding the highway at any cost]], [[TankGoodness Both sides deploying tanks]] [[EpicTankOnTankAction and using them against one another]], [[ThatOneLevel Serving as the climactic and most difficult level in the game its from]], [[ThePlace Being the titular location of the game it's found in]]
* Domains: Highways, Battlefields, Objectives, Levels
* Sacred to: '''[[Pantheon/CombatOther SSgt. Matthew Baker and SSgt. Joe Hartsock, Pfc. Gary Jasper and Pfc. Timothy Connor]], [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes Sgt. Franklin Paddock]]'''
* During Operation Market-Garden in late September 1944, the British 30th Corps and 1st Allied Airborne Army were tasked with the capture of a number of vital bridges and towns over several Dutch rivers and canals. The objective was to secure a foothold over the Rhine River and advance quickly into Germany in order to, hopefully, end the War in Europe and be HomeByChristmas.
* Key to this whole plan was to hold the highway system that spanned through these towns and which said bridges were part of: Highway 69, which had to be held by men of the 101st and 82nd. To the men of the Allied Forces, however, it would be known under a different name: Hell's Highway. This was thanks to almost every single portion of the highway becoming littered with burning vehicles and buildings from the constant fighting taking place. The fires were so bad, in fact, that they blotted out the sun almost completely, turning daytime almost into pitch-black night.
* Six days into Operation Market-Garden, [=SSgt.=] Matthew Baker and his Recon Squad were forced to fight their way through Hell's Highway in order to reopen it for Allied reinforcements. Facing [[EliteMooks Panzergrenadiers of the 10th SS Panzer Division]], [[StationaryEnemy 88mm Flak 36 guns]], and [[TankGoodness Panzer IV Ausf. J Medium tanks]], Baker and the other paratroopers managed to capture and hold an important train station overlooking the highway. All the while, the flames engulfing the area continued to intensify, to the point that the aforementioned train station had been surrounded by nothing but bright red and orange flames.
* Ultimately, Baker and his squad were relieved by elements of 30th Corps, who, with their Sherman Firefly tanks, were able to finally repel the 10th SS Panzer Division. Despite this defensive victory, however, this battle, and several others like it, were AllForNothing in the end. In Arnhem and the nearby village of Oosterbeek, the British 1st Airborne Division had failed to hold the important Arnhem bridge, and suffered heavy casualties as they were forced to pull out of the area. With the last and most important bridge beyond reach, Operation Market-Garden was stopped, and all remaining Allied Forces in the Netherlands were ordered to hold their positions instead.
* On one particular day, Highway 69 as it looked in September 1944 somehow found its way into the Pantheon, following the ascensions of Baker, Hartsock, Jasper, Connor, and Paddock.
** This is similar to how [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters War-Torn Berlin]] had ended up in the Pantheon, being heavily connected to the stories of [[Pantheon/ActsOfWar Barnes]], [[Pantheon/{{Gameplay}} Fairburne]], [[Pantheon/{{Vengeance}} Reznov]], and [[Pantheon/MannersOfDeath Petrenko]]. Unlike that city, however, this version of Hell's Highway is confirmed to be the one found in the ''VideoGame/BrothersInArms'' universe, complete with the burning windmill and damaged train station being in the exact same locations.
* Realizing the strategic value the highway still has (no thanks to still housing several important river crossings that could allow for the movement of tanks and other vehicles into other Houses), the Pantheon's Nazis, particularly Rudolf von Sturmgeist and his Waffen Infantry, Waffen Officers, and Waffen Senior Troopers, elect to fortify and deny the Americans and their British allies the luxury of using the road to transport men, tanks, and materiel. Once again, the Germans begin laying anti-tank guns, deploying tanks, and placing machine gun nests all around the highway, waiting for the Allies to advance once more.
** This is no thanks to Sturmgeist and his men already being familiar with the terrain of the Netherlands, having been part of the German occupation force there and part of the German defense there in their universe, respectively.
* In response to the above, Baker, Hartsock, Jasper, Connor, and Paddock, now with the help of Cpl. Boyd Travers, Major Winters, and Capt. Spiers, are now tasked with once again clearing these German defenses in order to gain access to vital Nazi and HYDRA bases located deeper within the Pantheon. This is by no means an easy task, as the area is once again still littered with miles of thick flames, black smoke, and scattered debris. Only this time, the German forces now have [[StupidJetpackHitler a far more advanced arsenal of weapons]].
* Outside of deities from the World War II-era, this Highway has caught the interest of the Pantheon/{{Demons}} Subhouse, no thanks to its best-known name. Their reception to this area is...mixed, to say the least. While they do love the atmosphere of the place, they find the constant fighting between Allied and German forces to be an annoyance, to the point that they have intervened in firefights more than once.
* Unsurprisingly, [[Pantheon/{{Laughter}} Beavis and Butt-Head]] found the Highway's original name to be [[LOL69 funny]], to say the least. Wrongly assuming the highway might finally get them a chance to score with the ladies, they instead end up nearly killed when a German artillery shell falls short of their position. After this, they decide to avoid the place altogether.

to:

[[folder:Hell's Highway]]
'''[[VideoGame/BrothersInArms Hell's Highway]], Unholy [[BattleAmongstTheFlames Flaming Battlefield]] of the Pantheon''' (Highway 69)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.
[[folder:The Matrix]]
'''Franchise/TheMatrix, Divine [[SimulatedFantasyPostApocalypticReality Simulated Fantasy For A Post-Apocalyptic Reality]]'''
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/hellshighwaywindmill.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/city_11.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Ground view of Mega City within the Matrix's simulated reality]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210111033_1.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/powerplant_fields2560_1600_178.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:The power plants where the bluepills exist in reality]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:[[labelnote:Click here]]https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210113150_1.jpg]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/20210210114045_1_4.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Top: A burning windmill found along
org/pmwiki/pub/images/matrix_code.png[[/labelnote]] for some of the highway; Second: Just one of many destroyed convoys littering the highway; Third: A burning train station located near the highway; Bottom: The area surrounding the burning train station, with thick flames covering the entire area.]]
Matrix's computer code]]
* Description: A highway located in the Netherlands, turned massive collection of people living and plugged into reddish life support/capsules like some sort of morbid battery. In the virtual world, a smoldering battlefield littered simulation meant to resemble the present day, usually with burning vehicles, dead soldiers, destroyed buildings, and smoke so thick it blots out the sun
some sort of [[CyberGreen greenish tinge or lighting]].
* Symbol: A burning windmill, blue and red pill next to a computer with its blades burning bright orange
* Theme: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AS5Q4VamVqo Hell's Highway - Main Theme]]
[[CyberGreen green]] [[MatrixRainingCode raining computer code]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
LawfulNeutral, leaning [[LawfulEvil evil]] given its original intent
* Portfolio: '''[[BattleAmongstTheFlames A flaming battlefield, with flames stretching from point to point]]''', [[SceneryGorn MindPrison, SimulatedFantasyPostApocalypticReality, [[PerfectionIsImpossible Used To Be Utopian But Nobody Accepted It]], [[CrapsackWorld Nor Did They Accept The once beautiful Dutch countryside turned into a scene straight out of a depiction of hell]], [[HoldTheLine Airborne troops being tasked with holding the highway at any cost]], [[TankGoodness Both sides deploying tanks]] [[EpicTankOnTankAction and using them against one another]], [[ThatOneLevel Serving as the climactic and most difficult level in the game its from]], [[ThePlace Being the titular location of the game it's found in]]
Dystopia]], MyselfMyAvatar, MatrixRainingCode [[CyberGreen Styled Green]], [[AGlitchInTheMatrix Tell-Tale Glitches]], LotusEaterMachine, HumanResources
* Domains: Highways, Battlefields, Objectives, Levels
Simulations, Virtual Reality, Mental Prisons, A.I, Processing, Power Sources
* Of interest to: The Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfLaw, [[Pantheon/TimeAndTemporality The Doctor]]
* Sacred to: '''[[Pantheon/CombatOther SSgt. Matthew Baker [[Pantheon/RobotsAndAutomata The Machine Collective]], [[Pantheon/{{Planning}} The Architect]], [[Pantheon/{{Destinies}} The Oracle]]
* Red Pills: [[Pantheon/DigitalPersonas Neo]], [[Pantheon/NarrativeActions Morpheus]], [[Pantheon/{{Phrases}} Trinity]]
* Unholy to: '''[[Pantheon/PrideAndEgotism Agent Smith]]''' (the feeling's mutual), the red-pills to an extent, [[Pantheon/SonicTheHedgehog most heroic Sonic deities]]
* Barred entry: Any malignant
and SSgt. Joe Hartsock, Pfc. Gary Jasper easy to spread program or ComputerVirus (such as [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures Sigma]], [[Pantheon/LegacyAndInfluence Ultron]], [[Pantheon/ActsOfWar SKYNET]], [[Pantheon/DigitalPersonas SCP-633]]), [[Pantheon/{{Machinery}} SCP-079]], [[Pantheon/{{Titles}} The Master (primarily Missy)]], [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr Ivo "Eggman" Robotnik]], John Connor, [[Pantheon/DigitalPersonas Kirito and Pfc. Timothy Connor]], [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes Sgt. Franklin Paddock]]'''
Asuna, Kevin Flynn]]
* During Operation Market-Garden Comparable locations: [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters SCP-1678]], [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses The Metaverse]]
* Long ago, centuries or maybe even millennia (no-one's quite sure at this point), [[RobotWar there was a war between man and machine]]. [[HeWhoFightsMonsters What was originally meant to be a fight for the machine's freedom would escalate into misanthropy]]. As a last, desperate attempt to stop the machines man would turn the sky dark to starve them of solar power. This would usher
in [[AfterTheEnd the wasteland of the real]], a post-apocalypse. And it was AllForNothing; the machines found a new power source [[HumanResources in their enemies]]. Humanity would be round up and captured, put in an illusionary virtual world called the Matrix. The first Matrix was a paradise...but no-one accepted it, perhaps because humans are defined by imperfection and suffering. So the next Matrix was a nightmare world...and no-one accepted that either. The current Matrix was modeled after the late September 1944, the British 30th Corps and 1st Allied Airborne Army 20th to early 21st century. Almost all were tasked "blue-pills", unaware of their simulated reality. But some would become aware, and fight their way to be free. These redpills believe that humanity must have the choice to live in the Matrix or not, and that's not something the Machines liked.
* The Matrix was not so much moved to the Trope Pantheon, but given access by having a city of different terminals via advanced supercomputers. The Machine Collective has specifically designed the entrance point so they can put whoever wishes to visit it under strict supervision; anyone who's not human must take a human avatar, they will be removed immediately and banned if they reveal the truth to any blue-pills, and anyone who tries to hack the system or hijack their operation will be dealt with lethally. Why allow anyone at all? For one, they wish to play some {{Realpolitik}} with some deities where being aggressive or hostile would be inconvenient. Also, they wish to understand the massive variables and [[OutsideContextProblem outside context problems]] of the Trope Pantheon, which studying their activity in the Matrix can help with. Utilizing Pantheon technology they are able to avoid invasive surgery to interface, but the rule that "damage in the Matrix correlates to damage in the real world" is still applicable. Despite these rules and security measures it was still a divisive choice among the different machines, with many arguing they "caved into Pantheon pressure".
* The Matrix's connections to the Trope Pantheon's official Cyberspace are limited and severely restricted as per the Machine Collective's requests...well, demands mostly, but some of it was legitimate requests. This is done both for nefarious reasons (namely preventing deities like John Connor from inspiring rebellion, and keeping the masquerade for blue-pills), and for reasons of genuine security (preventing [[EvilerThanThou worse parties from subverting the Matrix]], cyber-terrorists [[PragmaticVillainy from threatening the blue-pills]]. The Hall of Pantheon/CheatsAndGlitches is on a watchlist from those in charge of the Matrix as they are well-aware of [[AGlitchInTheMatrix glitches]] such as DejaVu. Currently Matrix glitches can be easily written off by the bluepills as urban legends or the rumors of an UnreliableNarrator, so the concern over said Hall is more of a concern that the influence might break the suspension of disbelief convincing bluepills they are living in real life. That said there's some morbid curiosity over what'd happen if beings like Missingno found themselves in the Matrix, [[spoiler:[[WebVideo/AtopTheFourthWall if its Reviewaverse shenanigans are any indication]] ]].
* Heavily associated
with the capture Hall of Pantheon/DigitalPersonas for what should be self-explanatory reasons. The Machine Collective heavily monitors that Hall as it's the go-place for hackers and rebels to break into the Matrix without their permission or notice, and so they can observe other virtual realities. There's a special interest in the various deities from the ''Pantheon/{{Digimon}}'' multiverse also for obvious reasons, one of them being concern as the Digimon can have a significantly more physical presence on "the real world"; an advantage[[note]]and disadvantage depending on your point of view[[/note]] the Matrix lacks. [[Pantheon/DigitalPersonas The Master Control Program]] and [[Pantheon/{{Psyches}} Clu]] are deeply intrigued by the Matrix's presence and have been in communication with the Machine Collective for, what's to them, {{Realpolitik}}. They won't give this sort of leeway to SCP-633 or SCP-079 though, for somewhat justified reasons. The latter finds it being ignored somewhat hypocritical considering this whole experiment started from rebelling against human oppression
* The Matrix is one of the most well-known examples of a virtual reality-based MentalPrison, though [[AfterTheEnd it's not like the real world is that well-off]]. Most good-aligned or more liberal-leaning gods make it clear that their issues with the Matrix is not so much that it puts people in a virtual reality but that it prevents people from choosing whether they want to live in the simulation. Following Neo's sacrifice they've become slightly more lenient, but this is primarily when dealing with real world factions like Zion. There have been
a number of vital bridges comparisons between the Matrix and towns over several Dutch rivers [=UnLondon=] since they are isolated and canals. authoritarian-based asylums from "the wasteland of the real" (well, the potential wasteland for SCP-1678). [[Pantheon/SourcesOfInformation The objective was to secure a foothold over Foundation]] hasn't bothered the Rhine River Machines as the Matrix isn't anomalous, but they recognize the similarities. Because of this the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfLaw is intrigued by the Matrix and advance quickly many [[TotalitarianUtilitarian "benevolent despots"]] that are a part of the GUAL respect the Matrix as a means of maintaining a form of control. The Matrix Collective doesn't agree with some of the GUAL's methods despite understand the sentiment, however, as they know from past experiences making it seem like the normal world instead of some sort of shining city is more effective in maintaining control.
* A micro-portion of the Matrix (equivalent to a city the size of Osaka, Japan) has been developed specifically for visiting residents of the Trope Pantheon who would prefer to play god-mode/live in luxury, [[BreadAndCircuses as an amusing distraction for deities who might otherwise be problematic or who heavily protest against the restrictions]]. It's based off the original Paradise Matrix, a pet project of sorts to re-evaluate the old model and see just why things went wrong. Another micro-portion of the Matrix is modeled after the Nightmare model of the Matrix, [[NightmareFetishist but that's only for people who are
into Germany in order to, hopefully, end that]]. The Architect has been honest on why he organized these sub-Matrixes; he wants to understand and quantify the War in Europe and human condition. While the Paradise sub-Matrix they developed is meant to be HomeByChristmas.a distraction, [[EvenEvilHasStandards they have decided some abusive deities shouldn't be allowed as it would take away from the point of that sub-section, and/or see them as personally unpleasant]].
* Key to this whole plan Nobuyuki Sugou was to hold the highway system that spanned through these towns and which said bridges were part of: Highway 69, which had to be held by men declared a PersonaNonGrata from any version of the 101st Matrix as they believe he will try to "taint" it for his hedonistic and 82nd. To the men of the Allied Forces, sadistic desires. [[Pantheon/{{Gameplay}} Akihiko Kayaba]], however, it would be known under a was principled enough to avoid the banhammer; he's more genuinely interested in the Matrix, musing similarities with the virtual reality-game he created (though with much different name: Hell's Highway. This motivations in mind). The Machine Collective considers him talented, mentioning they have been observing the deities of Pantheon/SwordArtOnline and wonder if they could make some sort of arrangement to improve the Matrix. One of the conclusions they made was thanks to not allow Kirito and Asuna to enter the Matrix, which was done for almost every single portion the exact opposite reasons of banning Nobuyuki Sugou; [[VillainRespect they recognize their heroic endeavors when they were trapped inside the VR SOA game of the highway becoming littered with burning vehicles series' namesake]] and buildings from the constant fighting taking place. The fires were so bad, in fact, believe that they blotted out would be motivated to blow the sun almost completely, turning daytime almost into pitch-black night.
lid off the whole masquerade they use to control people. Kevin Flynn isn't permitted inside the Matrix for much of the same reason. And by the way, the Architect is aware that his virtual reality was one he made, being TheMaker. Given the purpose of the Matrix, [[NotSoStoic he admitted he did find it the tiniest bit funny]].
* Six days into Operation Market-Garden, [=SSgt.=] Matthew Baker [[Pantheon/SingersAndPerformers Suzu Naito]] performed as a singer named Belle in the digital world of U. She's welcome to perform as a singer in the Matrix, but given the ultimately oppressive purpose of the Matrix it's not something she wants to do. Visiting there is something that [[Pantheon/CharacterArchetypes B.B and his Recon Squad were her Moon Cell compatriots]] would like to do, however. [[VideoGame/FateExtra In their timeline]], a dying earth forced a lot of humans to fight their way through Hell's Highway in order try to reopen it for Allied reinforcements. Facing [[EliteMooks Panzergrenadiers find refuge within SERAPH, the virtual world inside of the 10th SS Panzer Division]], [[StationaryEnemy 88mm Flak 36 guns]], and [[TankGoodness Panzer IV Ausf. J Medium tanks]], Baker and Moon Cell. In short, it's a more benevolent take on the other paratroopers managed to capture and hold an important train station overlooking Matrix. As such, the highway. All the while, the flames engulfing the area continued to intensify, to the point Machine Collective fears that the aforementioned train station had been surrounded by nothing but bright red similarities might attract interests from Servants and orange flames.
* Ultimately, Baker
magical users, [[OutsideContextProblem and his squad were relieved by elements of 30th Corps, who, with their Sherman Firefly tanks, were able to finally repel the 10th SS Panzer Division. Despite this defensive victory, however, this battle, and several others like it, were AllForNothing in the end. In Arnhem and the nearby village of Oosterbeek, the British 1st Airborne Division had failed to hold the important Arnhem bridge, and suffered heavy casualties as they were forced don't know how they'll adapt to pull out of the area. With the last and most important bridge beyond reach, Operation Market-Garden was stopped, and all remaining Allied Forces in the Netherlands were ordered to hold their positions instead.
* On one particular day, Highway 69 as it looked in September 1944 somehow found its way into the Pantheon, following the ascensions of Baker, Hartsock, Jasper, Connor, and Paddock.
magic]].
** This is similar to how [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters War-Torn Berlin]] had ended up * The official justification as for why humans are put in the Pantheon, being heavily connected Matrix [[HumanResources is to serve as a power source for the stories machines]]. Many, especially those who work at the Hall of [[Pantheon/ActsOfWar Barnes]], [[Pantheon/{{Gameplay}} Fairburne]], [[Pantheon/{{Vengeance}} Reznov]], and [[Pantheon/MannersOfDeath Petrenko]]. Unlike that city, however, Pantheon/{{Electricity}}, consider this version of Hell's Highway is confirmed absurd since it'd take more energy to keep people alive. In fairness, ''originally'' [[WetwareCPU the blue-pills were meant to be some sort of neural network]] [[ExecutiveMeddling but the one found executives feared this was too complicated for the movie audience]]. It should also be made clear that at this point, maintaining control and a preferable status quo for the machines is just as important. Because of this, and some other traits like "if you die in the ''VideoGame/BrothersInArms'' universe, complete game you die for real" or Neo [[{{Technopath}} manipulating machines in the real world]] has lead to a popular theory [[RecursiveReality that the "real world" is actually another, higher layer of the Matrix]]. Many in the House of Pantheon/{{Philosophy}} discuss what is and isn't real, though some like [[Pantheon/ParadoxesAndTimeLoops Fry]] [[Recap/FuturamaS8E10AllTheWayDown argue it doesn't really matter and what you think is real is up to your choice]]. Again, the consensus from critiques of the Machines was never about living in a simulated reality was in itself bad.
* Before you ask they are aware [[WesternAnimation/{{Futurama}} of the Near-Death Star]] and it's obvious inspirations from the Matrix. [[ActuallyPrettyFunny They think it's a decent enough parody]] and have no intention of "making a lawsuit for plagiarism" like Professor Farnsworth thinks. Also yes, they are very aware that they're not the first simulated reality
with the burning windmill name "the Matrix"; [[Series/DoctorWho just look at Gallifrey]]. Though rather than serve as a simulated life, the Gallifreyan Matrix acts as [[ArtificialAfterlife an afterlife]] for downloaded Time Lords. The Machine's Matrix is more well-known but nowhere near as advanced, and damaged train station even if they wanted to give the blue-pills some sort of afterlife they have no way how to get the human mind to exist without its physical body yet. Also the Matrix currently can't have a Time Lord into it by virtue of the technology not being there for their advanced consciousness, at least without causing some serious brain damage.
* The Master is trying to rectify the inability to manifest inside the Matrix because having pulled an Agent Smith on humanity for a time
in the exact same locations.
* Realizing
real world, and how she used a slice of the strategic value Gallifreyan Matrix to abduct the highway still has (no thanks to still housing several important river crossings minds of dead humans. To the Machines, Agents, red-pills and basically any resident of the Matrix aware that could allow it's virtual reality ''this is terrifying'' and worthy of an EnemyMine to stop him. For that matter, any malignant ComputerVirus or some A.I that wants to spread itself across the Matrix is seen as a worst-case scenario for everyone in the movement of tanks and other vehicles into other Houses), the Pantheon's Nazis, particularly Rudolf von Sturmgeist and his Waffen Infantry, Waffen Officers, and Waffen Senior Troopers, elect to fortify and deny the Americans know. SKYNET, Ultron, Sigma and their British allies ilk aren't even private about their desire to turn the luxury Matrix and everyone and everything plugged into it an extension of using themselves [[DeusEstMachina as part of a path to mechanical godhood]], with Ultron plugging into the road to transport men, tanks, and materiel. Once again, the Germans begin laying anti-tank guns, deploying tanks, and placing machine gun nests all around the highway, waiting for the Allies to advance once more.
** This is no thanks to Sturmgeist and his men already
Matrix being familiar '''the absolute worst-case scenario''' since, [[WebAnimation/DeathBattle as Wiz and Boomstick put it]], he out-Sigma'd an entire race of Sigma.
* Even some humans are considered way too dangerous; God forbid Eggman/Dr Robotnik (mainly his nastier incarnations) find and subvert it. His ''Sonic the Comic'' self even made a supercomputer powered by people, [[FateWorseThanDeath though without the virtual reality]]; fortunately it was shut down before he could use it. In a rare bit of humility he admits the Matrix is a more sophisticated take on the concept
with the terrain of the Netherlands, having been his nicer incarnations wondering if [[LotusEaterMachine not knowing you're part of the German occupation force there machine]] [[PragmaticVillainy would be more effective in maintaining control]]. [[AffablyEvil He also gave friendly advice to prep against any electromagnetic pulse, since he knows from experience that can be a real problem]]. He still wants to take control of it and part of the German defense there in their universe, respectively.
* In response
likes to the above, Baker, Hartsock, Jasper, Connor, and Paddock, now boast he came up with the help of Cpl. Boyd Travers, Major Winters, and Capt. Spiers, are now tasked with once again clearing these German defenses in order to gain access to vital Nazi and HYDRA bases located deeper within idea before (despite the Pantheon. This is concept predating him by no means an easy task, as the area is once again a mile); he's still littered with miles Eggman at the end of thick flames, black smoke, the day. He also pointed out the EMP was the side effect of [[AdaptationalVillainy the Fleetway Super Sonic's escape]], so they should consider keeping [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Sonic away]] in case his regular transformations could do the same.
* Shortfuse holds special umbridge for the Matrix due to the way Badniks work; trapping beings in mechanical shells for a power source. The reasons
and scattered debris. Only this time, methods are different, but the German forces now have [[StupidJetpackHitler a far more advanced arsenal similarities are still there. Knuckles' Fleetway incarnation holds the same level of weapons]].
* Outside
hatred as Robotnik attempted to use him as part of a supercomputer before the aforementioned EMP. Even outside of those two, the similarities to Eggman/Robotnik trapping animals in robots and the machines putting humans in those pods put heroic Sonic deities on edge. It's worth noting that the ''Sonic the Comic'' Robotnik only ever refrained from using humans as Badniks because there weren't any other than him on Mobius. He did still use the World War II-era, this Highway has caught the interest simulation aspect of the Pantheon/{{Demons}} Subhouse, no thanks Matrix a couple times, once to its best-known name. Their reception to this area is...mixed, to say the least. While make Sonic think he was human and another [[HappinessInSlavery where they do love the atmosphere were happy to be abused and subjugated]], and that incarnation of the place, they find good doctor is one of the constant fighting between Allied and German forces most interesting in subverting the design of the Matrix for his own. He's collaborating with his "Warlord Julian" counterpart to make a Matrix-esque trap of sorts for mass roboticization. Asides from being concerned over him, the Machine Collective learned a valuable bit of information from his efforts; Sonic had the HeroicWillpower to break out of both simulations, so even if he was human enough to be an annoyance, to the point that they have intervened in firefights more than once.
* Unsurprisingly, [[Pantheon/{{Laughter}} Beavis and Butt-Head]] found the Highway's original name to be [[LOL69 funny]], to say the least. Wrongly assuming the highway
plugged doing so might finally get them a chance to score as well be giving Neo an equal, but with the ladies, they instead end up nearly killed when a German artillery shell falls short of their position. After this, they decide to avoid the place altogether.an attitude.



[[folder:Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna]]
'''[[Franchise/JurassicPark Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna]], Celestial Domain of {{Tropical Island Adventure}}s''' (Isla Sorna: Site B)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/header_background.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Nublar]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Film)]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jj_5.png]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/19/98/04/19980486fe764fd30facf8b9891cf384.jpg More Details]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Novel)]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jpisland.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic World Map]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/45e09604d4a0e90d94d47baaa6aa3f52.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/c9/7a/cd/c97acd1a9c81f99c09e22a24a053b321.jpg More Details]]]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornajpiii.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Sorna]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Film) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/6a6985718e7c89428f069e87eb216d6c.png]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/58/4f/c7/584fc74932de7b496e0620b81b1e17a7.jpg More Details]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Novel) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornamap.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://images6.fanpop.com/image/photos/38400000/Isla-sorna-map-jurassic-park-38425202-3675-2785.jpg More Details]]]]
* Description: A lush, tropical, and vibrant jungle biome with plentiful lakes and rivers, beaches, and a dormant volcano (for now). There are several buildings and human infrastructure in certain parts of the islands, courtesy of [=InGen=]'s influence and work on them
* Symbol: A silhouette of the islands and the [=InGen=] logo (both)
** Isla Nublar: The ''Jurassic Park/World'' logo
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: [[TropicalIslandAdventure Tropical Island Settings]], TheCenterpieceSpectacular, [[DeathWorld Filled with a Lot of Danger]], [[DisasterDominoes Disasters Via Small Steps]], FantasticNatureReserve, Occupied and Dominated by Dinosaurs [[ForScience who were Created by Scientists and Geneticists]], IslandOfMystery
* Domains: Islands, Dinosaurs, Geneticism, Cloning, Nature Reserves, Theme Parks, Tourist Attraction
* Sacred To: [[Pantheon/{{Mentalities}} John Hammond]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Rexie, The Raptor Pack]]
* Unholy To: [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Spinosaurus]], [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings Indominus Rex]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indoraptor]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Pokémon Hunter J]]
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/PersonalAppearanceOther Alan Grant]], [[Pantheon/{{Attitude}} Ian]] [[Pantheon/PhysicalAppearance Malcolm]], [[Pantheon/NaturePreservers Gaea]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts The Gang of Seven]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfMechas The Dinobots]], the ''[[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Pteranodon]]'' [[Pantheon/HobbiesAndLifestyles family]]
* Interests: [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia David Attenborough]], [[Pantheon/BeastHandlers Steve Irwin, Eliza Thornberry]], [[Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna Rexxar]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu]] [[Pantheon/LearningTools Sento]], [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes Harry]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} The Monster Hunters]], [[Pantheon/{{Derivatives}} Mewtwo]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Jack Tenrec, Hannah Dundee]]
* Isla Nublar was a remote island 120 miles (190 km) west of Costa Rica. It was occupied by a geneticist company known as [=InGen=], headed by John Parker Hammond, where they set up a facility in an attempt to construct and establish a revolutionary theme park. The main attracting point of it all; living, breathing dinosaurs, clones back to life via genome extracted from mosquitos trapped and preserved in prehistoric amber dating back in the Mesozoic. This was to be known as ''Jurassic Park'' and it was to blow away people's minds. Unfortunately, the plan failed; during a test tour for visitors Hammond had invited to measure the safety and legitimacy of Jurassic Park's success, the park's management was sabotaged by computer technician Dennis Nedry, who was collaborating with a rival company [=BioSyn=] and cut off the electrical power. This caused the contained dinosaurs to be set free, inciting an outbreak and trapped visitors and staff members fighting for their lives. At the end of it all, most occupants survived with around 4 deaths estimated and the cloned dinosaurs remained to take over Isla Nublar for themselves.
** After John Hammond died of illness in 1997, [=InGen=] became a subsidiary of the Masrani Global Corporation upon purchase. Wanting to carry on from where Hammond left off, Masrani, under the leadership of Simon Masrani, took to creating a successor theme park in Isla Nublar known as ''Film/JurassicWorld'', which was established in 2005 to great acclaim. However, the park only saw 10 years ahead as the planned exhibition for a hybrid dinosaur known as the Indominus Rex went haywire as the creature escaped, causing further mayhem, chaos, and the deaths of several, including Masrani. Although the Indominus was stopped, the damage was already done with Jurassic World being shut down and the dinosaurs once again taking over the island. Even this was short-lived due to a [[Film/JurassicWorldFallenKingdom the island's native volcano, Mt. Sibo, erupting three years later, destroying the island]]. A rescue ship called the ''Arcadia'' did end up saving some of the dinosaurs from being killed, though them being bought to the mainland would present more future situations that most would likely not be prepared for.
* The dinosaurs, as it turned out, weren't originally bred and recreated in Isla Nublar, but rather in a larger, more secretive island, known as Isla Sorna, codenamed "Site B" by [=InGen=] upon purchasing the island for use, which was 207 miles (333 km) west of Costa Rica and the largest of an archipelago chain known as The Five Deaths. It was in Isla Sorna where most of the cloning procedures took place and where the [=InGen=] workers spent time, where they scheduled mature dinosaurs to be shipped to Isla Nublar to become attractions for Jurassic Park. However, Hurricane Clarissa forced [=InGen=] to abandon their settlements and facilities, though they did release the captive dinosaurs they kept in their facility pens to allow them to thrive. In time, they quickly took over the island as its dominant animals.
** Two separate expeditions were held on the island in [[Film/TheLostWorldJurassicPark 1997]] and [[Film/JurassicParkIII 2001]]. The former involved a hunter team sent by [=InGen=], then led by Hammond's nephew, Peter Ludlow, to capture a group of dinosaurs to be taken to a proposed Jurassic Park in San Diego, California, with an opposing team sent by Hammond and led by Ian Malcolm, a renowned mathematician and a visitor to Isla Nublar, to stop [=InGen=], though are then forced to work together to ensure each others' survival. The latter centered on a boy named Eric Kirby, who was lost in the island after a missing parasailing incident and a team composed of his parents, hired mercenaries, and two paleontologists, one of whom being Alan Grant, another visitor to Isla Nublar, being sent to find Eric and bring him back. And of course, everyone involved in both expeditions had to deal with several hostile dinosaurs and events along the way.
* Both islands became infamous for simply showcasing just how flawed of a plan it was to recreate dinosaurs for a theme park. That said, Hammond did learn from his mistakes, though he did develop enough of an attachment to the beings that he bought back that he insisted that they remain intact and to lead their own lives without any sort of interference from humans. Unfortunately, with the existence of Jurassic World, that seemed to have gotten nowhere, much to his sadness and dismay. While Isla Nublar is destroyed, there aren't any recent documents regarding Isla Sorna, though some say that island, too, became deprived of dinosaurs, if mainly due to Masrani's work of having to capture them and take them to Isla Nublar for another theme park.
* Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna were identified in the Pantheon by a group of explorers and to their surprise, both islands were still thriving with an ever-growing ecosystem that was dominated by dinosaurs. That said, Jurassic Park and Jurassic World remained dilapidated ruins in Isla Nublar and much of it has already been overtaken by nature and the very creatures the parks were supposed to house. Though electrical and geothermal power seems to be operational and can be used, that is if anyone is willing to enter the island's, either for an adventure or for some sort of motive regarding dinosaurs.
* The Pantheon appears to be divided about the state of things in the two islands. Most do admit that Isla Nublar had the potential for housing a great theme park and the idea of having actual dinosaurs as an attraction would have worked due to how near-fantastical the idea was, and Jurassic World proved that correct for some time). Even so, they do acknowledge that the park was going to fail at some point, and the dinosaurs would be better off to their own devices. Under Hammond's word, which made up the most common and agreed with consensus, it was best decided that Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna remain a conservative area; the dinosaurs would be at their most capable if nobody entered the islands. Hence, they've become one of the most secluded and secretive places in the Pantheon.
** The dinosaurs themselves are also a point of discussion, namely if they ''actually'' were dinosaurs or not. Alan Grant is negative about the stance; he thinks the dinosaurs cloned by [=InGen=] were "circus freaks" due to many of the genetic modifications originating from other animals, particularly amphibians. The fact that dinosaurs can be found elsewhere, mainly the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna enforces this point in Dr. Grant's perspective. Strangely enough, the House isn't connected to the two islands, which furthers their isolated reputation as Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna are at a pretty unusual position in the House of Pantheon/{{Nature}} instead. It also doesn't help that the dinosaurs there are engineered to grow older quickly, which results in them having a shorter lifespan than they usually do (which says a lot as normal dinosaurs only tend to live for around 10-50 years, depending on the clade), they're dependent on lysine and some of their natural abilities are hampered or heightened (a ''Tyrannosaurus'' can only see an object when it moves and a ''Velociraptor'' exhibits more aggressive traits and is larger than the real animal). Some think that they are legitimate dinosaurs, if somewhat different.
* While usually not allowed for visitations, the Gang of Seven were able to enter both islands on separate occasions and spent a day or two exploring them. While not wondrous as the Great Valley, they do find the islands to be an I retesting place to explore around in, especially Isla Nublar due to the many remains of its two theme parks. Littlefoot personally enjoys watching the sauropods there, as do Cera, Ducky, and Spike regarding ceratopsians, ornithopods, and stegosaurs respectively. On a similar note, the Dinobots have also visited the islands in case they want free time from all the fights between the Autobots and Decepticons, and it certainly helps that the islands are pretty isolated from the rest of the Pantheon. Grimlock's presence tends to scare away most dinosaurs, much to his dismay, though Sludge and Snarl feel accommodated by sauropods and stegosaurs and are open to defending them against threats if need be. In essence, the Dinobots treat Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna as if it's a second home for them and would like to keep it defended. Furthermore, they and the Gang of Seven can at least agree on something, in spite of their strained partnership.
* [[VideoGame/JurassicParkDinosaurBattles According to some archives]], Isla Sorna was initially the home of a human colony known as the Primos, who died out centuries before [=InGen=] owned the island. One rogue scientist, Dr. Irene Corts, devised a plan to TakeOverTheWorld and decided to clone three Primos back to existence, who were manipulated into working with her, whilst she created a device known as the [=DinoVoc=], which could allow her to [[{{Mon}} subject a cloned dinosaur into her submission and command them to attack and to battle]]. Of course, the plan was foiled by an [=InGen=] agent, who was initially sent to rescue a camping group of five kids, and Dr. Corts has not been heard ever since. The same thing could also be attributed to the three Primos who defected Dr. Corts upon learning of them being tricked, though for anyone's guess, they may have remained in Isla Sorna. So far, not many in the Pantheon are aware of the Primo's existence, if mainly due to how secluded Isla Sorna is.
* Gaea took great interest in the two islands and has personally come to visit them on a lot of occasions. Despite the mandated rule of hardly anyone attending them, Gaea is an exception, being an embodiment of nature, in addition to wanting to keep them safe and secure. Gaea also doesn't care whether if the dinosaurs and prehistoric animals were cloned creatures of science, they're still animals bound to nature and she feels as if it's a duty to keep them thriving. It does seem respectable to an extent, though Gaea has a controversial opinion, namely that the dinosaurs should be given the opportunity to also occupy places outside the islands just in case they get overpopulated. While not many are keen on the idea, incurring Gaea's wrath isn't an advisable choice either, so it's a difficult stance to choose from.
** Pokémon Hunter J has made occasions on trying to hunt and capture the island's native fauna, believing that their differences to the usual dinosaurs in the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna can provide for a different bounty and profit. Unfortunately for her, she's been having to deal with Gaea, whose been incredibly snippy about the idea of harming nature. Not to mention the fact that the [[Pantheon/HouseUprisings Nature Uprising]] has made things even harder for Hunter J to keep coming back hunting for specific dinosaurs. It's a challenge that she's come to resent and seeks to find a way to outsmart Gaea and her alliance, which isn't going to be happening anytime soon.
* Isuzu Sento was a worker for the Amagi Brilliant Park, hence the idea of a similarly fantastical theme park did catch her attention. She personally doesn't see any problem with Jurassic Park/World by its core principles and was accepting of Hammond's dream. She did, however, find the idea of the Indominus to be a bad one, given that it's a deadly dinosaur being made more deadly just for public appeal when the park really should be aiming for a balance between security and entertainment. Isuzu would be happy to visit Isla Nublar, though she does can concede that maybe now wouldn't be the right time to go.
** There is a giant zoo known as Japari Park, which is home to a wide assortment of wildlife that had been altered to resemble human girls with animal attributes due to a substance known as Sandstars making contact with them. Much like Jurassic Park, Japari Park was also abandoned to its wildlife due to the Ceruleans, a hostile sort of lifeform also created by Sandstars. One species, known as a Serval ended up finding and befriending a lost amnesiac girl who was dubbed Kaban and the two ended up traveling around Japari Park to learn more about themselves as well as defending one another against any Ceruleans. The idea of Jurassic Park and Jurassic World did catch the girls' interest, seeing as it heavily reminded them of Japari Park in more ways than one. They would like to visit Isla Nublar at least once, though so far, things have been difficult due to both the isolated nature of the island and being restricted from entry by much of the Pantheon. Not to mention many of the dinosaurs there are pretty dangerous and Kaban and Serval and learning to be warier of them.
** The Killian Experience once tried to [[VideoGame/JurassicWorldEvolution create a dinosaur theme park with Jurassic Park's template]] (he, however, refused to use that name as he believed it was bad branding) and calling it "Kilian's Park of Not Dying of Dinosaurs". However, he ended up failing more miserably and causing more damage than either the 1993 and 2015 Isla Nublar Incidents did with the dinosaurs running amok, destroying property, and killing visitors because Killian didn't bother to install security. Fed up, he tried to declare [[MakesAsMuchSenseInContext War on Humanity with the dinosaurs by misinterpreting Ian Malcolm's quote of "Life finds a way"]]. However, the plan was foiled by a ''Brachiosaurus'' named Grongo! who wound up reversing the damage and creating a fully functional park before [[ButNowIMustGo departing the island to become a Texas Sherrif]]. While Killian is more infamous for other things due to his ridiculously asinine mindset, he's barred entry from the two islands not just for obvious reasons, but also because no one trusts him to attempt building a park on either of them. Not that Killian's going to misinterpret that too...
* David Attenborough and Steve Irwin are two of the few people who are given permitted access to the islands, and even then, both are expected to be prepared in regards to safety and awareness, given the hostility of many of the dinosaurs and the lack of proper communications and resources there. Attenborough simply seeks to record and document as much footage as he could to showcase to his audience that while Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna are undoubtedly dangerous places, they still have their sense of wonders, though any footage focusing on the remains of Jurassic Park, Jurassic World, and the scattered facilities and worker village in Isla Nublar tend to be somber in tone. Irwin has managed to get close to some dinosaurs, mostly herbivores, but has managed to get up close to a few carnivores, namely the ''Baryonyx'' and ''Ceratosaurus'' via understanding their natural behaviors and being as cautious as he can be. Still, Irwin is aware that some herbivores are risky and that's not even getting into some of the more dominant predators, especially the ''Velociraptors''.
** Similarly, Jack Tenrec and Hannah Dundee have also visited the two islands from time to time, if mainly to look after the creatures who dwell there as well as making sure there isn't any outside threat being spotted. Beyond that, the two are open to going there for an adventure, as well as admiring the islands in their own way, Jack for the dinosaurs and the scenery, and Hannah for how advanced and up-to-date [=InGen=] must have been for its time, though she does admit that their science could have been utilized better. It helps that they have a pet ''Allosaurus'', Hermes, to look after the two from anything that attacks them. The Monster Hunters are also interested in wanting to study the islands and intend to set up a base there, namely where the worker village used to be in Isla Nublar and potentially close to a dock in Isla Nublar. So far, things are proving difficult as the Hunters are seeking to gain approval first.
* The list of dinosaurs that have been cloned and to have thrived in both islands are documented in what can simply be known as ''[=InGen=]'s List''. The following is self-explanatory; ''Allosaurus'', ''Ankylosaurus'', ''Apatosaurus'', ''Baryonyx'', ''Brachiosaurus'', ''Carnotaurus'', ''Compsognathus'', ''Corythosaurus'', ''Dilophosaurus'', ''Dimorphodon''[[note]]actually a ''pterosaur'' instead of a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Edmontosaurus'', ''Euoplocephalus'', ''Gallimimus'', ''Geosternbergia'', ''Herrerasaurus'', ''Mamenchisaurus'', ''Metriacanthosaurus'', ''Microceratus'', ''Pachycephalosaurus'', ''Pachyrhinosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus'', ''Proceratosaurus'', ''Pteranodon''[[note]]again, a ''pterosaur'', ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Segisaurus'', ''Stegosaurus'', ''Suchomimus'', ''Triceratops'', ''Tyrannosaurus rex'', ''Velociraptor''.
** Interestingly, many other dinosaurs were cloned that were actually not on [=InGen=]'s list and those that were approved and supervised by Masrani. The following are as follows; ''Ceratosaurus'', ''Spinosaurus'', ''Coelurus'', ''Deinonychus'', ''Lesothosaurus'', ''Monolophosaurus'', ''Mosasaurus maximus''[[note]]a marine reptile and ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Nasutoceratops'', ''Ouranosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus lux'', ''Peloroplites'', ''Sinoceratops'', ''Stygimoloch'', ''Styracosaurus'', ''Teratophoneus'', ''Troodon''.

to:

[[folder:Isla Nublar [[folder:The Sierra Madre]]

''"[[ArcWords Begin again. Let go.]]"''

'''[[VideoGame/FalloutNewVegas The Sierra Madre Casino
and Isla Sorna]]
'''[[Franchise/JurassicPark Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna]], Celestial
Resort]], Deadly Domain of {{Tropical Island Adventure}}s''' (Isla Sorna: Site B)
{{Durable Deathtrap}}s''' (City of the Dead, City of Ghosts)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/header_background.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Nublar]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Film)]]https://static.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/latest_10_1.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Exterior Shot Of The Casino, from the Fountain.]]
[[quoteright:386:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jj_5.png]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/19/98/04/19980486fe764fd30facf8b9891cf384.jpg More Details]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic Park Map (Novel)]]https://static.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/villa_police_station.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:386:The Villa.]]
[[quoteright:386:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/jpisland.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Jurassic World Map]]https://static.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/sierra_madre_casino.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:386:Casino Interior]]
[[quoteright:900:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/45e09604d4a0e90d94d47baaa6aa3f52.jpg]][[/labelnote]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/c9/7a/cd/c97acd1a9c81f99c09e22a24a053b321.jpg More Details]]]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornajpiii.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/sierra_madre_vault.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Isla Sorna]]\n[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Film) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/6a6985718e7c89428f069e87eb216d6c.png]][[/labelnote]]\n [[caption-width-right:350:[[https://i.pinimg.com/originals/58/4f/c7/584fc74932de7b496e0620b81b1e17a7.jpg More Details]]]]\n[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Isla Sorna Map (Novel) ]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/islasornamap.jpg]][[/labelnote]] \n [[caption-width-right:350:[[https://images6.fanpop.com/image/photos/38400000/Isla-sorna-map-jurassic-park-38425202-3675-2785.jpg More Details]]]]\n[[caption-width-right:900:The Vault]]
* Description: Theme Song: "[[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NCkwAgTcDBw Begin Again]]" by Vera Keyes. Alternatively, "Saw Her Yesterday" by Dean Domino.
*
A lush, tropical, pre-War casino and vibrant jungle biome with plentiful lakes and rivers, beaches, and resort, its actual location unknown, surrounded by a dormant volcano (for now). There are several buildings and human infrastructure in certain parts poisonous, red Cloud.
* Symbols: [[https://static.wikia.nocookie.net/fallout/images/6/69/SierraMadreCasinoLogo.png The logo
of the islands, courtesy of [=InGen=]'s influence and work on them
* Symbol: A silhouette of
Sierra Madre]]. Alternatively, [[https://static.wikia.nocookie.net/fallout_gamepedia/images/e/ef/SMMosaic2.png/ the islands and mural seen in the [=InGen=] logo (both)
** Isla Nublar: The ''Jurassic Park/World'' logo
hotel's lobby]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
Chaotic Neutral
* Portfolio: [[TropicalIslandAdventure Tropical Island Settings]], TheCenterpieceSpectacular, [[DeathWorld Filled with a Lot of Danger]], [[DisasterDominoes Disasters Via Small Steps]], FantasticNatureReserve, Occupied [[HiddenElfVillage A Pre-War Casino and Dominated by Dinosaurs [[ForScience who were Created by Scientists and Geneticists]], IslandOfMystery
Resort]] [[SinisterSouthwest Located Somewhere In The Southwest]], [[DeadlyGas Covered In A Poisonous Cloud]] [[GasMaskMooks Populated By The Ghost People]], [[BoobyTrap Loaded With Booby Traps]], [[{{Hologram}} Killer Holograms]], [[OneTimeDungeon And A Hidden Vault]] [[AllThatGlitters That Contains 37 Gold Bars]], [[NonStandardGameOver And Can Become A Deathtrap Whem Triggered]]
* Domains: Islands, Dinosaurs, Geneticism, Cloning, Nature Reserves, Theme Parks, Tourist Attraction
Wealth, Gambling, Greed, Lust, Morality, Pre-War Establishments
* Locations Include:
** The Villa (Medical District, Residential District, Police Station, Puesta del Sol, and Salida del Sol)
** The Resort (Casino, Cantina Madrid, The Tampico and Executive Suites)
** The Vault
* Point of Interest To: [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Arthur Maxson]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Patriots, The Enclave]], [[Pantheon/TimePeriods The Think Tank]], [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations The Institute]], [[Pantheon/CrossoversAndReferences Littlepip]], [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]]
* Sacred To: [[Pantheon/{{Mentalities}} John Hammond]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Rexie, '''[[Pantheon/ExtrovertFlaws Father]] [[Pantheon/{{Entitlement}} Elijah]]''', '''The Think Tank''' (clandestine financial backers)
*
The Raptor Pack]]
Three Guardians: Christine Royce, Dog/God, and Dean Domino
* Unholy To: [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Spinosaurus]], [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings Indominus Rex]], [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Indoraptor]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Pokémon Hunter J]]
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/PersonalAppearanceOther Alan Grant]], [[Pantheon/{{Attitude}} Ian]] [[Pantheon/PhysicalAppearance Malcolm]], [[Pantheon/NaturePreservers Gaea]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts
Bane Of: '''[[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes The Gang of Seven]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfMechas Courier]]''', [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Issac Clarke]]
* ''"Has your life taken a turn? Do troubles beset you? Has fortune left you behind? If so, the Sierra Madre Casino, in all its glory, is inviting you to begin again..."''
The Dinobots]], sultry voice was that of a starlet, one from the ''[[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Pteranodon]]'' [[Pantheon/HobbiesAndLifestyles family]]
Old World, who long since died, her haunting voice drifting from the Pantheon's radios, inviting any and all to the Sierra Madre Resort and Casino. As Father Elijah had so famously put it, the Sierra Madre ''"[[SinisterSouthwest lies in the middle of a City of Dead]], [[{{Hologram}} a city of ghosts]] [[DeadlyGas buried beneath a blood-red cloud...]] [[DoomMagnet a bright, shining monument luring treasure hunters to their doom.]]"'' And the cursed city has laid claim to its fair share of those seeking the treasure of the Sierra Madre, only to fall victim to the numerous traps, the Ghost People that populated the streets, the deadly red Cloud that enveloped the area, or just plain greed. For the Courier, seeing the casino in all its deadly glory appear in the Pantheon, does they realize that things will become even more complicated from here on out. Given that they are the only person who made it out of that cursed casino alive, the Courier was heard making a cryptic statement in regards to the Sierra Madre: "''As much as I hate to admit, that old fool was right. Getting to it is not the hard part. No, the hard part is letting go.''"
* Interests: [[Pantheon/FormsOfMedia David Attenborough]], [[Pantheon/BeastHandlers Steve Irwin, Eliza Thornberry]], [[Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna Rexxar]], [[Pantheon/CombatSkill Isuzu]] [[Pantheon/LearningTools Sento]], [[Pantheon/ChildArchetypes Harry]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Through salvaged documents and testimony from Dean Domino, The Monster Hunters]], [[Pantheon/{{Derivatives}} Mewtwo]], [[Pantheon/TypesOfPopularity Kaban and Serval]], [[Pantheon/TimePlacement Jack Tenrec, Hannah Dundee]]
* Isla Nublar
Courier was a remote island 120 miles (190 km) west able to get the story surrounding the origins of Costa Rica. the Sierra Madre. It was occupied the last project of Frederick Sinclar, a pre-War businessman. A fan of the ArtDeco style, Sinclair built it in the same style. The Sierra Madre was Sinclair's magnum opus, dedicated to his lover, the starlet Vera Keyes. Sinclair would later find out about Vera's role in a plot to rob him blind, orchestrated by Dean Domino, which drove him into transforming the Vault below the Sierra Madre into a geneticist company known as [=InGen=], headed deathtrap. However, he had a change of heart once Vera confessed everything to him. But before he could revert the Vault back to its original purpose - which was to help his former lover survive the Great War - the bombs dropped. The casino was then sealed shut and the security holograms finished off those who survived. Sinclair's remains would later be found by John Parker Hammond, where they set up the Courier some 200 years later, having succumbed to the toxic red Cloud. What Sinclair didn't know was that Vera was blackmailed into helping Dean when the singer threatened to expose Vera's drug habit to Sinclair. But what Dean didn't know was that Vera was using the Med-X and Super Stimpacks to cope with a facility terminal illness. Tragically, Vera herself did not make it to the Vault. Her own remains, still in her evening dress, were discovered by Christine Royce in her suite, along with her final words, scrawled onto the wall: '''[[GoodbyeCruelWorld LET GO.]]'''
* If you thought [[Franchise/ResidentEvil the Spencer Mansion and Ramón Salazar's Castle]] was bad, the Sierra Madre makes those two look OSHA and FEMA-compliant. Before the war, Frederick Sinclair had cut corners
in an attempt to construct and establish a revolutionary theme park. The main attracting point of it all; living, breathing dinosaurs, clones back save on construction costs. It had gotten so bad, [[DealWithTheDevil Sinclair went as far as to life via genome extracted from mosquitos trapped and preserved in prehistoric amber dating back in cut a deal with the Mesozoic. This was to be scientists at Big Mountain]] (later known as ''Jurassic Park'' the Think Tank) for more funding in exchange for them running several experiments on the people. To say that things gotten worse in the years following the Great War is a complete {{Understatement}}. The most dangerous hazard is the airborne toxins engulfing the Sierra Madre as a deadly fog, simply known as The Cloud. The Cloud was one of the Think Tank's numerous experiments, a product of the Big Empty's Z-43 Innovative Toxins Plant, and it was exposure to blow away people's minds. Unfortunately, the plan failed; during a test tour for visitors Hammond had invited to measure Cloud that also created the safety and legitimacy of Jurassic Park's success, Ghost People. Originally the park's management workers of the Sierra Madre, exposure to the Cloud whilst wearing the Darklight hazmat suits turned the employees into... something not entirely human or ghoul. And anyone caught by the Ghost People are dragged into the Cloud to create more Ghost People.
** Speaking of Ghost People, the Pantheon found itself being assaulted by two groups of the aforementioned denizens of the Sierra Madre. Luck
was sabotaged by computer technician Dennis Nedry, who was collaborating obviously a lady, as The Courier knew exactly how to deal with the Ghost People: dismemberment of the limbs or destruction of the head. Issac Clarke was slightly freaked out after a rival company [=BioSyn=] Ghost People raid, upon seeing that the only way to stop the Ghost People was by dismemberment, reminding him of the Necromorphs he fought onboard the Ishimura and later, the Sprawl. Safe to say that that Issac hates the Ghost People as much as The Courier does. Good thing that his Kinesis could chuck back the gas bombs and those damned makeshift spears the Ghost People kept lobbing at him from a distance, while his Stasis made it easy for him and the Courier to dismember the attackers. The Cosmic Knives that make up the blades of the spar are yet, another thing that came out of Big Mountain. Made out of Saturnite and sharp to the point that it can sever a human thumb and cut off the electrical power. This caused the contained dinosaurs to be set free, inciting an outbreak through a cutting board, Cody Travers, Kano, Brock Samson and trapped visitors and staff members fighting for Ryuji Yamazaki are looking to upgrade their lives. At the end of it all, most occupants survived blades with around 4 deaths estimated and the cloned dinosaurs remained to take Saturnite metal, given how much they're drooling over Isla Nublar for themselves.
** After John Hammond died of illness in 1997, [=InGen=] became a subsidiary of
the Masrani Global Corporation upon purchase. Wanting to carry on from where Hammond left off, Masrani, under the leadership of Simon Masrani, took to creating a successor theme park in Isla Nublar known as ''Film/JurassicWorld'', which was established in 2005 to great acclaim. weapons.
*
However, the park only saw 10 years ahead as the planned exhibition for a hybrid dinosaur known as the Indominus Rex went haywire as the creature escaped, causing further mayhem, chaos, and the deaths of several, including Masrani. Although the Indominus was stopped, the damage was already done with Jurassic World being shut down and the dinosaurs once again taking over the island. Even this was short-lived due to a [[Film/JurassicWorldFallenKingdom the island's native volcano, Mt. Sibo, erupting three years later, destroying the island]]. A rescue ship called the ''Arcadia'' did end up saving some of the dinosaurs from being killed, though them being bought to the mainland would present more future situations that most would likely not be prepared for.
* The dinosaurs, as it turned out, weren't originally bred and recreated in Isla Nublar, but rather in a larger, more secretive island, known as Isla Sorna, codenamed "Site B" by [=InGen=] upon purchasing the island for use, which was 207 miles (333 km) west of Costa Rica and the largest of an archipelago chain known as The Five Deaths. It was in Isla Sorna where most of the cloning procedures took place and where the [=InGen=] workers spent time, where they scheduled mature dinosaurs to be shipped to Isla Nublar to become attractions for Jurassic Park. However, Hurricane Clarissa forced [=InGen=] to abandon their settlements and facilities, though they did release the captive dinosaurs they kept in their facility pens to allow them to thrive. In time, they quickly took over the island as its dominant animals.
** Two separate expeditions were held on the island in [[Film/TheLostWorldJurassicPark 1997]] and [[Film/JurassicParkIII 2001]]. The former involved a hunter team sent by [=InGen=], then led by Hammond's nephew, Peter Ludlow, to capture a group of dinosaurs to be taken to a proposed Jurassic Park in San Diego, California, with an opposing team sent by Hammond and led by Ian Malcolm, a renowned mathematician and a visitor to Isla Nublar, to stop [=InGen=], though are then forced to work together to ensure each others' survival. The latter centered on a boy named Eric Kirby, who was lost in the island after a missing parasailing incident and a team composed of his parents, hired mercenaries, and two paleontologists, one of whom being Alan Grant, another visitor to Isla Nublar, being sent to find Eric and bring him back. And of course, everyone involved in both expeditions had to deal with several hostile dinosaurs and events along the way.
* Both islands became infamous for simply showcasing just how flawed of a plan it was to recreate dinosaurs for a theme park. That said, Hammond did learn from his mistakes, though he did develop enough of an attachment to the beings that he bought back that he insisted that they remain intact and to lead their own lives without any sort of interference from humans. Unfortunately, with the existence of Jurassic World, that seemed to have gotten nowhere, much to his sadness and dismay. While Isla Nublar is destroyed, there aren't any recent documents regarding Isla Sorna, though some say that island, too, became deprived of dinosaurs, if mainly due to Masrani's work of having to capture them and take them to Isla Nublar for another theme park.
* Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna were identified in the Pantheon by a group of explorers and to their surprise, both islands were still thriving with an ever-growing ecosystem that was dominated by dinosaurs. That said, Jurassic Park and Jurassic World remained dilapidated ruins in Isla Nublar and much of it has already been overtaken by nature and the very creatures the parks were supposed to house. Though electrical and geothermal power seems to be operational and can be used, that is if anyone is willing to enter the island's, either for an adventure or for some sort of motive regarding dinosaurs.
* The Pantheon appears to be divided about the state of things in the two islands. Most do admit that Isla Nublar had the potential for housing a great theme park and the idea of having actual dinosaurs as an attraction would have worked due to how near-fantastical the idea was, and Jurassic World proved that correct for some time). Even so, they do acknowledge that the park was going to fail at some point, and the dinosaurs would be better off to their own devices. Under Hammond's word, which made up the most common and agreed with consensus, it was best decided that Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna remain a conservative area; the dinosaurs would be at their most capable if nobody entered the islands. Hence, they've become one of the most secluded and secretive places in the Pantheon.
** The dinosaurs themselves are also a point of discussion, namely if they ''actually'' were dinosaurs or not. Alan Grant is negative about the stance; he thinks the dinosaurs cloned by [=InGen=] were "circus freaks" due to many of the genetic modifications originating from other animals, particularly amphibians. The fact that dinosaurs can be found elsewhere, mainly the House of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna enforces this point in Dr. Grant's perspective. Strangely enough, the House
Ghost People isn't connected to the two islands, which furthers their isolated reputation as Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna big threat. The major threat are at a pretty unusual position in the House of Pantheon/{{Nature}} instead. It also doesn't help Security Holograms that patrol the dinosaurs there Medical District and within the Sierra Madre proper. Just how powerful are engineered the Holograms? A single Security Hologram was able to grow older quickly, which results in them having wipe out a shorter lifespan than they usually do (which says a lot as normal dinosaurs squad of Ghost People. Imagine the carnage the Holograms could leave behind when dealing with either the Enclave or the Brotherhood of Steel ''in full power armor.'' The only tend way to live for around 10-50 years, depending on stop a Security Hologram is to either disable or destroy the clade), Hologram Emitter. Usually, they're dependent on lysine and some of their natural abilities are hampered or heightened (a ''Tyrannosaurus'' can only see an object when it moves and a ''Velociraptor'' exhibits more aggressive traits and is larger than the real animal). Some think placed at inaccessible locations that they are legitimate dinosaurs, if somewhat different.
* While usually not allowed for visitations, the Gang of Seven were able
makes it impossible to enter both islands on separate occasions and spent a day or two exploring destroy them. While not wondrous as And the Great Valley, they do find majority of them patrol the islands to be an I retesting place to explore around in, especially Isla Nublar due to Casino, the many remains of its two theme parks. Littlefoot personally enjoys watching Executive Suites, and down in the sauropods there, as do Cera, Ducky, and Spike regarding ceratopsians, ornithopods, and stegosaurs respectively. On a similar note, the Dinobots have also visited the islands in case they want free time from all the fights between the Autobots and Decepticons, and it certainly helps that the islands are pretty isolated from the rest bowels of the Pantheon. Grimlock's presence tends to scare away most dinosaurs, much to his dismay, though Sludge and Snarl feel accommodated by sauropods and stegosaurs and are open to defending them against threats if need be. In essence, the Dinobots treat Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna as if it's a second home for them and would like to keep it defended. Furthermore, they and the Gang of Seven can at least agree on something, in spite of their strained partnership.
* [[VideoGame/JurassicParkDinosaurBattles According to some archives]], Isla Sorna was initially the home of a human colony known as the Primos, who died out centuries before [=InGen=] owned the island. One rogue scientist, Dr. Irene Corts, devised a plan to TakeOverTheWorld and decided to clone three Primos back to existence, who were manipulated into working with her, whilst she created a device known as the [=DinoVoc=], which could allow her to [[{{Mon}} subject a cloned dinosaur into her submission and command them to attack and to battle]].
Sierra Madre. Of course, the plan was foiled by an [=InGen=] agent, who was initially sent to rescue a camping group of five kids, and Dr. Corts has not been heard ever since. The same thing could also be attributed to the three Primos who defected Dr. Corts upon learning of them being tricked, though for anyone's guess, they may have remained in Isla Sorna. So far, not many in the Pantheon are aware some of the Primo's existence, if mainly due to how secluded Isla Sorna is.Pantheon's Rogues within the Grand United Alliance Of Evil have the idea of placing a couple of Emitters onto several drones and fly them overhead. A diabolical trick, but one that saves resources and lives.
* Gaea took great interest in ** Three separate expeditions have been made to the two islands Sierra Madre by the Brotherhood of Steel (on the orders of Elder Arthur Maxson), the Enclave and has personally come the Institute. And all three ended in disaster. The Brotherhood expedition was the first to visit try and take a crack at the Sierra Madre, with the goal of retrieving any and all useful tech, including the Hologram technology. Unfortunately, their power armor could not protect them on a lot of occasions. Despite from the mandated rule effects of hardly anyone attending them, Gaea is an exception, being an embodiment of nature, in addition the Cloud, which all but corroded the armor, leaving the Paladins vulnerable to wanting to keep them safe the Cloud's effects. The Enclave was next, and secure. Gaea also doesn't care whether if they managed to break into the dinosaurs and prehistoric animals were cloned creatures of science, they're still animals bound to nature and she feels as if it's a duty to keep them thriving. It does seem respectable to an extent, though Gaea has a controversial opinion, namely Casino proper. Pity that the dinosaurs should be given the opportunity to also occupy places outside the islands just in case they get overpopulated. While not many are keen on the idea, incurring Gaea's wrath isn't an advisable choice either, so it's a difficult stance to choose from.
** Pokémon Hunter J has made occasions on trying to hunt and capture the island's native fauna, believing that their differences to the usual dinosaurs
Security Holograms mowed them down in the House lobby and The Tampico, the Hologram's energy blasts destroying the Enclave armor like a hot knife through butter. The Institute sent in three squads of Pantheon/BeastsAndFauna can provide Synths, led by three Coursers. Not even the Institute's elite could withstand the effects of the Cloud, which made them easy pickings for the Ghost People and the Holograms.
* For any treasure hunter (pre or post-apocalyptic), the Sierra Madre is the ultimate test. But for those with an explosive collar around their necks courtesy of Father Elijah, there is the added danger of the faulty speakers and active radios within the resort and casino. Destroying the radios and speakers are easy enough, but the shielded radios are
a different bounty story altogether. The Villa is pretty much a deathtrap. Aside from the Ghost People and profit. Unfortunately for the risk of one's collar exploding, there is the added danger of the various traps left behind by past treasure hunters. The Grenade Bouquets are popular, along with the pressure traps that can trigger a shotgun blast to the face if one is not careful. And of course, there are the bear traps. Be it out of curiosity (or out of sheer boredom), Littlepip explored the Sierra Madre's Villa, as the casino and resort reminded her of Canterlot, just not - according to her - as dangerous. Due to her light frame, Littlepip easily bypassed the numerous traps left behind by those who came before her. While the Cloud somewhat annoyed her, she's been having the Ghost People were of little importance, especially as she can use her telekinesis to deal fling them out of her path... or to clear the more difficult traps. The Ghost People gave her a wide berth after she impaled a couple of their number using several makeshift spears and used a superheated Cosmic Knife to de-leg and kill the impaled denizens of the Madre.
** For those who survive the Cloud, and everything the Sierra Madre can throw at them, lies the ultimate prize. At the bottom of the Sierra Madre, accessible only from an elevator in the penthouse, is the vault. Inside is the mother lode: ''37 gold bars.'' Each one weighs in at 35 pounds, for a total of 1,295 pounds. Each gold bar is worth 10,539 caps each,
with Gaea, whose been incredibly snippy the grand total being almost 390,000 caps, and is considered to be the greatest treasure in the Mojave. However, the Vault is also a deathtrap, if one accesses the computer and opens up a file addressed to Dean Domino. It is here, that the Courier's enigmatic statement is made clear. The hard part about the idea of harming nature. Not to mention the fact that the [[Pantheon/HouseUprisings Nature Uprising]] has made things even harder for Hunter J to keep coming back hunting for specific dinosaurs. It's a challenge that she's come to resent and seeks to find a way to outsmart Gaea and her alliance, which treasure isn't going to be happening anytime soon.
* Isuzu Sento was a worker for
reaching it, but rather letting it go. Hence, the Amagi Brilliant Park, hence the idea of Courier taking a similarly fantastical theme park did catch her attention. She personally doesn't see any problem single gold bar with Jurassic Park/World by its core principles them.
* Bruce Wayne
and was accepting of Hammond's dream. She did, however, find the idea of the Indominus to be a bad one, given Tony Stark are in agreement that it's a deadly dinosaur being made more deadly just for public appeal when the park really should be aiming for a balance between security and entertainment. Isuzu would be happy to visit Isla Nublar, though she does can concede that maybe now wouldn't be the right time to go.
** There
Cloud is a giant zoo known as Japari Park, which is home threat to a wide assortment of wildlife that had been altered to resemble human girls with animal attributes due to a substance known as Sandstars making contact with them. Much like Jurassic Park, Japari Park was also abandoned to its wildlife due to the Ceruleans, a hostile sort of lifeform also created by Sandstars. One species, known as a Serval ended up finding and befriending a lost amnesiac girl who was dubbed Kaban and the two ended up traveling around Japari Park to learn more about themselves as well as defending one another against any Ceruleans. The idea of Jurassic Park and Jurassic World did catch the girls' interest, seeing as it heavily reminded them of Japari Park in more ways than one. They would like to visit Isla Nublar at least once, though so far, things have been difficult due to both the isolated nature of the island and being restricted from entry by much of the Pantheon. Not Hence, a joint Avengers-Justice League expedition to mention many the Sierra Madre to find the source of the dinosaurs there are pretty dangerous Cloud and Kaban and Serval and learning to be warier of them.
** The Killian Experience once tried to [[VideoGame/JurassicWorldEvolution create a dinosaur theme park with Jurassic Park's template]] (he, however, refused to use that name as he believed it was bad branding) and calling it "Kilian's Park of Not Dying of Dinosaurs". However, he ended up failing more miserably and causing more damage than either
stop it. But the 1993 and 2015 Isla Nublar Incidents did with the dinosaurs running amok, destroying property, and killing visitors because Killian didn't bother to install security. Fed up, he tried to declare [[MakesAsMuchSenseInContext War on Humanity with the dinosaurs by misinterpreting Ian Malcolm's quote of "Life finds a way"]]. However, the plan was foiled by a ''Brachiosaurus'' named Grongo! who wound up reversing the damage and creating a fully functional park before [[ButNowIMustGo departing the island to become a Texas Sherrif]]. While Killian is more infamous for other things due to his ridiculously asinine mindset, he's barred entry from the two islands not just for obvious reasons, but also because no one trusts him to attempt building a park on either of them. Not that Killian's going to misinterpret that too...
* David Attenborough and Steve Irwin are two of the few people who are given permitted access to the islands, and even then, both are expected to be prepared in regards to safety and awareness, given the hostility of many of the dinosaurs
Justice League and the lack of proper communications and resources there. Attenborough simply seeks to record and document as much footage as he could to showcase to his audience that while Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna Avengers are undoubtedly dangerous places, they still have their sense of wonders, though any footage focusing on not the remains of Jurassic Park, Jurassic World, and the scattered facilities and worker village in Isla Nublar tend to be somber in tone. Irwin has managed to get close to some dinosaurs, mostly herbivores, but has managed to get up close to a few carnivores, namely the ''Baryonyx'' and ''Ceratosaurus'' via understanding their natural behaviors and being as cautious as he can be. Still, Irwin is aware that some herbivores are risky and that's not even getting into some of the more dominant predators, especially the ''Velociraptors''.
** Similarly, Jack Tenrec and Hannah Dundee have also visited the two islands from time to time, if mainly to look after the creatures who dwell there as well as making sure there isn't any outside threat being spotted. Beyond that, the two are open to going there for an adventure, as well as admiring the islands in their own way, Jack for the dinosaurs and the scenery, and Hannah for how advanced and up-to-date [=InGen=] must have been for its time, though she does admit that their science could have been utilized better. It helps that they have a pet ''Allosaurus'', Hermes, to look after the two from anything that attacks them. The Monster Hunters are also
only party interested in wanting to study the islands Sierra Madre. Helena Douglas is not only financing the Etrian Odyssey Guilds' expedition in mapping the spots in the Sierra Madre the Courier missed, but also a search-and-destroy mission spearheaded by Ryu Hayabusa, and intend to set up a base there, namely where accompanied by Kasumi, Ayane, Momiji, and Irene Lew. Interestingly enough, retrieving the worker village used gold isn't a priority for either party. Nathan Drake was tempted to be lead a team to the Sierra Madre, but was vetoed by Elena. The gold in Isla Nublar the Vault has also led to various criminals and potentially close hooligans in leading crews to a dock in Isla Nublar. So far, things are proving difficult as the Hunters are seeking Sierra Madre in order to gain approval first.
* The list of dinosaurs that have been cloned
loot the place. This alarmed the more good-aligned deities like Sonya Blade, Soap [=MacTavish=], and to have thrived in both islands are documented in what can simply be known as ''[=InGen=]'s List''. The following is self-explanatory; ''Allosaurus'', ''Ankylosaurus'', ''Apatosaurus'', ''Baryonyx'', ''Brachiosaurus'', ''Carnotaurus'', ''Compsognathus'', ''Corythosaurus'', ''Dilophosaurus'', ''Dimorphodon''[[note]]actually a ''pterosaur'' instead of a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Edmontosaurus'', ''Euoplocephalus'', ''Gallimimus'', ''Geosternbergia'', ''Herrerasaurus'', ''Mamenchisaurus'', ''Metriacanthosaurus'', ''Microceratus'', ''Pachycephalosaurus'', ''Pachyrhinosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus'', ''Proceratosaurus'', ''Pteranodon''[[note]]again, a ''pterosaur'', ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Segisaurus'', ''Stegosaurus'', ''Suchomimus'', ''Triceratops'', ''Tyrannosaurus rex'', ''Velociraptor''.
** Interestingly, many
Captain Price, until Cammy and Johnny Cage pointed out one important detail: the bad guys will more than likely kill each other dinosaurs before they can get their hands on the gold, as it happened many times before. The Joker, on the other hand, wants to see if he can make his Joker Toxin more potent by combining it with the Cloud, is the wild card of this. Surprisingly enough, the Joker has a form of immunity against the Cloud. Harley Quinn has a mild resistance to the Cloud, but keeps her distance.
* '''Vera Keyes:''' ''"Wait a moment. Before you go, I... we... hope you've enjoyed your stay. Farewells can be a time of sadness — letting go, difficult. As a guest of the Sierra Madre, you know that truth more than anyone. Frederick Sinclair believed that one's life could be made anew every day, that fortunes
were cloned that were actually not on [=InGen=]'s list more than the wealth in your hands. Love, life, family, those to care for and those who will care for you: to those who know these joys, the Sierra Madre holds little they don't already have. Out in the world, beyond these walls, that were approved is your chance to begin again. I hope that you will return in happier times. Until then, the Sierra Madre, and supervised by Masrani. The following are as follows; ''Ceratosaurus'', ''Spinosaurus'', ''Coelurus'', ''Deinonychus'', ''Lesothosaurus'', ''Monolophosaurus'', ''Mosasaurus maximus''[[note]]a marine reptile and ''not'' a dinosaur[[/note]], ''Nasutoceratops'', ''Ouranosaurus'', ''Parasaurolophus lux'', ''Peloroplites'', ''Sinoceratops'', ''Stygimoloch'', ''Styracosaurus'', ''Teratophoneus'', ''Troodon''.I, will hold you in our hearts."''



[[folder:Mashaar]]
'''[[VideoGame/LostEden Mashaar]], Holy Seat of [[PlanetOfHats Lands Defined by a Single Quirk]]'''
[[quoteright:320:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/mashaar.png]]
[[caption-width-right:320:A map of Mashaar, with Eloi to the left]]
* Symbol: A pterodactyl in flight
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UCWEENllGVY Lost Eden Main Theme]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: AdamAndEvePlot, ArtisticLicensePaleontology, CaptainErsatz of Literature/{{Dinotopia}}, [[SpiritualSuccessor Spiritual Successor to Cryo's first Dune game]], [[PlanetOfHats World of]] [[CoolMask human(oid) tribes wearing Cool Masks]] ([[SimpletonVoice including the Tammnians]]) and Dinosaurs (including [[SmallTaxonomyPools stock dinosaurs]], such as [[DragonInChief the]] AlwaysChaoticEvil [[TerrifyingTyrannosaur Tyrann]], who [[spoiler:[[WeaksauceWeakness are weak to]] [[MundaneMadeAwesome the Instruments of Fear, which are mere musical instruments]]]]; pterosaurs who act as transportation and messengers; [[RaptorAttack and velociraptor mercs]]) [[FurryConfusion of varying degrees of sentience]] [[spoiler:[[BittersweetEnding who are still doomed]] [[ShootTheShaggyDog to go extinct]]]], [[LadyLand home to two Lady Lands]] [[{{Stripperific}} full of scantily-clad women]] [[TheUnderworld and the Valley of Mists]], SceneryPorn
* Domains: Masks, Tribes, Dinosaurs, Fantasy, Architecture
* Mashaar is an ancient land filled with human(oid)s and dinosaurs living together in relative peace. Of course, for a long time, there was a schism between the two kinds of creatures. One Prince Adam of Mo -- heir to the throne of Mashaar -- and his allies had managed to reunite the humanoid and dinosaur tribes and defeat the Tyrann once and for all. [[spoiler:[[ShootTheShaggyDog Sadly, the ending to]] [[BittersweetEnding this story was bittersweet.]] When a mystical relic called the Egg of Destiny hatched, it foretold that though humanity would live on, dinosaurs would still inevitably go extinct...]]
** ...Or would they? Not long after this prophecy was revealed, Prince Adam -- now King Adam -- and his queen, Eve, were approached by a deity from the Pantheon of Tropes. This being had apparently noticed how each tribe of humanoids in this world wore unique masks, enough that they deemed it appropriate to ascend this land as a Dominion. After some thinking, Adam and his peers realized that perhaps what the egg was trying to tell them was that [[ExactWords dinosaurs would no longer live on...]]''[[ExactWords in Mashaar]]''. Perhaps this Pantheon of Tropes was their new home, even though there would be new enemies to them there. Thus did Mashaar come to be a Dominion of the Pantheon.
* Those who visit Mashaar are often told how the various dinosaurs and other beasts living there work.
** Brontosaurs and Apatosaurs are different species in this world; Brontosaurs help build -- and they will work for food (their favorite being non-poisonous mushrooms) and a song on a special kind of flute -- while Apatosaurs serve as a mode of transportation. Triceratops have the knowledge to turn citadels into fortresses, provided they are given food -- preferably in the form of an empty bird nest -- and someone with the right kind of voice sings the right ancient song to them.
** Velociraptors are mercenaries who would take on even the Tyrann if gifted with gold and a suitable weapon. Mosasaurs are very observant -- despite spending most of their lives in lakes -- and will give you information if you provide apples for them. During Prince Adam's adventures, they provided information on which weapons were effective against whichever group of Tyrann was nearby.
** Pterodactyls -- like Eloi -- can be messengers and a mode of transportation alternative to the Apatosaurs, and live in a building called the White Arch. Paraphosaurs (that is, parasaurolophus) -- like Dina, Tau, and Mungo -- are able to understand those who "speak in strange tongues", even understanding those who have had their literal tongues cut out!
* And that's not even getting into all the various tribes of human(oid)s.
** There are the humans of Mo, who most resemble humans of other worlds/timelines. Among them are Adam, Monk, Shazia, and possibly Eve (we say possibly, because it hasn't been confirmed where exactly she came from).
** The Chorrians are the people of Chamaar and Shandovra, identifiable by their heads, which resemble those of cotton-top tamarins. The Ulele live in Uluru, identifiable by their tall tribal masks; the Kobu are a tribe of human females who live in Koto; the Tammnians are tusked humanoids who live in Tamara (one of them, Thugg, works as Adam's captain of the guard) and were led by Eve, who -- due to the unfortunately "old-fashioned" views of the Tammnians -- had to [[JeanneDarchetype disguise herself as a man]] for them to listen to her; and the Castra, the people of Cantura who look like they're made of shells (whether this is how they naturally look or are simply wearing some kind of outfit is not yet known).
* The Pantheon/PrehistoricBeasts subhouse piqued the interest of Adam and his cohorts, thus, it was the first part of the Pantheon they visited. Their encounters with the dinosaur inhabitants bore mixed results. Of course, they soon discovered dinosaurs could be found in several other of the subhouses of the House of [[Pantheon/{{Beast}} Beasts]], and even in other Houses of the Pantheon.
** The first faces to greet them were, fortunately, friendly ones: the Gang of Seven. It was a good thing, too, not only because there was no risk of getting eaten by them, but it was also their first exposure to a non-hostile T-Rex: Chomper. Now the group had a better idea of what to expect among the dinosaurs of the Pantheon; not all T-Rex were like the Tyrann. That said, Littlefoot ''did'' warn them about dinosaurs who very much ''were'' hostile. Either way, Dina and Mungo were charmed by little Ducky; she is what Dina and Mungo hope their future child will be like. Eloi, meanwhile, befriended Petrie, and was glad to hear the little Flyer overcame his fear of flight before he got too much older. "After all," said Eloi, "how strange it would be if an adult pterodactyl were afraid to fly!"
** They encountered Owen Grady's raptor pack -- fortunately, Owen himself was able to keep them from attacking the newcomers -- and found it odd how different they were from the velociraptors in Mashaar. For one thing, since dinosaurs had been extinct for millions of years in their version of Earth, the scientists who resurrected their species had to use different DNA from modern animals, resulting in them being much larger and, overall, more resembling deinonychus than velociraptors. They also didn't seem interested in the gold Adam offered; unlike Mashaar's raptors, they were not mercenaries, only following Owen's orders.
** They were dismayed to know of dinosaurs who were as fearsome and merciless as the Tyrann were; creatures like Gwangi, Sharptooth, Riptor, and ''Indominus Rex'' are among those they try to keep out of Mashaar. Of course, even if they manage to get in, there are fortresses strong enough to stand up to the larger ones' attacks, and raptor mercs fierce enough to take on the smaller ones.
** The discovery of dinosaur Kaiju -- such as Godzilla and Anguirus -- was quite a shock to them. To think, something could change a dinosaur so drastically, to a point beyond recognition! Similarly, the Draconians were a surprise; a pantheon of dinosaurs (and two apes) was a fascinating thought to them. The ape-like Tammnians feel a kinship with the apes known as Blizzard and Chaos.
* At one point, Loana and her tribe managed to wander into Mashaar by accident. Though initially wary of its inhabitants, they soon found themselves feeling welcome. They still weren't quite used to the sight of human(oid)s and dinosaurs living together peacefully (though when told stories of the Tyrann, they noted that that certainly sounded familiar). The Rock Tribe remnants have a harder time fitting into the now-relatively-peaceful Mashaar than their Shell Tribe fellows.
* Fossil Pokémon -- such as the Kanto Fossil trio -- feel fairly at home here. The denizens of Mashaar find Pokemon a fascinating group of creatures, and some have even sought out instruction on how to be Trainers. Of course, they are understandably wary of [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Tyrantrum]], who resembles the Tyrann a bit too much for their tastes.
* Less welcome are several of the monsters from the VideoGame/MonsterHunter universe; the [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Deviljho]] and [[Pantheon/FightingMoves Glavenus]], for example, also act too much like the Tyrann, aggressively -- and seemingly without provocation -- attacking dinosaurs and humanoids alike, and even eating them, at least in the Deviljho's case. [[Pantheon/CommonColors Ahtal-Ka]] is a troublesome insectoid beast, who keeps trying to pry pieces off of their fortresses and citadels to add to the Empress's Throne. Finally, [[Pantheon/AquaticLife Shen Gaoren]] keeps trying to destroy said buildings in the hopes of expanding its territory.

to:

[[folder:Mashaar]]
'''[[VideoGame/LostEden Mashaar]], Holy Seat
[[folder:Takeshi's Castle]]
'''Series/TakeshisCastle, the Divine Palace
of [[PlanetOfHats Lands Defined by a Single Quirk]]'''
[[quoteright:320:https://static.
[[MalevolentArchitecture Obstacle Course-Based Challenges]]'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/mashaar.png]]
[[caption-width-right:320:A map
org/pmwiki/pub/images/kor-takeshi.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:The (one
of Mashaar, many) Final Showdown(s) at Takeshi's Castle]]
* Appearance: An old-styled Shiro
with Eloi to a lot of obstacles between the left]]
outer limits of the castle's grounds and the inner courtyards, with an ever-shifting array of tricks and traps to best protect the residential lord of the castle.
* Theme Songs: [[https://youtu.be/_g2VBO0w2eo The Original Japanese Takeshi's Castle]] [[https://youtu.be/W6hRXrwqsxA it's UK Dub theme]], [[https://youtu.be/Ddi2Ijf35ug "Firebrand" by Bumblefoot for "Most Extreme Elimination Challenge"]]
* Symbol: A pterodactyl in flight
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UCWEENllGVY Lost Eden Main Theme]]
The titular castle and its owner, Beat Takeshi
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: AdamAndEvePlot, ArtisticLicensePaleontology, CaptainErsatz of Literature/{{Dinotopia}}, [[SpiritualSuccessor Spiritual Successor to Cryo's first Dune game]], [[PlanetOfHats World of]] [[CoolMask human(oid) tribes wearing Cool Masks]] ([[SimpletonVoice including the Tammnians]]) and Dinosaurs (including [[SmallTaxonomyPools stock dinosaurs]], such as [[DragonInChief the]] AlwaysChaoticEvil [[TerrifyingTyrannosaur Tyrann]], who [[spoiler:[[WeaksauceWeakness are weak to]] [[MundaneMadeAwesome the Instruments of Fear, which are mere musical instruments]]]]; pterosaurs who act as transportation and messengers; [[RaptorAttack and velociraptor mercs]]) [[FurryConfusion of varying degrees of sentience]] [[spoiler:[[BittersweetEnding who are still doomed]] [[ShootTheShaggyDog to go extinct]]]], [[LadyLand home to two Lady Lands]] [[{{Stripperific}} full of scantily-clad women]] [[TheUnderworld and the Valley of Mists]], SceneryPorn
Always Chaotic, usually ChaoticEvil
* Domains: Masks, Tribes, Dinosaurs, Fantasy, Architecture
Traps, War, Obstacle Course
* Mashaar is an ancient land filled Owner: [[Creator/TakeshiKitano Takeshi Kitano/Beat Takeshi]]
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/GameDesign The Keeper]], [[Pantheon/NarrativeTone Glitchy's Mario]]
* Interest in: [[Pantheon/UnDead Dracula (Castlevania)]], [[Pantheon/CommercialAttitude Wario]]
* Notable Participants: [[Pantheon/GameMechanics Ultraman]] (as both Tani's replacement as well as a contestant), [[Pantheon/PositiveReaction Godzilla]] (as one of Takeshi's comedic skit performers), [[Pantheon/RobotsAndAutomata Astro Boy]]
* Costing around $1M (around ¥168M in 1986) to build, it was home to its Shogun Takeshi. However, General Tani started his invasion of the castle
with human(oid)s a bunch of peasants. Through Takeshi's right-hand men, the invasion force reduced from a hundred to only a handful, and dinosaurs living together in relative peace. Of course, for a long time, there was a schism between the two kinds of creatures. One Prince Adam of Mo -- heir to initial invasion ended with the throne Shogun's victory.
** That being said, it turned into its own variant
of Mashaar -- and his allies had managed to reunite the humanoid and dinosaur tribes and defeat the Tyrann once and for all. [[spoiler:[[ShootTheShaggyDog Sadly, the ending to]] [[BittersweetEnding this story was bittersweet.]] When a mystical relic called the Egg of Destiny hatched, it foretold that though humanity would live on, dinosaurs would still inevitably go extinct...]]
** ...Or would they? Not long
ForeverWar, with Tani's forces bolstering itself after this prophecy was revealed, Prince Adam -- now King Adam -- every failed invasion and his queen, Eve, were approached by a deity Takeshi's traps swapping around to ensure that the challenge will be unique to Tani's forces. On rare occasions, Tani's men win, collecting the treasure from within the castle, usually worth around ¥1M.
* The set's physical location back in the mortal plane was at [[https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/598666280563900418/731289015780900964/gamemap.png Midoriyama Studio in Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan]]. Unfortunately, the set no longer exists, being repurposed for ''Series/NinjaWarrior''.
* In
the Pantheon of Tropes. proper, it took a little bit before the Keeper was introduced as the official coursemaster, and longer still before Takeshi allowed Glitchy's Mario to occasionally host his "Mario Challenges".
* Over in the Americas, the recordings done [[GagDub instead have Takeshi and his entourage watch as "teams" compete for his amusement]].
This was the "Most Extreme Elimination Challenge", a major GagDub involving clips from archived Takeshi's Castle clips and a liberal usage of dubbing over everything. In a nutshell, it's the Super Sentai series turned into the Power Rangers, but with the off-the-wall dub of Ghost Stories, and the obstacle course challenge of Super Mario Bros thrown into a blender.
** As for a proper Pantheonic version of the show? It started in the middle of Season Two, where keeping with the HongKongDub style of the show, is dubbed with "Vic Romaro" and "Kenny Blankenship" [[note]]Takeshi and Hideo dubbed over by Victor Wilson and Chris Darga[[/note]] hosting the show, with "Captain Tenneal"[[note]]General Tani dubbed by John Cervenka[[/note]] and "Guy [=LeDouche=]"[[note]] The Field Reporter also dubbed by Cervenka[[/note]] reporting on the ground. The "objective" of MXC is, simply put, don't get eliminated by the obstacles and to participate in a team.
* In the Pantheon, the mortal Takeshi Kitano is often the lord residing the castle, alongside with the Emerald Guard to protect him from the invasion. However, he now utilizes The Keeper as the person to compose his traps, and as a result, it is significantly harder due to the wide array of traps available at the Keeper's disposal. There's a significant reduction of both lethality and sadism in his disposal, and he can't use minions like the Horned Reaper or the Dark Mistress.
** On the odd occasion, Glitchy's Mario takes residence in the castle, acting as its lord. Dubbed "Mario's Challenge", the theme changes from Japanese to Mario, switching the Japanese Castle to a Tower Castle, employing the "Spaghetti Squad" instead of the Emerald Guard, and allowing the use of significantly more dangerous traps. The Keeper's still not allowed to use his minions, however.
** The prize within the castle itself varies wildly. The most common reward is to be immortalized on a plaque of those who've conquered the castle, followed by money (usually ¥1M in their currency) or food (usually a voucher for Chicken [=McNuggets=] valued at ¥1M with around 1898 uses for 20 Piece Boxes), depending on whose running the castle when it's conquered.
* Before the Pantheon was graced with the Castle, there were some Gods who appeared on the show, most notable
being had apparently noticed Ultraman, who was a contestant, as well as a fill-in for General Tani. Astro Boy was a contestant, and Godzilla often performed comedic sketches for Takeshi's entourage. That being said, a good chunk of contestants often dress up like other characters, such as Goku and Master Roshi.
* Dracula looked upon the Castle, and thought about
how each tribe similar it's laid out compared to his castle. Though obviously less lethal than his own castle, he seeks to become its lord eventually, though neither the mortal Takeshi nor Glitchy's Mario will allow it. Though it won't take much to try to convince the Keeper to turn on their masters if Dracula can persuade them through bloodshed, the threat of humanoids expulsion and humiliation for doing so prevents the Keeper from acting.
* Wario looked
in this world wore unique masks, enough interest to being a trap keeper, basing his traps off the myriad of Microgames that they deemed it his company and he made. While Takeshi shows some interest, Glitchy Mario's rudeness keeps Wario from becoming a potential replacement in case The Keeper goes rogue and tries to take over the castle himself.
* Owing to the presence of a lot of beings with powers that may allow them to circumvent the challenges entirely, there's a power nullification field surrounding the castle when the challenge is initiated. Gadgets are similarly not allowed, though certain ones (like a Portal Gun replica or a Rocket Jumper) may be used in certain challenges. It's so that beings like Kal-El would be equal to others, like Mario or Link.
** Due to the challenges being made to accommodate human-sized participants, there's also a size limit mandated that prevents those too big (like Cybertronians) or too small (like rodents or insects
appropriate to ascend this land as a Dominion. After some thinking, Adam and for MouseWorld) from taking part. Versions of his peers realized that perhaps what the egg was trying to tell them was that [[ExactWords dinosaurs would no longer live on...]]''[[ExactWords in Mashaar]]''. Perhaps this Pantheon of Tropes was their new home, even though challenge for those sizes are still pending.
** As for those closer but distinctly not human-sized (like pet-size folk like Pikachu or giant-size like Bowser or Donkey Kong),
there would be new enemies to them there. Thus did Mashaar come to be a Dominion of the Pantheon.
* Those who visit Mashaar
are often told how the various dinosaurs and other beasts living there work.
** Brontosaurs and Apatosaurs are different species in this world; Brontosaurs help build -- and they will work for food (their favorite being non-poisonous mushrooms) and a song on a special kind of flute -- while Apatosaurs serve as a mode of transportation. Triceratops have the knowledge
challenges modified to turn citadels into fortresses, provided they are given food -- preferably in the form of an empty bird nest -- and someone with the right kind of voice sings the right ancient song to them.
** Velociraptors are mercenaries who would take on even the Tyrann if gifted with gold and a suitable weapon. Mosasaurs are very observant -- despite spending most of their lives in lakes -- and will give you information if you provide apples for them. During Prince Adam's adventures, they provided information on which weapons were effective against whichever group of Tyrann was nearby.
** Pterodactyls -- like Eloi -- can be messengers and a mode of transportation alternative to the Apatosaurs, and live in a building called the White Arch. Paraphosaurs (that is, parasaurolophus) -- like Dina, Tau, and Mungo -- are able to understand
accommodate those who "speak in strange tongues", even understanding those who have had their literal tongues cut out!
* And that's not even getting into all the various tribes of human(oid)s.
** There are the humans of Mo, who most resemble humans of other worlds/timelines. Among them are Adam, Monk, Shazia, and possibly Eve (we say possibly, because it hasn't been confirmed where exactly she came from).
** The Chorrians are the people of Chamaar and Shandovra, identifiable by their heads, which resemble those of cotton-top tamarins. The Ulele live in Uluru, identifiable by their tall tribal masks; the Kobu are a tribe of human females who live in Koto; the Tammnians are tusked humanoids who live in Tamara (one of them, Thugg, works as Adam's captain of the guard) and were led by Eve, who -- due to the unfortunately "old-fashioned" views of the Tammnians -- had to [[JeanneDarchetype disguise herself as a man]] for them to listen to her; and the Castra, the people of Cantura who look like
sizes they're made of shells (whether this is how they naturally look or are simply wearing some kind of outfit is not yet known).
redirected to take.
* The Pantheon/PrehistoricBeasts subhouse piqued Before participating in a Takeshi's Castle challenge, the interest contestents need to sign a waiver covering for injuries caused by trying the challenge. With an obstacle set that includes lethal traps or in any of Adam Mario's Challenges, there's an additional waiver that'll cover for death and his cohorts, thus, it was resurrection, as well as an overall looser restriction on gadgets. Takeshi's Final Showdown will never be lethal, while Glitchy's Mario's Final Showdown has a slight chance of death.
* Here's a synopsis on
the first part "episodes" done thus far.
** Episode 1: Only Quasideities and Demigods were allowed to participate, since the power nullification field hadn't been considered/implemented yet. It ended with Takeshi's victory over nine entrants thanks to the Final Fall removing most
of the Pantheon they visited. Their encounters with more combat-experienced contestants. The show gained popular demand afterward.
** Episode 2: Deities of all levels were permitted to participate, but in exchange were subjugated to
the dinosaur inhabitants bore mixed results. Of course, they soon discovered dinosaurs could be found in several other effects of the subhouses power nullification field. As a tribute of sorts, the House 100 participants comprised of [[Pantheon/{{Beast}} Beasts]], and even Smash Bros. fighters[[note]]with exceptions who were heavily psychic reliant like Mewtwo or those who cannot be counted to play fairly at any capacity like Ridley[[/note]] plus Assist Trophy characters to fill in other Houses of the Pantheon.
**
blanks. The first faces to greet them were, fortunately, friendly ones: the Gang of Seven. It was a good thing, too, not only because there was no risk of getting eaten by them, but it size-class separation system was also their first exposure to a non-hostile T-Rex: Chomper. Now established here. 14 entrants reached the group had a better idea of what to expect among the dinosaurs of the Pantheon; not all T-Rex were like the Tyrann. That said, Littlefoot ''did'' warn them about dinosaurs who very much ''were'' hostile. Either way, Dina Showdown Stage, and Mungo were charmed by little Ducky; she is what Dina beat Takeshi with only one survivor ([[spoiler:Banjo]]).
** Episode 3: The contestants comprised of {{Mon}}-users
and Mungo hope their future child will be like. Eloi, meanwhile, befriended Petrie, and was glad to hear the little Flyer overcame his fear of flight before he got too much older. "After all," summoners (without said Eloi, "how strange it would be if an adult pterodactyl were afraid to fly!"
** They encountered Owen Grady's raptor pack -- fortunately, Owen himself was able to keep them from attacking the newcomers -- and found it odd how different they were from the velociraptors in Mashaar. For one thing, since dinosaurs had been extinct for millions
Mons or summons, of years in their version of Earth, the scientists who resurrected their species had to use different DNA from modern animals, resulting in them course), with a majority being much larger and, overall, more resembling deinonychus than velociraptors. They also didn't seem interested in the gold Adam offered; unlike Mashaar's raptors, they were not mercenaries, only following Owen's orders.
** They were dismayed to know of dinosaurs who were as fearsome
[[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Demon Summoners]], [[Pantheon/{{Digimon}} Digidestined]], [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Persona-users]], and merciless as the Tyrann were; creatures like Gwangi, Sharptooth, Riptor, and ''Indominus Rex'' are among those they try to keep out of Mashaar. Of course, even if they manage to get in, there are fortresses strong enough to stand up to the larger ones' attacks, and raptor mercs fierce enough to take on the smaller ones.
** The discovery of dinosaur Kaiju -- such as Godzilla and Anguirus -- was quite a shock to them. To think, something could change a dinosaur so drastically, to a point beyond recognition! Similarly, the Draconians were a surprise; a pantheon of dinosaurs (and two apes) was a fascinating thought to them. The ape-like Tammnians feel a kinship with the apes known as Blizzard and Chaos.
* At one point, Loana and her tribe managed to wander into Mashaar by accident. Though initially wary of its inhabitants, they soon found themselves feeling welcome. They still weren't quite used to the sight of human(oid)s and dinosaurs living together peacefully (though when told stories of the Tyrann, they noted that that certainly sounded familiar). The Rock Tribe remnants have a harder time fitting into the now-relatively-peaceful Mashaar than their Shell Tribe fellows.
* Fossil
[[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Pokémon -- such as Trainers]]. 19 entrants reached the Kanto Fossil trio -- feel fairly at home here. Showdown, and vanquished Takeshi with only three survivors ([[spoiler:[[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes Jessie]], [[Pantheon/{{Thieves}} Futaba]], and [[Pantheon/HeroicActions Takeru]]]]).
** Episode 4:
The denizens Showdown featured Takeshi's forces against a whopping ''26'' remaining entrants (the mortal run had a record of Mashaar find Pokemon a fascinating group of creatures, 20, and some have even sought out instruction on how to be Trainers. Of course, they are understandably wary of [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Tyrantrum]], who resembles all lost). Only 8 losses were suffered before the Tyrann a bit too much for their tastes.
* Less welcome are several of
rest [[CurbStompBattle easily beat Takeshi.]]
** Episode 5: By this time, Takeshi employed
the monsters from Keeper as an official coursemaster, beating down the VideoGame/MonsterHunter universe; the [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Deviljho]] outrageous double-digit survivors back down to single digits. 8 in this episode, and [[Pantheon/FightingMoves Glavenus]], for example, also act too much like the Tyrann, aggressively -- and seemingly without provocation -- attacking dinosaurs and humanoids alike, and even eating them, at least all were defeated.
** Episode 6: Lethal traps started to appear
in the Deviljho's case. [[Pantheon/CommonColors Ahtal-Ka]] is a troublesome insectoid beast, who keeps trying to pry pieces off of their fortresses and citadels to add to the Empress's Throne. Finally, [[Pantheon/AquaticLife Shen Gaoren]] keeps trying to destroy said buildings in the hopes of expanding its territory.course mix from this point forward.
** Episode 7: The first Mario's Challenge Special aired.




[[folder:Moo Moo Farm]]
'''[[VideoGame/DiabloII Moo Moo Farm]], Holy Seat of {{Joke Level}}s''' (The Cow Level)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/201474_cow02.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350: The portal that leads to Moo Moo Farm]]
* Description: A large pasture filled with hordes upon hordes of evil cows which walk on two legs
* Symbol: The head of a cow
* Alignment: ChaoticEvil
* Portfolio: JokeLevel, GreenHillZone, AscendedFanon
* Domains: Cows, Demons, Portals
* Similar Places: [[VideoGame/DiabloIII Whimsyshire and Whimsydale]]
* Sacred To: [[Pantheon/{{Emotion}} Diablo]], [[Pantheon/GamingStyles The Goat]]
* Unholy To: [[Pantheon/AnthropomorphicAnimals Otis, Napoleon]], [[Pantheon/AnimalBehavior Dag]], [[Pantheon/HobbiesAndLifestyles The Farmer]], [[Pantheon/{{Ungulates}} Miltank]], [[Pantheon/{{Destinies}} The Three Birds]], [[Pantheon/WeaponWielding Applejack]], [[Pantheon/GamingGenres Steve]], [[Pantheon/CombatClothing Earthworm Jim]]
* The realm known as Moo Moo Farm, once thought to be an UrbanLegend, became accessible through the merging of the peg leg of a dead man named Wirt, who was found washed up along a river one day, and a tome. Combining these two items caused a portal to appear near the entrance to the Pantheon. Upon entering, those who traveled through were assaulted by hordes of cows wielding polearms, lead by a larger cow known as the Cow King. It is said that killing the Cow King would close off the realm, and while that was considered at first, other deities protested that the cows dropped loot off of them when killed, and so it was decided that Moo Moo Farm would remain open for plundering.
* Diablo claimed responsibility for turning all of the cows in the realm evil, hence why they attack anyone on sight. For their part, none of his lieutenants claimed they had anything to with Diablo’s bizarre idea. Still, Diablo has, on occasion, been speaking with the cows and ordering them around, but how he can communicate with them is a mystery to the ages.
* Otis once traveled through the portal to see if he could reason with the cows to stop trying to kill people. However, the cows couldn’t talk like he could (only saying "Moo" and not even like a proper cow would) and thus they forced Otis out of the realm. Otis has since made sure none of his friends should try to get to Moo Moo Farm, for fear the cows will attack them.
** Hearing of Otis's attempt to travel to Moo Moo Farm, Dag went there as well to see if he could try to have any of the cows for a meal. This backfired horribly, as soon enough he and his coyotes were overwhelmed by the cows and forced into a retreat. To add insult to injury, one of the coyotes did manage to kill and drag one of the cows back- and found that he tasted horrible due to being corrupted.
* The Farmer foolishly believed that Moo Moo Farm was a legitimate business venture, and sent some supplies there and expected the cows to trade. The cows responded by having Diablo tell the Farmer himself that this was, in fact, not a legitimate farm and the cows handled themselves. The Farmer has never made that mistake again, and has stayed far away from the portal, noting that he has no combat skills with which he can fight the cows.
** Miltank wandered into Moo Moo Farm one day and was quickly beset upon by the cows, who did not take very kindly to her intrusion. She was eventually rescued by some of the other Pokémon and their partners, and the incident has made the Farmer even more disliking of Moo Moo Farm. Not that any of the cows seem to care, since they attack anyone they can.
* Napoleon learned about Moo Moo Farm, and was initially pleased that the cows stood on two legs instead of four. However, after he determined that the farm could produce nothing of value, he decided to leave it alone. He has, however, been considering asking Diablo to allow him to use some of the cows as guards for Animal Farm. Diablo has thus been forcing the cows to try to curb their instincts if they want to act as good guards.
* The Goat is one of the deities who often comes to Moo Moo Farm to take loot from the cows. Deities found that it had encountered a similar level while taking part in an MMO, although the cows there shot lasers. Of course, seeing as how the Goat has gotten into some crazy shenanigans on its own, no one is really surprised, although Diablo's home realm is certainly not a MMO and thus the Goat has fewer grounds there.
** Similarly, Steve has claimed that he also encountered a realm full of evil cows during [[VideoGame/MinecraftDungeons one of his adventures]]. These cows were much different than the cows of Moo Moo Farm due to the fact that they looked more like normal cows that had been corrupted by mushrooms. He also claimed that instead of the Cow King, the final opponent of the area was a giant golem that shot mushrooms and summoned more cows.
* The Three Birds firmly believe the farm is fully evil and have often periodically tried to make the farm peaceful by force. These usually result in many cows being killed, but they’re usually fought off before any of them can kill the Cow King. This hasn’t stopped them from continually trying, though, but they fail every single time they try.
* On one occasion, Applejack wound up in Moo Moo Farm after mistaking the cows for helpful bovine. She did attempt to tie some of them up, but others cut her lasso and forced her into a retreat, adding her to the list of farmers who don’t like the domain of cows. It doesn’t help that there no one is attempting to harvest apples at Moo Moo Farm, which is the main crop of Sweet Apple Acres.
* Occasionally, Earthworm Jim comes here to steal one of the cows. When asked why, he claims that a good deal of the events involving him involve a cow falling on someone at the end, and he thinks this is the best place to get cows from. It helps that he seems to be able to handle the hordes of cows much better than other deities can.
* This is not to be confused with Moo Moo Meadows, a cattle farm occasionally used in ''VideoGame/MarioKart'' events. The key difference is that Moo Moo Meadows is a much more idyllic farm and the cows there are certainly not murderous demons who enjoy attacking trespassers. The only issue the cows have at Moo Moo Meadows is that they cross the track while the race is ongoing, but they can at least be driven around.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Mount Volbono]]
'''[[VideoGame/SuperMarioOdyssey Mount Volbono]], the [[WeirdWorldWeirdFood Weird Land of Weird Food]]'''

[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/mount_volbono.jpg]]

* Description: A pastel-coloured, volcanic valley filled with low-poly vegetables and blocks of Swiss cheese.
* Symbol: [[https://www.mariowiki.com/File:SMO_Icon_-_Luncheon_Kingdom.svg A cauldron on top of a volcano]]
* Theme song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_NVgm0rTGn0 Mount Volbono]]
* Alignment: ChaoticNeutral
* Portfolio: '''WeirdWorldWeirdFood''', LevelAte [[HailfirePeaks and]] LethalLavaLand, ConvectionSchmonvection, FantasyCounterpartCulture of Italy, inhabited by [[AnimateInanimateObject anthropomorphic forks]], [[ColorCodedForYourConvenience has cyan checkpoints and Power Moons]], there's a DisconnectedSideArea at the peak, [[EverythingIsAnInstrument its music was made using kitchen utensils]]
* Domains: Cooking, volcanoes, low-poly pastel aesthetics
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} Mario]], [[Pantheon/LivingObjects Cappy]], the entire House of Pantheon/{{Food}}
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/AnimalCompanions Yoshi]], [[Pantheon/{{Food}} Anton Ego, Gordon Ramsay]], [[Pantheon/MealsNToZ Remy]], [[Pantheon/PowerAndAbilities Hercules]], [[Pantheon/FireAndHeat Teostra and Lunastra]], [[Pantheon/{{Metafiction}} Mung Daal Catering]], many members of the Hall of Pantheon/ChefsAndEstablishments (such as Ignis Scientia and Sanji), [[Pantheon/{{Leadership}} King Dedede]], [[Pantheon/MiscellaneousFlora Gourgeist]]
* Banned from entering: [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Bowser]], [[Pantheon/BodyImages Obelix]], [[Pantheon/CapesAndCoats Mr. Dark]], [[Pantheon/EarthAndRock Gohma Vlitra]], [[Pantheon/{{Food}} Kirby, Deviljho]], [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Jabba the Hutt]], [[Pantheon/BloodAndGore Nutty]]
* Situated in the Luncheon Kingdom, Mount Volbono is famous for its food. The volcanic climate allows vegetables to grow to huge sizes, the ruins of the old town are covered in salt, and the foothills are covered with blocks of Swiss cheese that can be chiselled like rocks. The locals -- anthropomorphic forks called Volbonans -- use these ingredients to make soup, which they boil in cauldrons heated by the pink lava. This may sound like a fever dream, but their Stupendous Stew is so good that Bowser stole it to serve at his wedding with Princess Peach. Fortunately, Mario and Cappy put a stop to his plans.
* The Volbonans were surprised to learn that their homeland had been connected to the Pantheon, but they're welcoming to most visitors. Most of them live in Peronza Plaza, which is just up the hill from the ruins of Old Town. In turn, they're interested in the House of Food and can be found visiting its many restaurants. However, a few gods are banned from entering. The Volbonans still haven't forgiven Bowser for stealing their stew; Kirby, Deviljho, Obelix, and Nutty would probably eat everything (and in Nutty's case, it could end messily); Mr. Dark might try to annex Mount Volbono into his kingdom of sweets; no-one wants to know how much havoc Gohma Vlitra could wreak using its unusual lava; and the Volbonans can't stomach Jabba's table manners. Obelix once tried to sneak in by disguising himself as a chef, but nobody was fooled.
* Mario and Cappy have taken many of their friends to visit Mount Volbono. One of them was Yoshi, who'd been there before; Mario was surprised, so Cappy pointed out there's a portal to the Luncheon Kingdom in Yoshi's house. Despite Yoshi's huge appetite, he prefers to eat invading Koopas over vegetables, so his presence was welcome.
* Unsurprisingly, many gods from the House of Food are interested in Mount Volbono. Gordon Ramsay and Anton Ego were both interested in trying the Stupendous Stew; the Volbonans were nervous that it wouldn't live up to their high standards, but breathed a collective sigh of relief when they both liked it. Remy isn't a connoisseur, but instead visited to get inspiration for new recipes. However, nobody expected Hercules to visit. He explained that Mount Volbono reminds him of Mount Vesuvius, which is sacred to him.
* Teostra and Lunastra once visited, and everyone went quiet. They watched from a safe distance as the duo prowled around like they owned the place, completely impervious to the heat. In the end, the Volbonans contacted the [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Monster Hunters]] to relocate them before they could claim it as their territory. For weeks, the lava rivers were sectioned off while the hunters cleaned up all the leftover explosive powder.
* The members of Mung Daal Catering feel right at home here. They also live in a colourful, whimsical world, and their livelihood is making weird food. On their first visit, Chowder helped himself to several cauldron's worth of stew before the Volbonans had to drag him away. In turn, many Volbonans have visited their restaurant.
* Due to the large piles of salt that are constantly blown around by the wind, amphibians, earthworms, and land gastropods avoid Mount Volbono like the plague. [[Pantheon/CombatClothing Earthworm Jim]] has another reason to never visit: it reminds him of Level Ate, a dangerous place made of food, and filled with killer salt shakers and giant forks.
* Once a year, the Volbonans hold a Cooking Carnival in Peronza Plaza. Ever since Mount Volbono was connected to the Pantheon, they've turned it into a competition where chefs from all over the Pantheon compete to create the best meals. The first year, Remy, Sanji, and Ignis were the top three.
* The Volbonans were wary about letting King Dedede into Mount Volbono due to his [[VideoGame/KirbysDreamLand history of stealing food]], but he assured them he'd changed since then. The main reason he wanted to visit was so his army of Waddle Dees could try the stew. It was an adorable sight to see, and many tourists took photographs of Waddle Dees sleeping around Peronza Plaza.
* Mount Volbono is also of interest to the House of Pantheon/{{Plants}} because of its fertile soil. The Volbonans have a trade agreement with the Hall of Miscellaneous Plants, which has a regular produce market. Gourgeist visited Mount Volbono night in hopes of pulling a prank, but despite being a ghostly jack-o-lantern, ''she'' was the one who got a fright; the Volbonans mistook her for a non-anthropomorphic pumpkin and tried to cook her. The Volbonans sent her a chef's hat as an apology, but she still hasn't returned.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:The Neverhood]]
'''VideoGame/TheNeverhood, Holy Seat of [[IngameNovel In-Game Extensive Lore]]''' (The Overhood, the Everhood (formerly))
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/pulling_of_the_pin.jpg]]
* Appearance: A floating landmass made of Klay
* Symbol: Hoborg's head and shoulders
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9uDzsroHaJ8 The Neverhood Theme]]; alternatively, [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fSjH_GDJtYE Klaymen Shuffle]] or [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XVXvP8_y4uM Southern Front Porch Whistler]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: BeautifulVoid, BottomlessPits, [[ChekhovsGun Chekhov's Guns everywhere]], CloudCuckooLand, [[GuideDangIt home to some REALLY difficult]] [[MoonLogicPuzzle and even weird puzzles]], RuleOfSymbolism, TeleportersAndTransporters
** The Hall of Records: IngameNovel, BiggerOnTheInside, NarrativeFiligree, OverlyLongGag, literal WallsOfText
* Domains: Clay (or rather, Klay), Puzzles, Strangeness
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/GamingNarratives Klaymen]]
* Years ago, a being named Hoborg created a world that he called The Overhood, then the Everhood. After that, when he realized how lonely he was, he created a living being to be a friend. Sadly, this creature, named Klogg, coveted Hoborg's crown, and some time and some time later -- before Hoborg created a second being -- Klogg stole the crown right off of his head. As a result, Klogg became a truly evil being, Hoborg fell into a state of suspended animation, and the Everhood became the Neverhood. One of Hoborg's friends that he ''didn't'' create, Willie Trombone, found a Life Seed, and planted it in a room far away from the castle that Klogg now called home. This seed grew into Klaymen, who would go on to save the Neverhood and Hoborg.
** Some time after Klaymen saved the Neverhood, he ended up getting launched into space. Though he managed to save the planet Idznak -- the planet of the Skullmonkeys -- he would continue to float through space, and the Neverhood certainly noticed his absence. Hoborg used his divine powers to pilot the Neverhood like a ship in order to find Klaymen, the savior of the Neverhood. This resulted in the Neverhood encountering the Pantheon. Hoborg quickly realized what powerful beings existed there, and beseeched a member of the Court of the Gods to bring Klaymen home. The deity agreed on one condition; allow the Neverhood to stay close to the Pantheon, alongside the rest of the Dominions, for they found in the Hall of Records an excellent example of the trope IngameNovel. Said hall contained ''miles'' and '''miles''' of lore, but according to some newly-added lore, it was important that Klaymen go through there to pick up [[PlotCoupon an important disc]]…
** Hoborg agreed to the deity's terms, and in the blink of an eye, Klaymen was standing in the midst of them all. Well, technically, he was flat on his back, but regardless, the Neverhood welcomed him back with open arms. Thus, the entirety of the Neverhood celebrated with Hoborg's declaration, [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k-jRj8qXpag "It is now time to goof off!"]]
* When the Skullmonkeys -- led by Jerry-O -- volunteered to be among Klaymen's heralds, he and the other residents of the Neverhood were initially wary of them, but once it was made clear that the Skullmonkeys meant no further harm, they were welcomed with open arms. They can even be found visiting the Neverhood, thanks to a portal Hoborg created for easy travel between his world and Idznak, and goofing off with any Neverhoodians.
* Now that the Neverhood is a dominion of the Pantheon, its residents make frequent visits to its various houses.
** Sometimes, one or more of the residents of the Neverhood will visit the House of Pantheon/{{Sports}} to play a bit of air hockey, or a different take on the game called "Gun Hockey", a game they came up with before Klaymen was taken to Idznak. Like a lot of things to come from the Neverhood, many deities find it very strange, but considering that the House of Sports has had [[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Aqua_Teen_Hunger_Force_Zombie_Ninja_Pro-Am versions of golf that include driving around and beating up weird creatures]], it's something that many visitors would get used to.
** Willie Trombone is often found pigging out at the House of Pantheon/{{Food}}. He even came to befriend other BigEater types of characters, like [[Pantheon/{{Food}} Kirby]], [[Pantheon/{{Mentalities}} Shaggy, Scooby-Doo]], and [[Pantheon/BodilyForm Monkey D. Luffy]].
** If Big Robot Bil's teddy bear is ever damaged, several deities in the House of Pantheon/{{Craft}} are happy to stitch it back up and replace any lost stuffing. He also finds kinship with robotic deities, most of whom enjoy his company, even though they regard him as "a bit simple". (That said, it's highly recommended that nobody messes with the Good/Bad switch inside Bil, and DEFINITELY don't mess with the teddy, unless you want a [[NoHoldsBarredBeatDown good pummeling]]!)
** Hoborg gets along well with other good-aligned creation deities, even discussing new ideas for people, places, and things to create. He was initially a bit perturbed at the idea of deities of destructions -- such as [[Pantheon/DivineBehavior Beerus]] and [[Pantheon/FormsOfImmortality Yveltal]] -- but came to understand after some explanation. One thing he could say either way: the Omniverse was a fascinating place. He wondered when Father or Quater were going to tell him about all this...
* Likewise, deities often visit the Neverhood for various reasons. Perhaps one of the more common reasons is the [[https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=OLAK5uy_lKrBIGtTfzdjVILcZ5BCtaSboK6TlXC0Y music]], which several critics in the House of Pantheon/{{Music}} have described as "charmingly cartoonish and fun". Of course, there are also those that like to challenge their puzzle-solving skills -- such as [[Pantheon/LearningTools Professor Layton]] -- and thus, like to try their hand at the various puzzles littering the Neverhood.
** And of course, seeing as the Neverhood was ascended for its Hall of Records, more studious deities have visited that area, too. They love the wealth of knowledge they manage to glean from the writing on these walls, and as the Hall of Records updates itself automatically, these "bookworms" find themselves coming back regularly.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:New London]]
'''[[VideoGame/{{Frostpunk}} New London]], The Divine City [[EndlessWinter Engulfed by Neverending Snow]]''' [[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/city_of_new_london_2.jpg]][[caption-width-right:350:New London in a bird's eye view]]
* Description: A city surrounded by ice in a crater, with a large generator in the middle of it.
* Symbol: A large steam generator.
* Theme Songs: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uLF6VFME2jc Main Theme]], [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ohilL63ff4I The Still, Cold World]]
** When in [[PoliceState Order and Discipline]] phase: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OvKp4XQAwY0 Brave New World]]
** When in [[TheTheocracy Faith and Spiritual Strength]] phase: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6TItsVzFQ0M The Shepherd]]
** When a storm approaches: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TpaFE6_nDJw The City Must Survive]]
* Alignment: LawfulNeutral at best, LawfulEvil at worst. Mostly at ChaoticNeutral.
* Portfolio: [[CrapsackWorld A world faced with a catastrophe that leads to more than 90% of the world]] [[SlippySlideyIceWorld frozen]], [[{{Steampunk}} forcing remaining cities to be powered by steam-based technology]], [[EndOfAnAge a world where technological process in the nineties are halted]], [[AStormIsComing tormented by many ice storms]], [[PoliceState governing shifts between Order and Discipline]] [[TheTheocracy or resort to Faith and Spiritual Strength]]
* Domains: Winter, Survival, Isolation, Sacrifices, Order and Faith
* Neighboring Areas: Winterhome, [[TeslaTechTimeline Tesla City]], The City of Sanctuary, City of New Manchester, Site 113/New Liverpool, and the Legacy Ark
* Possible Links with: [[Pantheon/PlainNeutral Insert Name Here]]
* Interest with: [[Pantheon/ElementalPairings The Weather Trio]], most fire-based deities specifically those within the Hall of Pantheon/FireAndHeat.
* Banned Deities: '''Anyone affiliated with the cold''' like [[Pantheon/ComplexSymbolism Tenjian of The Seven]], [[Pantheon/CraftingMaterials Jadis, the White Witch]], [[Pantheon/ClothingTheme Queen Elsa]] and everyone within the subhouse of Pantheon/IceAndCold, '''[[Pantheon/ScientistsAndGeniuses Nikola Tesla]]''', [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Enclave]]
* [[AlternateHistory 1888]]. The world has changed into a post-apocalyptic state where more than a large portion of the Earth is a frozen wasteland. Storms that decrease the temperature up to the negative degrees ravage the world and few cities live, only to crumble at either the sight of an oncoming storm, or mismanagement of the governing people. Among those cities that are surviving through the ordeal is New London, one of the very few safe havens of the still, cold world. The objective is to survive amidst the chaotic environment whilst handling the rising demands and needs of the population. Due to changing leaders and various scenarios that pop up around the city, there is no shortage of breaks nor slight reprieve and coupled with various laws that can be implemented, the city is often in a changing landscape, either at the brink of death or struggling at the bare minimum of resources. Yet in these dark times, hope still permeates through the city by its inhabitants. For [[ArcWords The City Must Survive.]]
* Those who ponder how the city operates despite the bleak setting will be left with surprise with how resilient the people are when it comes to tenuous survival. The City's location is located underneath a large crater-like hole, otherwise known as the Pit, where people are transported from the surface into the steampunk driven city which houses survivors of the original frost. It is also powered by a large Heat Generator Tower that is within the center of the city, powering it until it runs out of fuel or in some cases, become unrepairable by engineers. Debates to whether the Pit is man-made or natural are supported by evidence that it may be both as the location of New London may have been within a forest and that an icey wall surrounds the city, giving it the crater-like appearance. With this in mind, it would make sense as to why this location was suitable to house what can only be the last vestige of human civilization.
* Originally, the city's main objective is to survive the strong winter, lead by none other than [[PlayerCharacter the Captain]] of New London. As time progresses and more refugees arrive at the Pit, the city's own leader may opt to apply stringent laws to make sure that enough resources is distributed to the citizens ''and'' the generator that is supplying heat towards the populace. That is where the challenge starts to ramp up as simple chaotic scenarios may throw an upheaval and put the city in danger. To compensate, laws such as a totalitarian-esque system can be implemented to put order in place, but for the religious-oriented, may prefer a theocratic system that encourages worship to place devotion over hope. The setting, already dangerous enough as it is, is not without the possibility that both sides can go over the extreme, either putting the city into a system similar to dictatorship (with the possibility of a revolt) or putting the Captain as a icon of religious worship. Whatever the case is, the main idea remains: survive the harsh world, no matter the cost.
* Entering the realm of New London will put the visitors to experience cases of frostbite or even severe cases of hypothermia for the uninitiated. The world has the warmest temperature of about -20 degrees Celsius, but beyond that is nearly impossible, as it will only get colder from then on. Dependence on heat will become a necessity and sometimes, a simple presence of fire will not be enough to calm the masses, which is why storms are heavily feared, as the massive drop in temperature will send everyone into a deep freeze. It is this reason why the Heat Generators are the key point to the city's survival, alongside a few sacrifices to some of the workers to stay behind and keep the generators open.
* The city's populace often has disdain towards visitors or refugees, of those who were originally the first people to take refuge in the city beforehand. With resources at a mostly all-time low and the necessity to be active on jobs just to maintain the life they are living in, it would make sense. Still, the city has made several remarks against the prospect of adding other people in the city as having more people may result in short rations and low space for housing which in turn, will result into a revolt for not meeting the citizen's demands. Things will go downhill unless order will be restored by then.
* Past the Pit of the city are various human locations, some of which have been maintained and independent while others were short lived, suffering gruesome fates due to poor leadership among the higher ranks. Cities such as Winterhome, Tesla City and even New Manchester all have the same issues with their leadership. Tesla City became desolated after a revolt broke out following Nikola Tesla choosing more inhumane methods for scientific progress, New Manchester was already collapsing prior to its discovery, but worst of all was Winterhome, a military outpost which was turned into a settlement following the great frost. With the rising population, one of the military captains took charge and turned it into an authoritarian state, with the damage to the generator being the final straw that resulted into rebellion and forced the next captain to evacuate as many people as possible before a storm would hit the already broken city. Despite the grim fates, other areas such as the Legacy Arks, a project meant to save the remaining vestige of plant life, New Liverpool, which was one of the first areas deployed following the slow cooling of the world, Sanctuary, a city that became a settlement for the poor, and Outpost 11, an outpost deployed by New London only to become independent later on, shows that other human areas are possible, it will however be an ardous task.
* Pantheon visitations are few and far between, probably due to the harsh weather conditions and the strict guidelines when it comes to visiting the city as the people within are very harsh considering the world they live in. While few can visit the city, the other portions of the Pantheon, specifically the House of Pantheon/{{Nature}} has studied what ''really'' happened to the surrounding world past New London and how the winter came all of a sudden. Few evidences can be alluded to two theories: mass volcanic eruptions creating volcanic winter on a massive scale [[spoiler:or perhaps a large meteor that place the Earth out of orbit]]. Even with all the evidence, these theories cannot be proven as the other factors such as carbon dating are out of the question due to the oncoming winter.
** Speaking of Pantheon inhabitants, many people have beefs following the news that New London was given a new entrance. Outside the issue of too much population, the presence of ice-based deities have led the population into a revolt, forcing the Captain of the city to ban their presence. No one knows who first triggered this scenario but some may have noticed that Tenjian of The Seven went out of the door leading to New London few days ago and authorities found that one body was frozen to death alongisde a few houses being frozen to a small degree. He has denied all claims but with the actions of the City towards certain Pantheon deities, few are willing to agree that he had something to do with the ban.
** On the other hand, totalitarian forces such as the Enclave have been scouting New London's presence through the use of visitor proxies who would disguise as regular visitors only to spy on the London population. However, one visitor was caught staying within the generator for too long and spilled the beans to the police, leading to the execution and discovery that the Enclave was spying on their place. Since the population hates the idea of a dictatorship, the city also banned other tyrannical leaders/forces into city premises following the Enclave's reveal.
** As the banlist for the city grew, another outcry was heard, this time directing towards Nikola Tesla. Tesla at first was confused as to why a bunch of refugees were against his presence, that was until certain Pantheon scouts identified an abandoned city known as Tesla City and incriminating evidence showing that the Nikola Tesla in that world was far more evil than his original portrayal. Soon, Tesla remembered fragments of what was his progress on the city, even able to recount the development of the city's electrical dome [[spoiler:that lead to frying the citizens inside]]. What he has trouble trying to remember [[spoiler:was that Tesla's adherence to progress and sacrificing human lives for the city's technological progress grew increasingly bad, resulting to him executed by the remaining population in Tesla City.]]
* With the ban in place, the discovery of other ice-based deities prompted ''another'' revolt that begged the removal of the city to connection to the Pantheon. Among those who were identified were Jadis and Elsa, both of which were of royalty who froze their respective lands. Queen Elsa in particular is most hated by the inhabitants, considering her role freezing Arendale almost similar to the great frost that has been inflicted upon their world.
** On the other hand, some have made the idea of using fire-based deities to possibly fix the state of the world as their powers can hopefully melt most of the ice. What most do not know is the risk in doing so, as well as various conditions that are in place, such as the climate being heavily changed to the point that by melting the snow, it will eventually be frozen again due to constant freezing temperatures. Then the issue comes when melting the ice might destroy New London as the Pit will melt and the water will drown them instead and coupled with the situation mentioned earlier, makes permanent heating nearly impossible. The only thing good that can be used for such is to heat up the people on certain occasions.
* Despite cynicism towards the Pantheon, the Captain was at one point, ordered by the Pantheon leaders to meet up at a leadership convention where certain people proposed new ideas to improve New London's environmental problem, which at first he was hesitant to follow. When one of the Pantheon leaders brought up the Weather Trio, the Captain then took interest as the Pantheon leaders described how the Pokemon can aid in fixing their city's hazards. After arriving back to New London, the Captain has reserved thoughts to use the Weather Trio but the people's lives matter first before fixing the environment.
* Possible links between the City and Insert Name Here were thought out as the Captain is unnamed and without any facial/body descriptions. Some believe that the latter may be responsible for all the changes of the city, whether it be implementation of new laws, management of housing and rations or even changes to the local populace. Still, some people may use the opportunity to manage the city to their behest, but be prepared, as the weather and other scenarios may test even the most staunch of captains to a certain extent.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Omaha Beach]]
''"It's called Operation Overlord. How we're breaching Hitler's Atlantic Wall through the Normandy coast. [[UsefulNotes/NazisWithGnarlyWeapons The Germans]] know we're coming, and coming soon. But we've got them thinking that the invasion will be at Calais, well north of the actual landing beaches. This will be the largest amphibious invasion in history, Lieutenant, and you're gonna be in the group that's leading the charge. Now, we may have numbers on our side, but we don't have the experience. [[NewMeat Most of our troops are fresh out of basic training]], and they need true combat veterans like you to help lead the attack. That's why I've reassigned you to the [[{{Ranger}} 2nd Ranger Battalion]]. The landings will take place across 5 beaches codenamed Gold, Juno, Sword, Omaha, and Utah. [[UsefulNotes/BritsWithBattleships The British]] will land at Sword and Gold, [[UsefulNotes/CanucksWithChinooks the Canadians]] at Juno, and [[UsefulNotes/YanksWithTanks the Americans]] at Omaha and Utah. You'll be going ashore at Charlie Sector at Omaha Beach just west of the Dog One Exit. Although the beaches are not as fortified as they are at Calais, the Germans have left no spot undefended. Every inch of beach is covered by machine guns and artillery, and the place is surrounded by miles of barb wire and countless minefields. One more thing, Lieutenant. Try to keep in mind that this is the largest and most complicated Operation that we've ever attempted, and from my experience, whenever things get complicated, things go wrong. But no matter what happens, I believe that with soldiers like you leading the way, we will prevail with this Allied Assault. Good luck at Omaha Beach, Lieutenant, and godspeed."''

'''[[UsefulNotes/WorldWarII Omaha]] [[UsefulNotes/{{France}} Beach]], Divine Site of [[StormingTheBeaches Beach Landings]]'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/omahabeach.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Map of Omaha Beach, as depicted in ''VideoGame/MedalOfHonorAlliedAssault'']]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/omaha_beach_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Dog Green Sector of Omaha Beach, as depicted in ''VideoGame/HellLetLoose'']]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:The American side of the beach, as depicted in ''Call Of Duty WWII'']]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/screen_shot_2017_04_26_at_1_30_49_pm.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:The German side of the beach, as depicted in ''Saving Private Ryan'']]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/shottoremember09privateryan.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
* Themes: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tz1OfN2-Z1U Omaha Beach]] and [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TZmuX0rxxkY Medal of Honor Allied Assault - Main Theme]]
* Description: A heavily-fortified beach along part of the Normandy Coast, in Northern France
* Symbol: A map of the beach detailing the German gun positions, obstacles, and defensive lines placed there
* Alignment: LawfulNeutral
* Portfolio: '''[[StormingTheBeaches The site of a very famous beach landing and fierce battle between American and German forces]]''', [[SceneryGorn The beach and surrounding inland areas being destroyed by bombing, shelling, and gunfire from both sides]], [[AntiInfantry Having multiple machine gun, mortar, and artillery emplacements positioned in bunkers, sandbags, and trenches]], [[AntiArmor as well as anti-tank guns placed in bunkers and trenches]]
* Domains: Beaches, War, History
* Sacred to: '''[[Pantheon/MotivationsForHeroism Lt. Mike Powell]], [[Pantheon/NationalityArchetypes Pvt. Robert Zussman]]'''
* Related Locations: Utah Beach, Pointe du Hoc, Gold Beach, Juno Beach, Sword Beach
* Omaha Beach was one of five designated landing beaches during Operation ''Overlord'', the planned invasion of Western Europe. Specifically, it was part of Operation ''Neptune'', the naval and seaborne component of the invasion. Alongside Utah Beach, it would be where American forces would land, with the other three, Gold, Juno, and Sword, being assigned to British and Canadian forces landing simultaneously.
* Despite heavy naval shelling and intense aerial bombardment from hundreds of warships and bombers of all types, the German defenses on the beach remained largely intact, no thanks to the dust produced by the constant shelling and bombing as well as the cloud cover over the beach itself. Most shells and bombs thus fell either short of the German defenses on the beach itself, or well behind them, on the French countryside. Using this to their advantage, the German infantrymen stationed there were able to fully man their positions when the bombing and shelling stopped, and promptly prepared themselves for the inevitable landing. Not helping matters was that, unlike the other German divisions stationed on the Normandy beaches, the unit defending Omaha was the 352nd Infanterie Division, a veteran German infantry division that was comparatively better-equipped than the [[CannonFodder Static Divisions]] on its flanks.
* As a result, when the first wave of American troops from the 29th and 1st Infantry Divisions landed on Omaha Beach, they were met with a hail of machine gun, mortar, and artillery fire from the German defenders. Worse still, the tank support that was intended to help them destroy the aforementioned defenses were either sunk by the high waves caused by the bad weather, or by the German artillery and anti-tank guns that were still intact on the beach. In the midst of this chaos, a number of US Army {{Ranger}}s originally destined to land at Pointe Du Hoc instead ended up landing at Omaha thanks to the strong currents redirecting their landing craft.
* Despite these initial setbacks, however, the Allies soon began making progress. For every American soldier the Germans cut down, they end up depleting their already limited ammunition reserves. What's more, a combination of Allied soldiers finding gaps in the German defenses, Allied destroyers moving in close to the shore and taking out several of the German positions, and the Germans' inability to reinforce and resupply their now dwindling troop numbers ultimately ensured that Omaha Beach would be taken.
* Of the five D-Day landing beaches, Omaha would be the one where the most Allied casualties were suffered, where German opposition was the heaviest, and where the least amount of territory was initially gained. It was also the only landing beach where the invasion was at great risk of being repelled and turned back. Fortunately, a combination of poor German logistics, Allied troop numbers, and the soldiers improvising and pressing on despite massive casualties, ensured an Allied victory. Omaha Beach would then serve an important role as a staging point for the Allied advance further into Normandy, with the most notable being the US 2nd Armored Division being landed here to reinforce the 101st Airborne Division during the Battle of Carentan.
* If one thinks of D-Day and the Normandy landings, the Omaha Beach landing is probably going to be one of the many {{Signature Scene}}s depicted in media, alongside the paratrooper landings of the 101st Airborne and the Glider landings of the British 6th Airborne.
* Omaha Beach, as it appeared in June 1944, eventually found its way into the Pantheon, no thanks to several deities being closely associated with the location. It's particularly associated with Lt. Mike Powell of the 2nd Ranger Battalion, and Pvt. Robert Zussman of the 1st Infantry Division, who landed at different sectors of the beach on D-Day.
** Powell's ordeal involved taking a German bunker [[OneManArmy singlehandedly]] at the beach's Dog Green Sector, no thanks to his entire platoon being virtually wiped out during the advance up the beach, save for himself, his superior officer, and at least 3 other US Rangers.
** Zussman's experience, on the other hand, involved storming the German defenses further inland, with the beach defenses being much lighter by comparison. However, the inland defenses were much tougher to overcome, and Zussman himself got badly wounded while advancing further inland, leaving him confined in a military hospital for over a month.
* Surprisingly, the Pantheon's Nazis elect ''not'' to send troops to defend the beach itself, thanks in part to lacking Heer Infanterie divisions that can man the beach's defenses full time. There's also the matter of the defenses themselves having been penetrated and outflanked in the past, even with sufficient troop strength. Instead, they decide to defend the areas beyond the beach, which are surrounded with thick vegetation, with several important and easily defendable crossroad towns and villages complementing them.
* And so, when American forces land on the beach once more, they find nothing but empty and unmanned German bunkers, with empty gun positions, untouched German ammo depots, and intact artillery pieces left behind. The beach is subsequently used as a staging point and supply area by many Allied Forces present in the Pantheon, particularly those who are part of either a {{Ranger}} unit or a regular Infantry Division, with tons of American supplies being landed in every other hour. Several Allied paratroopers can also be seen frequently resting and resupplying here as well, before heading back into German territory to continue wreaking further havoc on the enemy forces there.
* Quite a few deities also have a rather...complicated relationship regarding the location, despite not being WWII veterans.
** A weird incident happened involving [[Pantheon/EffectsOfPopularity VanossGaming]] and his friends had them piss on some Nazis in a parody of [[Film/SavingPrivateRyan one of the battle's more iconic recreations]]...[[ItMakesSenseInContext for some reason]]...
** [[Pantheon/JokesAndPranks Chris, Brian, and Stewie Griffin]] briefly time travelled to the Normandy Landings on D-Day. What made this incident extraordinary was them also encountering [[CutawayGag Double D-Day]] on the same beach, which was essentially just some women in bikinis splashing around while all the killing was going on.
** [[Pantheon/GameMechanics Conker the Squirrel]] also ended up having a similar ordeal in an obvious ShoutOut, again in reference to one of the battle's more popular depictions.
''"Clear the ramp! 30 seconds!"''

''"Alright, men! Spread fast, move out, and stay clear of open beach! Port side, you're with Powell! Starboard, with me! Head for cover and get to the shingle! I'll see you on the beach!"''
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Ooo]]
'''[[WesternAnimation/AdventureTime The Land of Ooo]], Divine Land With A CataclysmBackstory'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/ooo_map.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:A map of the Land of Ooo.]]
* Description: A massive landmass of mixed biomes, thought to be around the size of Australia
* Symbol: The map with a pink, ice-white, reddish-orange and lime green pin holding it down
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BPOlSYwL3ZA Come Along With Me]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: WorldOfWeirdness, AdventureFriendlyWorld, [[BackstoryHorror Eventually Revealed To Be]] AfterTheEnd [[CataclysmBackstory Due To]] [[WorldWarIII The Great Mushroom War]], FantasyKitchenSink, TheMagicComesBack
* Domains: Fantasy, Comedy, Absurdity, Reveals, Trauma, Elements
* Sacred to: Pretty much every Pantheon/AdventureTime deity that's not [[OmnicidalManiac the Lich]], or cosmic beings like [[Pantheon/VillainousRoles GOLB]] or [[Pantheon/PhysicalAppearance Prismo]]
* Bane: [[Pantheon/{{Toxicity}} the Lich]]
* Barred entry: Lord Tirek, [[Pantheon/CharacterReveals Big Jack Horner]], [[Pantheon/TheatricPerformers Carol Miller/Mom]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Emperor Belos]]
* The land of Ooo is a colorful, rather magical landmass. There are a wide variety of strange citizens and diverse residents, and a bunch of themed kingdoms (ie Hot Dog Kingdom, Lumpy Space World), with two of the most prominent kingdoms being the Candy Kingdom (created and ruled by Princess Bubblegum) and the Ice Kingdom (constructed by the Ice King and his crown's magic). And yet like the Planet of the Apes, [[AfterTheEnd it takes place on Earth]]. A thousand years ago there was a Great Mushroom War [[FantasticNuke of mutagenic horror]] that made humanity an endangered species, and awakened the modern incarnation of [[OmnicidalManiac the Lich]]. It led to magic becoming prominent again and the elemental forces of ice, fire, candy and slime to have their powers reawakened.
* The most powerful political figure in the Land of Ooo was also the one who introduced the landmass to the Trope Pantheon; Princess Bonnibel Bubblegum. To her critics this was another sign of her grandstanding and dictatorish tendencies, but to most it was fitting. In an act of solidarity and/or {{Realpolitik}}, her and [[Pantheon/FireAndHeat Flame Princess]] opened up Ooo as a destination to visit, complete with visas, planes and other traditions of travel. The Bad Land's Royal Congressional Hall decides what non-ascended kingdoms get an embassy within the Trope Pantheon, in hopes they could one day have a leader get Trope Pantheon deity status. [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters SCP-1678]] was one of the first dominions to express forming diplomatic ties as they perceive it as a potential promised land should the surface "be cleansed of corruption", [[Pantheon/SourcesOfInformation but the SCP Foundation]] has been sabotaging their efforts out of mistrust and to uphold TheMasquerade.
* Mount Volbono has managed to establish diplomatic ties with the Land of Ooo. They're ecstatic since there's not just a Candy Kingdom, but also a Breakfast Kingdom, a Hot Dog Kingdom and other food-based kingdoms. The House of Pantheon/{{Food}} noticed this and in order to prevent some international incident has declared anyone who decides to eat the residents will be declared a PersonaNonGrata to the Land of Ooo and they will not help them. In other words, [[AnthropomorphicFood do not eat people of Ooo just because they happen to be food]]; [[CarnivoreConfusion it will still be considered a form of cannibalism]]. Even if she is a moral pony Princess Bubblegum stressed telling this to [[Pantheon/JoyAndHappiness Pinkie Pie]] due to her huge SweetTooth, though most felt it an unfair comment since she loves the idea of a Candy Kingdom and would never dream of causing harm.
* Due to the four element system in play, [[Pantheon/{{Nature}} Aang and Captain Planet]] decided to visit Ooo, only to find what elements are in effect to be a bit strange. Or as Captain Planet put it "fire I know well and ice, not my style but I get it. [[BizarroElements But candy and slime? That's a new one]]". A portal was later found in the Fire and Ice Kingdom that connected to the Halls of Pantheon/FireAndHeat, and Pantheon/IceAndCold respectively.
* What part of [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Earth]] would become the Land of Ooo is the subject of much speculation. Since Ooo's dimensions have been estimated to be around the size of Australia some think it might be Australia, but considering the Mushroom War did so much damage as to cause an almost moon-sized crater the continents could've been shifted around in ways nobody could predict. Upon its ascension a planetarium was built to study [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Mars]], being as it is where Grob Gob Glob Grod comes from, only for "multidimensional Pantheon weirdness" to see a different version of Mars whenever they look. It's significantly bigger than [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses the Fortnite Island]], though despite some rumors "a sense of inferiority" is not why they haven't invited residents to a crossover; they just haven't gotten around it. Or as [[Pantheon/{{Canines}} Jake]] put it "they invited [[Pantheon/JokesAndPranks Peter Griffin]] over before me and [[Pantheon/{{Swords}} Finn]]?!"
* To many, the fact that Ooo [[BackstoryHorror has a morbid backstory]] came as surprising. The Great Mushroom War sounded very similar to [[Franchise/{{Fallout}} the Great War]], except that had more of a [=50s=] aesthetic instead of the [[FantasticNuke magical]] Mushroom War. So far the only Pantheon/AdventureTime deities who have memories of the world before are [[Pantheon/ExternalPowerSources Marceline Abadeer]] [[spoiler:and the now sane [[Pantheon/CharacterRoles Simon Petrikov]] ]], who's [[BackstoryHorror trope]] [[WithGreatPowerComesGreatInsanity has it as just one of the tragedies he suffered]]. Those from the ''Franchise/{{Fallout}}'' universe are quite interested in how they went through totally different paths, though it should be noted that early Ooo still had [[NuclearMutant nuclear nasties like the Oozers]]. [[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes The Courier]] has made it his next mission to navigate and explore new and unseen paths on Ooo.
* It's not clear when exactly the Great Mushroom War took place but based on what has been seen of what life was like beforehand, it was either the late 20th or early 21st century; [[spoiler:since Simon is a ''Series/{{Cheers}}'' fan]], it had to have been after 1982. And since the Land of Ooo is set a millennium afterwards, this has the interesting effect of putting it roughly around the same era as the setting of ''WesternAnimation/{{Futurama}}''. [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Professor Hubert Farnsworth]] considers this unironic good news as it means he can meet up and talk science with Princess Bubblegum "without anyone [[MyOwnGrampa becoming their own grandfather]]...''[[OnceDoneNeverForgotten Fry]]''". Mom [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vI3-kzz4UyE might've beaten him to it though]]. Why she kidnapped Finn and Jake no-one knows, but PB used it as a way to bar her from entry. Mom personally thinks she's overreacting and is more incensed at [[ShadowArchetype seeing her darker side in her]].
* [[Pantheon/CraftingMaterials Adeleine]] has rather mixed feelings over the Land of Ooo. She's [[TokenHuman the only human Kirby has met]] and is apparently from Shiver Star, a frozen wasteland now only inhabited by robots. Said Shiver Star is heavily implied to be Earth AfterTheEnd from her universe, so Ooo brings up bad memories. [[Pantheon/GameDesign The Dragon Hunters of the Kazan Guild]] are somewhat uncomfortable since it reminds them of their world, Eden, being EarthAllAlong. Despite the shock of Ooo being post-apocalyptic, they take comfort in the fact that [[AlienFairFolk their Dragons]] aren't a problem there.
* Though technically sacred to the Lich, that is only in the sense that he comes from Ooo (well, the OG [[spoiler:and Jerry]] incarnations) and emerged in the Great Mushroom War. It's more accurate to call him the ''[[TheDreaded bane]]'' of Ooo as his goal is [[OmnicidalManiac the extinction of all life]] starting from Ooo, and he'd arrived long before as a Catalyst Comet. Needless to say, [[OmnicidalManiac omnicidal maniacs]] are not considered welcome. For that matter, anyone who hates magic. Ooo has a lot of races who wouldn't exist if it wasn't for the magic so any attempt to steal the magic from Ooo [[InferredHolocaust would be regarded as an attempted genocide]]. For Lord Tirek it's like an all you can eat buffet, ''especially'' the Candy Kingdom. Big Jack Horner wants to take all the magic and magical artifacts for himself, [[FantasticRacism and thinks Ooo is full of freaks]] so he'll be ecstatic [[LackOfEmpathy instead of merely apathetic]] in his attempt to plunder the land. A lot more seriously, Belos is absolutely disgusted at the existence of Ooo and he plans to purge all "unnatural life[[note]]so anything remotely magical[[/note]]" from the landmass.
* [[Recap/AdventureTimeS9E14DiamondsAndLemons A version of the Land of Ooo exists]] within [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses Minecraft]]. As mentioned Ooo is small enough compared to the massive available territory of the Minecraft you can make your own 1:1 model with room to spare. Since Ooo exists as part of a multiverse some wonder if there's a version in [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses the Dark Multiverse]], with the rumor being [[spoiler:[[WesternAnimation/AdventureTimeFionnaAndCake the version of Ooo where Lich killed everyone]] ]] is found. Prismo has debunked this though saying depressing as that Ooo is, that's not how his powers work. Of course, now that the Land of Ooo does exist in the Trope Pantheon nightmare counterparts started popping up there like "[[Recap/AdventureTimeS8E23SkyhooksII what if the attempt to fix the elemental crisis]] went horribly wrong?"
* Despite the darker background and mature subject matters ''WesternAnimation/AdventureTime'' is still a PG show. So anyone who suggests that some mortals in Ooo [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations exchange money at the Succubus District]] will get [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VzcfQYTn7Qc this reaction from Princess Bubblegum]]...or a bonk [[Pantheon/{{Memes}} from Cheems]]. Both blame [[Pantheon/MediaAndConnectivity Zone-tan's]] "artwork" for the idea even being considered.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:The Scorched Queen's Kingdom]]
'''[[VideoGame/AgainstTheStorm The Scorched Queen's Kingdom]], Land of {{Perpetual Storm}}s'''

[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/ats_biomes.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Aerial view]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:The Smoldering City]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/smoldering_city_with_buildings_1920x1080.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:A settlement]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/against_the_storm_key_art.png[[/labelnote]]]]

* Description: A city on top of a volcano, surrounded by an expanse of forests.
* Symbol: The Scorched Queen's mask
* Alignment: The forests are ChaoticEvil; the city is LawfulNeutral
* Theme Music: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ThrbvtQb_aw Forest Lights]]
* Portfolio: {{Roguelike}} {{Construction and Management Game|s}}, BizarreSeasons, inhabited by [[LionsAndTigersAndHumansOhMy humans]], [[BusyBeaver beavers]], {{lizard|Folk}}s, {{harpi|ngOnAboutHarpies}}es, {{fox|Folk}}es, and AlwaysChaoticEvil {{fish|People}}men, BlackAndGreyMorality, covered by an IntelligentForest, [[FungusHumongous giant mushrooms]] in the Marshlands, [[{{Planimal}} coral and mussel-like trees]] in the Coral Forests, FireWaterJuxtaposition
* Domains: Rain, fire, forests, fear
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/{{Endings}} Hina Amano]], [[Pantheon/SingersAndPerformers Cacofonix]], [[Pantheon/RabbitsAndRodents Folktails & Iron Teeth]], [[Pantheon/{{Abilities}} Xiao]], [[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes Courier Six]]
* The Smoldering City is the only safe haven in a world cursed with perpetual rain. Build atop a volcano after the Great Civil War that nearly drove the harpies who inhabited it to extinction, the mysterious Scorched Queen uses her powers to ensure that the sun still shines. The city is surrounded on all sides by hostile, sentient forests that only the ferocious fishmen can thrive in, and she sends her viceroys to lead expeditions into them in order to gather resources. The forests grow more enraged as people populate them and cut down their trees; the only things they fear are fire and the queen's wrath. Every few decades, a cataclysm called the Blightstorm washes the world clean and rearranges the landscape, forcing everyone to return to to the city.
* The rain is magically charged, and it comes in three varieties. During the drizzle, when the forests are at their safest, it's green. During clearance, when farmers gather their crops and there are occasional gaps in the clouds, it's yellow. During the storm, when the forests are at their most dangerous, it's blue. All three kinds of water can be used to power rainpunk engines in manufacturing buildings, but at a cost: it causes blightrot cysts to appear in settlements, flower-like growths that open during the storm and will kill villagers if they aren't burned in time. Despite the constant rain, it never floods.
* There are six kinds of forests:
** The Royal Woodlands are the most hospitable biome, relatively speaking. They're full of green trees, fertile soil, and useful plants, so they're recommended for beginner viceroys. They were once part of the Smoldering City until the forest reclaimed them.
** It's difficult to farm in the harsh, cold Marshlands because of the hard and rocky soil. Instead, they're full of tree-like fungi and huge amounts of gatherable resources. If you're lucky, you might find giant wheat, leviathan corpses, or mushrooms in the deepest glades.
** The trees of the Scarlet Orchards look like giant roses and are filled with copper. They're full of skeletons of giant creatures that once plagued the land, such as spiders, scorpions, and sea serpents, so viceroys are allowed to conduct archaeological expeditions to uncover them. Due to its abundance of fertile soil, herbs, berries, and roots, it's also known as the kingdoms' herb garden.
** Unlike the other biomes, Coral Forests contain three types of trees: mineral-rich crimsonreach trees, shelled and fleshy musselsprout trees, and fibrous plateleaf trees. Contrary to popular belief, they don't grow in areas that were once flooded; instead, the aquatic aesthetic is due to the influence of coral. Settlers find them beautiful despite their dangers.
** The Cursed Royal Woodlands are full of death. The trees are barren and infested with insect larvae, and it's haunted by ghosts from the Great Civil War. Some ghosts will merely disappear if they aren't appeased, but more hostile ones will curse settlements as well. In the other forests, the safest glades are smaller, but here, they're all the same size, making it impossible to assess their danger in advance.
** The Sealed Forests are home to ancient beings called the Sealed Ones, who seem to have a connection to the Blightstorm. During the storm season, they unleash terrible plagues upon villagers. Most of its trees writhe and appear to have faces, and the biggest ones resemble flowers covered in thorns. Viceroys must undergo several trials in order to close the seals, and doing so increases the amount of time between Blightstorms.
* The majority of the kingdom's population consists of five species:
** Humans once had their own kingdoms until the Blightstorm came. They specialise in farming and brewing, and are typically the last to leave failing settlements. Their buildings are made of brick and planks, with white walls and blue roofs.
** Most beavers are members of the Smoldering City's merchants guild; the kingdom mostly has a bartering economy, but they use amber as currency too. They're hard workers who specialise in lumber and engineering, but can also be demanding. Their buildings are made of warm-brown planks with rounded edges.
** Lizards are resilient but distrustful carnivores. Were it not for the Scorched Queen's sudden appearance, their clans may have won the Great Civil War. They're excellent at gathering meat from giant snails and leeches, and since they're cold-blooded, they prefer to work in warm buildings such as furnaces and the hearths at the centre of each settlement. Their buildings are made of bricks and cloth, with red, spiked roofs.
** Harpies are all infected by a blightrot-like disease that makes it difficult for them to fly. They specialise in gathering herbs and using them in alchemical recipes, and love working with cloth. Despite their graceful appearance, they have a wild and aggressive side. Their buildings are made of cloth, with white walls, purple roofs, and gold accents.
** Foxes specialise in working with rainwater, so they developed a symbiotic relationship with the blightrot. They have a deep bond with the forest, and are the fastest at dealing with the various situations that pop up in glades, from opening crates to feeding wild {{kaiju}}. Unfortunately, they're easily susceptible to starvation. Despite being mortal, no fox graves have ever been found. Their buildings have green roofs, silver walls, and are made of planks, cloth, and crystallised dew.
* While the entire kingdom is open to visitors, it's so inhospitable that few ''want'' to visit it. Hina Amano and Cacofonix both have the ability to summon rain at will, which makes them unwelcome in most places, but their powers don't make much of a difference here. The Folktails and Iron Teeth, who come from a world plagued by droughts, were intrigued by a place with an endless supply of water. Both of their settlements made trade agreements with the merchants guild. The Folktails enjoy the kingdom's delicacies such as biscuits and pickles, while the Iron Teeth plan to build rain engines to power their factories.
* Some gods use their skills to help the kingdom's citizens. Xiao is a mercenary who wields fire, so she's offered to help viceroys burn blightrot cysts in their settlements... for a fee. She's only manifested E.G.O. once while in the forests, but the Scorched Queen is interested in Xiao's ability to make her flames so potent that merely being near here causes burns. Courier Six has trekked through all kinds of hostile environments, so they occasionally help the merchant's guild make deliveries. The queen's envoy considered asking them to send orders to viceroys as well, but soon realised that they tend to meander.
* The kingdom's citizens enjoy visiting other dominions. The beavers are welcome in Zootopia and often help with construction work, though they stay away from the Rainforest District. The lizards love basking in Sahara Square, as well as the [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Far, Far Range]]'s Dry Reef and Glass Desert. The humans and harpies both love foraging for the Range's bizarre array of crops, such as cube-shaped strawberries and heart-shaped beats; they're a nice change of pace from roots and moss. The foxes were also welcomed to Zootopia, but they don't like the hustle and bustle of the city; they prefer to explore overgrown, abandoned, or mysterious places such as the Dwemer Ruins and Yggdrasil Labyrinths.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:The Sierra Madre]]

''"[[ArcWords Begin again. Let go.]]"''

'''[[VideoGame/FalloutNewVegas The Sierra Madre Casino and Resort]], Deadly Domain of {{Durable Deathtrap}}s''' (City of the Dead, City of Ghosts)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/latest_10_1.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Exterior Shot Of The Casino, from the Fountain.]]
[[quoteright:386:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/villa_police_station.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:386:The Villa.]]
[[quoteright:386:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/sierra_madre_casino.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:386:Casino Interior]]
[[quoteright:900:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/sierra_madre_vault.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:900:The Vault]]
* Theme Song: "[[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NCkwAgTcDBw Begin Again]]" by Vera Keyes. Alternatively, "Saw Her Yesterday" by Dean Domino.
* A pre-War casino and resort, its actual location unknown, surrounded by a poisonous, red Cloud.
* Symbols: [[https://static.wikia.nocookie.net/fallout/images/6/69/SierraMadreCasinoLogo.png The logo of the Sierra Madre]]. Alternatively, [[https://static.wikia.nocookie.net/fallout_gamepedia/images/e/ef/SMMosaic2.png/ the mural seen in the hotel's lobby]]
* Alignment: Chaotic Neutral
* Portfolio: [[HiddenElfVillage A Pre-War Casino and Resort]] [[SinisterSouthwest Located Somewhere In The Southwest]], [[DeadlyGas Covered In A Poisonous Cloud]] [[GasMaskMooks Populated By The Ghost People]], [[BoobyTrap Loaded With Booby Traps]], [[{{Hologram}} Killer Holograms]], [[OneTimeDungeon And A Hidden Vault]] [[AllThatGlitters That Contains 37 Gold Bars]], [[NonStandardGameOver And Can Become A Deathtrap Whem Triggered]]
* Domains: Wealth, Gambling, Greed, Lust, Morality, Pre-War Establishments
* Locations Include:
** The Villa (Medical District, Residential District, Police Station, Puesta del Sol, and Salida del Sol)
** The Resort (Casino, Cantina Madrid, The Tampico and Executive Suites)
** The Vault
* Point of Interest To: [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Arthur Maxson]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Patriots, The Enclave]], [[Pantheon/TimePeriods The Think Tank]], [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations The Institute]], [[Pantheon/CrossoversAndReferences Littlepip]], [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]]
* Sacred To: '''[[Pantheon/ExtrovertFlaws Father]] [[Pantheon/{{Entitlement}} Elijah]]''', '''The Think Tank''' (clandestine financial backers)
* The Three Guardians: Christine Royce, Dog/God, and Dean Domino
* Bane Of: '''[[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes The Courier]]''', [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Issac Clarke]]
* ''"Has your life taken a turn? Do troubles beset you? Has fortune left you behind? If so, the Sierra Madre Casino, in all its glory, is inviting you to begin again..."'' The sultry voice was that of a starlet, one from the Old World, who long since died, her haunting voice drifting from the Pantheon's radios, inviting any and all to the Sierra Madre Resort and Casino. As Father Elijah had so famously put it, the Sierra Madre ''"[[SinisterSouthwest lies in the middle of a City of Dead]], [[{{Hologram}} a city of ghosts]] [[DeadlyGas buried beneath a blood-red cloud...]] [[DoomMagnet a bright, shining monument luring treasure hunters to their doom.]]"'' And the cursed city has laid claim to its fair share of those seeking the treasure of the Sierra Madre, only to fall victim to the numerous traps, the Ghost People that populated the streets, the deadly red Cloud that enveloped the area, or just plain greed. For the Courier, seeing the casino in all its deadly glory appear in the Pantheon, does they realize that things will become even more complicated from here on out. Given that they are the only person who made it out of that cursed casino alive, the Courier was heard making a cryptic statement in regards to the Sierra Madre: "''As much as I hate to admit, that old fool was right. Getting to it is not the hard part. No, the hard part is letting go.''"
* Through salvaged documents and testimony from Dean Domino, The Courier was able to get the story surrounding the origins of the Sierra Madre. It was the last project of Frederick Sinclar, a pre-War businessman. A fan of the ArtDeco style, Sinclair built it in the same style. The Sierra Madre was Sinclair's magnum opus, dedicated to his lover, the starlet Vera Keyes. Sinclair would later find out about Vera's role in a plot to rob him blind, orchestrated by Dean Domino, which drove him into transforming the Vault below the Sierra Madre into a deathtrap. However, he had a change of heart once Vera confessed everything to him. But before he could revert the Vault back to its original purpose - which was to help his former lover survive the Great War - the bombs dropped. The casino was then sealed shut and the security holograms finished off those who survived. Sinclair's remains would later be found by the Courier some 200 years later, having succumbed to the toxic red Cloud. What Sinclair didn't know was that Vera was blackmailed into helping Dean when the singer threatened to expose Vera's drug habit to Sinclair. But what Dean didn't know was that Vera was using the Med-X and Super Stimpacks to cope with a terminal illness. Tragically, Vera herself did not make it to the Vault. Her own remains, still in her evening dress, were discovered by Christine Royce in her suite, along with her final words, scrawled onto the wall: '''[[GoodbyeCruelWorld LET GO.]]'''
* If you thought [[Franchise/ResidentEvil the Spencer Mansion and Ramón Salazar's Castle]] was bad, the Sierra Madre makes those two look OSHA and FEMA-compliant. Before the war, Frederick Sinclair had cut corners in an attempt to save on construction costs. It had gotten so bad, [[DealWithTheDevil Sinclair went as far as to cut a deal with the scientists at Big Mountain]] (later known as the Think Tank) for more funding in exchange for them running several experiments on the people. To say that things gotten worse in the years following the Great War is a complete {{Understatement}}. The most dangerous hazard is the airborne toxins engulfing the Sierra Madre as a deadly fog, simply known as The Cloud. The Cloud was one of the Think Tank's numerous experiments, a product of the Big Empty's Z-43 Innovative Toxins Plant, and it was exposure to the Cloud that also created the Ghost People. Originally the workers of the Sierra Madre, exposure to the Cloud whilst wearing the Darklight hazmat suits turned the employees into... something not entirely human or ghoul. And anyone caught by the Ghost People are dragged into the Cloud to create more Ghost People.
** Speaking of Ghost People, the Pantheon found itself being assaulted by two groups of the aforementioned denizens of the Sierra Madre. Luck was obviously a lady, as The Courier knew exactly how to deal with the Ghost People: dismemberment of the limbs or destruction of the head. Issac Clarke was slightly freaked out after a Ghost People raid, upon seeing that the only way to stop the Ghost People was by dismemberment, reminding him of the Necromorphs he fought onboard the Ishimura and later, the Sprawl. Safe to say that that Issac hates the Ghost People as much as The Courier does. Good thing that his Kinesis could chuck back the gas bombs and those damned makeshift spears the Ghost People kept lobbing at him from a distance, while his Stasis made it easy for him and the Courier to dismember the attackers. The Cosmic Knives that make up the blades of the spar are yet, another thing that came out of Big Mountain. Made out of Saturnite and sharp to the point that it can sever a human thumb and cut through a cutting board, Cody Travers, Kano, Brock Samson and Ryuji Yamazaki are looking to upgrade their blades with Saturnite metal, given how much they're drooling over the weapons.
* However, the Ghost People isn't the big threat. The major threat are the Security Holograms that patrol the Medical District and within the Sierra Madre proper. Just how powerful are the Holograms? A single Security Hologram was able to wipe out a squad of Ghost People. Imagine the carnage the Holograms could leave behind when dealing with either the Enclave or the Brotherhood of Steel ''in full power armor.'' The only way to stop a Security Hologram is to either disable or destroy the Hologram Emitter. Usually, they're placed at inaccessible locations that makes it impossible to destroy them. And the majority of them patrol the Casino, the Executive Suites, and down in the bowels of the Sierra Madre. Of course, some of the Pantheon's Rogues within the Grand United Alliance Of Evil have the idea of placing a couple of Emitters onto several drones and fly them overhead. A diabolical trick, but one that saves resources and lives.
** Three separate expeditions have been made to the Sierra Madre by the Brotherhood of Steel (on the orders of Elder Arthur Maxson), the Enclave and the Institute. And all three ended in disaster. The Brotherhood expedition was the first to try and take a crack at the Sierra Madre, with the goal of retrieving any and all useful tech, including the Hologram technology. Unfortunately, their power armor could not protect them from the effects of the Cloud, which all but corroded the armor, leaving the Paladins vulnerable to the Cloud's effects. The Enclave was next, and they managed to break into the Casino proper. Pity that the Security Holograms mowed them down in the lobby and The Tampico, the Hologram's energy blasts destroying the Enclave armor like a hot knife through butter. The Institute sent in three squads of Synths, led by three Coursers. Not even the Institute's elite could withstand the effects of the Cloud, which made them easy pickings for the Ghost People and the Holograms.
* For any treasure hunter (pre or post-apocalyptic), the Sierra Madre is the ultimate test. But for those with an explosive collar around their necks courtesy of Father Elijah, there is the added danger of the faulty speakers and active radios within the resort and casino. Destroying the radios and speakers are easy enough, but the shielded radios are a different story altogether. The Villa is pretty much a deathtrap. Aside from the Ghost People and the risk of one's collar exploding, there is the added danger of the various traps left behind by past treasure hunters. The Grenade Bouquets are popular, along with the pressure traps that can trigger a shotgun blast to the face if one is not careful. And of course, there are the bear traps. Be it out of curiosity (or out of sheer boredom), Littlepip explored the Sierra Madre's Villa, as the casino and resort reminded her of Canterlot, just not - according to her - as dangerous. Due to her light frame, Littlepip easily bypassed the numerous traps left behind by those who came before her. While the Cloud somewhat annoyed her, the Ghost People were of little importance, especially as she can use her telekinesis to fling them out of her path... or to clear the more difficult traps. The Ghost People gave her a wide berth after she impaled a couple of their number using several makeshift spears and used a superheated Cosmic Knife to de-leg and kill the impaled denizens of the Madre.
** For those who survive the Cloud, and everything the Sierra Madre can throw at them, lies the ultimate prize. At the bottom of the Sierra Madre, accessible only from an elevator in the penthouse, is the vault. Inside is the mother lode: ''37 gold bars.'' Each one weighs in at 35 pounds, for a total of 1,295 pounds. Each gold bar is worth 10,539 caps each, with the grand total being almost 390,000 caps, and is considered to be the greatest treasure in the Mojave. However, the Vault is also a deathtrap, if one accesses the computer and opens up a file addressed to Dean Domino. It is here, that the Courier's enigmatic statement is made clear. The hard part about the treasure isn't reaching it, but rather letting it go. Hence, the Courier taking a single gold bar with them.
* Bruce Wayne and Tony Stark are in agreement that the Cloud is a threat to the Pantheon. Hence, a joint Avengers-Justice League expedition to the Sierra Madre to find the source of the Cloud and stop it. But the Justice League and the Avengers are not the only party interested in the Sierra Madre. Helena Douglas is not only financing the Etrian Odyssey Guilds' expedition in mapping the spots in the Sierra Madre the Courier missed, but also a search-and-destroy mission spearheaded by Ryu Hayabusa, and accompanied by Kasumi, Ayane, Momiji, and Irene Lew. Interestingly enough, retrieving the gold isn't a priority for either party. Nathan Drake was tempted to lead a team to the Sierra Madre, but was vetoed by Elena. The gold in the Vault has also led to various criminals and hooligans in leading crews to the Sierra Madre in order to loot the place. This alarmed the more good-aligned deities like Sonya Blade, Soap [=MacTavish=], and Captain Price, until Cammy and Johnny Cage pointed out one important detail: the bad guys will more than likely kill each other before they can get their hands on the gold, as it happened many times before. The Joker, on the other hand, wants to see if he can make his Joker Toxin more potent by combining it with the Cloud, is the wild card of this. Surprisingly enough, the Joker has a form of immunity against the Cloud. Harley Quinn has a mild resistance to the Cloud, but keeps her distance.
* '''Vera Keyes:''' ''"Wait a moment. Before you go, I... we... hope you've enjoyed your stay. Farewells can be a time of sadness — letting go, difficult. As a guest of the Sierra Madre, you know that truth more than anyone. Frederick Sinclair believed that one's life could be made anew every day, that fortunes were more than the wealth in your hands. Love, life, family, those to care for and those who will care for you: to those who know these joys, the Sierra Madre holds little they don't already have. Out in the world, beyond these walls, that is your chance to begin again. I hope that you will return in happier times. Until then, the Sierra Madre, and I, will hold you in our hearts."''
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Takeshi's Castle]]
'''Series/TakeshisCastle, the Divine Palace of [[MalevolentArchitecture Obstacle Course-Based Challenges]]'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/kor-takeshi.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:The (one of many) Final Showdown(s) at Takeshi's Castle]]
* Appearance: An old-styled Shiro with a lot of obstacles between the outer limits of the castle's grounds and the inner courtyards, with an ever-shifting array of tricks and traps to best protect the residential lord of the castle.
* Theme Songs: [[https://youtu.be/_g2VBO0w2eo The Original Japanese Takeshi's Castle]] [[https://youtu.be/W6hRXrwqsxA it's UK Dub theme]], [[https://youtu.be/Ddi2Ijf35ug "Firebrand" by Bumblefoot for "Most Extreme Elimination Challenge"]]
* Symbol: The titular castle and its owner, Beat Takeshi
* Alignment: Always Chaotic, usually ChaoticEvil
* Domains: Traps, War, Obstacle Course
* Owner: [[Creator/TakeshiKitano Takeshi Kitano/Beat Takeshi]]
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/GameDesign The Keeper]], [[Pantheon/NarrativeTone Glitchy's Mario]]
* Interest in: [[Pantheon/UnDead Dracula (Castlevania)]], [[Pantheon/CommercialAttitude Wario]]
* Notable Participants: [[Pantheon/GameMechanics Ultraman]] (as both Tani's replacement as well as a contestant), [[Pantheon/PositiveReaction Godzilla]] (as one of Takeshi's comedic skit performers), [[Pantheon/RobotsAndAutomata Astro Boy]]
* Costing around $1M (around ¥168M in 1986) to build, it was home to its Shogun Takeshi. However, General Tani started his invasion of the castle with a bunch of peasants. Through Takeshi's right-hand men, the invasion force reduced from a hundred to only a handful, and the initial invasion ended with the Shogun's victory.
** That being said, it turned into its own variant of ForeverWar, with Tani's forces bolstering itself after every failed invasion and Takeshi's traps swapping around to ensure that the challenge will be unique to Tani's forces. On rare occasions, Tani's men win, collecting the treasure from within the castle, usually worth around ¥1M.
* The set's physical location back in the mortal plane was at [[https://cdn.discordapp.com/attachments/598666280563900418/731289015780900964/gamemap.png Midoriyama Studio in Yokohama, Kanagawa, Japan]]. Unfortunately, the set no longer exists, being repurposed for ''Series/NinjaWarrior''.
* In the Pantheon proper, it took a little bit before the Keeper was introduced as the official coursemaster, and longer still before Takeshi allowed Glitchy's Mario to occasionally host his "Mario Challenges".
* Over in the Americas, the recordings done [[GagDub instead have Takeshi and his entourage watch as "teams" compete for his amusement]]. This was the "Most Extreme Elimination Challenge", a major GagDub involving clips from archived Takeshi's Castle clips and a liberal usage of dubbing over everything. In a nutshell, it's the Super Sentai series turned into the Power Rangers, but with the off-the-wall dub of Ghost Stories, and the obstacle course challenge of Super Mario Bros thrown into a blender.
** As for a proper Pantheonic version of the show? It started in the middle of Season Two, where keeping with the HongKongDub style of the show, is dubbed with "Vic Romaro" and "Kenny Blankenship" [[note]]Takeshi and Hideo dubbed over by Victor Wilson and Chris Darga[[/note]] hosting the show, with "Captain Tenneal"[[note]]General Tani dubbed by John Cervenka[[/note]] and "Guy [=LeDouche=]"[[note]] The Field Reporter also dubbed by Cervenka[[/note]] reporting on the ground. The "objective" of MXC is, simply put, don't get eliminated by the obstacles and to participate in a team.
* In the Pantheon, the mortal Takeshi Kitano is often the lord residing the castle, alongside with the Emerald Guard to protect him from the invasion. However, he now utilizes The Keeper as the person to compose his traps, and as a result, it is significantly harder due to the wide array of traps available at the Keeper's disposal. There's a significant reduction of both lethality and sadism in his disposal, and he can't use minions like the Horned Reaper or the Dark Mistress.
** On the odd occasion, Glitchy's Mario takes residence in the castle, acting as its lord. Dubbed "Mario's Challenge", the theme changes from Japanese to Mario, switching the Japanese Castle to a Tower Castle, employing the "Spaghetti Squad" instead of the Emerald Guard, and allowing the use of significantly more dangerous traps. The Keeper's still not allowed to use his minions, however.
** The prize within the castle itself varies wildly. The most common reward is to be immortalized on a plaque of those who've conquered the castle, followed by money (usually ¥1M in their currency) or food (usually a voucher for Chicken [=McNuggets=] valued at ¥1M with around 1898 uses for 20 Piece Boxes), depending on whose running the castle when it's conquered.
* Before the Pantheon was graced with the Castle, there were some Gods who appeared on the show, most notable being Ultraman, who was a contestant, as well as a fill-in for General Tani. Astro Boy was a contestant, and Godzilla often performed comedic sketches for Takeshi's entourage. That being said, a good chunk of contestants often dress up like other characters, such as Goku and Master Roshi.
* Dracula looked upon the Castle, and thought about how similar it's laid out compared to his castle. Though obviously less lethal than his own castle, he seeks to become its lord eventually, though neither the mortal Takeshi nor Glitchy's Mario will allow it. Though it won't take much to try to convince the Keeper to turn on their masters if Dracula can persuade them through bloodshed, the threat of expulsion and humiliation for doing so prevents the Keeper from acting.
* Wario looked in interest to being a trap keeper, basing his traps off the myriad of Microgames that his company and he made. While Takeshi shows some interest, Glitchy Mario's rudeness keeps Wario from becoming a potential replacement in case The Keeper goes rogue and tries to take over the castle himself.
* Owing to the presence of a lot of beings with powers that may allow them to circumvent the challenges entirely, there's a power nullification field surrounding the castle when the challenge is initiated. Gadgets are similarly not allowed, though certain ones (like a Portal Gun replica or a Rocket Jumper) may be used in certain challenges. It's so that beings like Kal-El would be equal to others, like Mario or Link.
** Due to the challenges being made to accommodate human-sized participants, there's also a size limit mandated that prevents those too big (like Cybertronians) or too small (like rodents or insects appropriate for MouseWorld) from taking part. Versions of his challenge for those sizes are still pending.
** As for those closer but distinctly not human-sized (like pet-size folk like Pikachu or giant-size like Bowser or Donkey Kong), there are challenges modified to accommodate those sizes they're redirected to take.
* Before participating in a Takeshi's Castle challenge, the contestents need to sign a waiver covering for injuries caused by trying the challenge. With an obstacle set that includes lethal traps or in any of Mario's Challenges, there's an additional waiver that'll cover for death and resurrection, as well as an overall looser restriction on gadgets. Takeshi's Final Showdown will never be lethal, while Glitchy's Mario's Final Showdown has a slight chance of death.
* Here's a synopsis on the "episodes" done thus far.
** Episode 1: Only Quasideities and Demigods were allowed to participate, since the power nullification field hadn't been considered/implemented yet. It ended with Takeshi's victory over nine entrants thanks to the Final Fall removing most of the more combat-experienced contestants. The show gained popular demand afterward.
** Episode 2: Deities of all levels were permitted to participate, but in exchange were subjugated to the effects of the power nullification field. As a tribute of sorts, the 100 participants comprised of Smash Bros. fighters[[note]]with exceptions who were heavily psychic reliant like Mewtwo or those who cannot be counted to play fairly at any capacity like Ridley[[/note]] plus Assist Trophy characters to fill in the blanks. The size-class separation system was also established here. 14 entrants reached the Showdown Stage, and beat Takeshi with only one survivor ([[spoiler:Banjo]]).
** Episode 3: The contestants comprised of {{Mon}}-users and summoners (without said Mons or summons, of course), with a majority being [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Demon Summoners]], [[Pantheon/{{Digimon}} Digidestined]], [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Persona-users]], and [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Pokémon Trainers]]. 19 entrants reached the Showdown, and vanquished Takeshi with only three survivors ([[spoiler:[[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes Jessie]], [[Pantheon/{{Thieves}} Futaba]], and [[Pantheon/HeroicActions Takeru]]]]).
** Episode 4: The Showdown featured Takeshi's forces against a whopping ''26'' remaining entrants (the mortal run had a record of 20, and they all lost). Only 8 losses were suffered before the rest [[CurbStompBattle easily beat Takeshi.]]
** Episode 5: By this time, Takeshi employed the Keeper as an official coursemaster, beating down the outrageous double-digit survivors back down to single digits. 8 in this episode, and all were defeated.
** Episode 6: Lethal traps started to appear in the course mix from this point forward.
** Episode 7: The first Mario's Challenge Special aired.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:The Unterzee]]

'''[[VideoGame/SunlessSea The Unterzee]], Celestial Seat of [[AlienSea Strange Bodies of Water]]''' (The Neath)
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/sunless_sea.jpg]]
%% [[caption-width-right:350:some caption text]]
* Symbol: A zailing ship zailing across it, with terrors awaiting below
* Alignment: All across the spectrum, with a strong leaning towards Chaos
* Portfolio: AlienSea, AlienGeometries, [[RandomlyGeneratedLevels Undergoing Alterations]], NightmareFuel, OceanMadness, OceanOfAdventure, BeneathTheEarth, CrapsackWorld, Denizens Are WeakenedByTheLight, WorldOfChaos
* Domain(s): Zees (Seas), Zailing (Sailing), Eldritch
* Similar Places: [[Manga/ChildrenOfTheWhales Sand Era world]], [[Literature/{{Expedition}} The Amoebic Sea]], [[Series/DoctorWho Marinus]], [[VideoGame/GuildWars the Jade Sea]], [[WesternAnimation/ThePiratesOfDarkWater Mer]]
* Notable Visitors: [[Pantheon/PlainNeutral (Insert Name Here)]], [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]] (mainly the Armoroad and Tharsis Guilds), [[Pantheon/HeroicAttitude Edward Kenway]], [[Pantheon/FantasticRaces Arthur Curry/Aquaman]], [[Pantheon/{{Colours}} Green Earth CO Drake]], [[Pantheon/AirBasedTravel Black Cat Mantaray 5-4]], The Pantheon/KanColle ship girls, [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Captain Nemo]], [[Pantheon/{{Piracy}} Black Manta]]
* Unholy To: Sail-on-wind-dependent sailors, [[Pantheon/TheatricProduction the Star Fleet]]
* Banned From Entry: All deities with ThePowerOfTheSun
* When it comes to the sea, we're familiar with its blue hue as a result of reflecting the sky, its equal parts beauty and danger underwater and over it, as well as the unknown depths. When the sea you find is different from that, starting with the color or (non-water) composition, you get an AlienSea. Enter the Unterzee, where it is colored a sinister dark green, with the main exception being the far south (where it mingles with the blood of an EldritchAbomination and dissolves the hulls of ships). All the islands are strange in their own ways, and the laws of reality don't always apply. And under it is far stranger.
* Access to the Unterzee was made available when a canal inexplicably appeared somewhere in a lake in the Dominions, which incidentally was close enough to Rapture. Being seafarers on the side and explorers to boot, [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} the Armoroad Guild]] (with a few Court emissaries on board) was tasked with investigating it, and [[Pantheon/HeroicAttitude Edward Kenway]] was assigned as an escort, given his ship is more naval combat-capable while the Guild is more suited to on-foot engagements, even with Zodiacs and Arbalists able to fire from range.
** On their side, the residents of the Neath underwent another Alteration. However, this would be markedly different, for the Cumaean Canal (which was the only way to reach the Surface and the rest of the world) and its Staging Area was inexplicably replaced by a strange location that would eventually be renamed to Janus Checkpoint (though much of the Staging Area population was still present), and the way through it was a much simpler gateway big enough for an Eschatologue-class dreadnought to pass through with ease, and its waterway deep enough for a zubmarine to zail beneath said dreadnought even if it was a dreadnought itself. It would reveal a straight tunnel, but would turn and leave what lies beyond a mystery to those not sailing down it. This was a serious concern given that some people in Fallen London have now lost contacts to the Surface.
** That's when the "Trope Pantheons Emissaries" ([=TPEs=]) passed through the gateway and established contact. Word soon spread of these newcomers as an embassy was established. It's also discovered that there is no wind in the Neath, so the visitors were unable to go far. They would have to bring their own [[BlowYouAway aerokinetics]] or vessels that don't rely on the wind to proceed further. But in the meantime, representatives from the "local" ruling territories reached out to them on separate occasions. A few days later, more visitors would arrive, including the Tharsis guild (their airship towed in through the entrance tunnel), [[Pantheon/FantasticRaces Aquaman]] (who noted to his concern that his command over sea life is greatly contested by the native denizens), and a few modern naval deities like [[Pantheon/{{Colours}} Green Earth CO Drake]] have set up a standing base.
** These expedition parties would spread out to Fallen London and the Khanate, the main political parties in the Neath. More would reach out to Dahut, the Grand Geode, the Empire of Hands, the Fathomking's Hold, The Iron Republic, Irem, Saviour's Rocks, the Presbyterate, Varchas, and Wrack.
* With so much territories of note, they are as follows.
** First off is '''Fallen London''', a place that (Insert Name Here) is familiar with, for some reason. However, Her Enduring Majesty was wary of these [=TPEs=], and has banned them from entering London itself, restricting them to Wolfstack Docks for trading. But whenever INH happens to have a Zeeside Mansion, [=TPEs=] are able to dock near there too, so long as they stay in the mansion grounds.
*** '''Hunter's Keep''' is an island east of London. On that island is a mansion [[spoiler:in smouldering ruins after a disaster of madness burned the place down. Since London wouldn't reclaim it]], the Court of the Gods was able to negotiate [[spoiler:a claim for it instead]], turning it into another TPE embassy. [[spoiler:Though the mansion ruins itself has been mostly cordoned off, native zailors are still allowed to explore it for artifacts]].
*** '''Venderbight''' is a Tomb Colony, where Fallen London residents are shipped off to ([=TPEs=] can partake in this trade too) if they become too ill or too disfigured to be in a polite company, for death isn't permanent in the Neath, but that doesn't mean they're immune to illness or injury. The Tomb Colonists are an odd sort, who enjoy both extraordinarily quiet parties and vicious bloody duels.
** Second is the Khanate, which is even more distrusting of [=TPEs=], and have banned them from even entering the Copper Quarter in '''Khan's Heart''' (which even London zailors can access, albeit under heavy scrutiny), let alone '''Khan's Glory'''. This leaves '''Khan's Shadow''' as the only Khanate territory [=TPEs=] are allowed to visit.
** '''Adam's Way''' in the South is a large inland waterway leading from the southern Unterzee into the Elder Continent, governed by the Presbyterate, one of the other large political parties in the Neath. All ships that approach are intercepted by the Gracious - the Presbyterate's splendidly head-dressed coastguards. Passage is granted by handing over one of three stories; A report on Mt. Palmerston, news from Fallen London, or an unread captain's log. A mandate by the Court of the Gods prohibits [=TPEs=] from [[AlienNonInterferenceClause talking about the Pantheon]].
*** Once through, a seed will be planted in the town square, which will quickly grow into a sapling called a Tree of a Single Day, which will grow and eventually die over the course of two-thirds of a single day. Until that happens, visitors can explore the port town, but once time is up, The Gracious will usher them all back to their ships lest they suffer hysteria, rapture, and/or animescence (an endemic disease that sets souls on fire, culminating in spontaneous metaphysical combustion).
** The '''Fathomking's Hold''' is the home and court of His Complexity the Fathomking, ruler of all the drowned. To gain passage to his Court, provide a "zee-ztory", of which there is no short supply to those proficient in zailing the Unterzee. A deal was made between the Fathomking and the Court of the Gods in regards to any [=TPEs=] who drown in the Unterzee so that they don't become Drownies under his domain. The details of this deal are unknown, but the Fathomking was accepting of the conditions.
** The '''Iron Republic''' is a Hell-sponsored colony where there is freedom. [[RealityIsOutToLunch Freedom from laws and tyrants. All laws and tyrants, no exception.]] [=TPEs=] heavily inclined to order will find themselves driven mad faster than those attuned to chaos. Only the really chaotic [=TPEs=] like [[Pantheon/OrderAndChaos Discord]] can make full sense of it all, but conveying it to less chaotic minds is another matter. There are four markets in the Republic, but they cycle and are as unpredictable as the Republic itself.
** '''Irem''' is a land of mysteries and contradictions, right near Parabola. Technically it does not exist ''yet'', but it will. As such, all actions here are in the future tense. Things can get kind of confusing, to say the least. Any who rest in the the House of the Amber Sky will be taken to a strange dream-esque world called the Mirror-Marches.
** '''Visage''' is an island of masks, where the town seems permanently stuck in some sort of performance, and all visitors are expected to join in if they want passage to the island. One has to put on one of the many masks provided, and act the role expected of them, such as the ignorant, oafish frog, the greedy and selfish locust; or the universally disliked bat. Not acting your chosen role is punishable. Thankfully for all [=TPEs=] who wish to visit, (Insert Name Here) has compiled a comprehensive guide for each mask in Visage and their expected roles. These masks also seem to alter those who wear them to better match these roles, so shapeshifters like [[Pantheon/TeamFortress2 the Spy]] should exercise extreme caution.
** '''Abbey Rock''' is an island that holds the fortress-convent (officially a military installation) of an order called the Sisterhood, which is [[AmazonBrigade an entire company of]] [[ChurchMilitant elite combat nuns]], just about the most well-trained and well-disciplined fighting force in the Neath. There's also a winged beast known as the Sisters' Adversary that can be called over for very specific occasions.
** '''Aestival''' is a DesertedIsland rich in nature's bounty and the only place in the Unterzee where sunlight shines. Zailors who pass by or stop by for supplies find it baffling that [=TPEs=] visiting can gallivant around or even bask under the sun without dying ([[WeakenedByTheLight except when they aren't]]). Occasionally however, in place of a deserted island, Aestival might instead be a kingdom of its own under INH (named either [[PleaseSelectNewCityName Aestival, New London, Lastport, Freedom. Utopia Beneath, Sophia, Fiddler's Gold, Peachtree Isle, B]][[spoiler:ugge]][[PleaseSelectNewCityName r Off, Head Office, Sanctuary, or the Empire of Trees]]), allied either to the Presbyterate, the Khanate, London, or no one. Also, the sunlight is somehow rendered safe for Neath residents during this period.
** The '''Avid Horizon''' is where one always ends up when trying to go North. It consists of a [[CoolGate massive gate]], guarded by two massive statues known as the Watchers, winged sculptures that represent something not totally known. Fallen London's Admiralty has sent criminals too vile even for the darkest reaches of New Newgate Prison to exile, and to beg for forgiveness, they have to go here. Given the (insert beast here) that patrols it, not to mention how awful it is here, that's a nigh insurmountable task for most zailors. [[FetchQuest There's also the fact that a zailor also has to come here to collect their names]].
** Port Carnelian, or the '''Carnelian Coast''' as some call it, is a colony on the shores of the Elder Continent, famed for its rich sapphire mines. Currently under the control of Fallen London, but bitterly contested by both the New Khanate and the local tigers (the Neath is a strange place, after all) and has all sorts of spies within. The Mountain Of Light has, as in all areas on the Elder Continent, bathed this port in its glow, and things have… changed… under its warm light.
** The '''Chapel of Lights''' is an incongruously bright and welcoming church amid the darkness of Void's Approach. The priest there even offers free food to ship captains, but the Pantheon has been warned that [[ImAHumanitarian human flesh is (sometimes) served during dinners there]]. Also, the church there worship [[spoiler:the Drowned Man… better known to those in Fallen London as a certain Mr. Eaten]].
** '''The Chelonate''' is a city of hunters and cultists, built on the remains of [[TurtleIsland a great turtle the size of a large island]], slain ages ago. [[spoiler:Actually, said turtle was long dead by the time the Chelonate's founders got there]]. [[EvilSmellsBad Said to reek beyond belief]], and that once you smell its stench some part of it will stick with you, burned into your nostrils. Refuse and carrion choke the waters. For all its dangers though, it's very profitable to do business there, both importing and exporting. The ''Eater of Names'', an enormous battleship built from the bones of dead sailors and monsters and decked with one of the most powerful guns in the Neath, patrols its waters, and is hostile to all zailors.
** '''Gant Pole''' is the heart of a colossal sea creature taken over by Chelonites. Like their fellows on the nearby turtle, their primary concerns are ritual, hunting and rancid meat. It also serves as an "ElephantGraveyard" equivalent for zee-monsters. Barrels of rotten MysteryMeat that's bought here can be turned over at the Chelonate for a profit. For some reason, Fallen London doesn't believe this place is real. The ''Irrepressible'', a large, strange-looking submarine that packs a hell of a punch, patrols the waters here and is just as hostile as the ''Eater of Names''.
** '''Whither''' is a small fishing town on the northwest coast, notable for two things: a prominent temple to the Gods of the Zee (Stone, Salt, and Storm), and the locals' habit of answering every question with a question, no exceptions. This behaviour is considered extremely tiresome by visitors. '''Codex''' is an icy mountain off the coast of Whither, inhabited by that town's exiles (and an inexplicable colony of shivering, bad-tempered monkeys). No one speaks, because [[DisproportionateRetribution they dared to answer questions instead of answer them with questions back when they lived at Whither]].
** The '''Janus Checkpoint''', which has replaced the '''Cumaean Canal''', is the only entryway between the Unterzee and the rest of the Dominions in the Pantheon. Thanks to new treaties arranged between the Bazaar and the Great Game in Fallen London and the Pantheon's Court of the Gods, [[NothingExcitingEverHappensHere there's a surprising lack of political shenanigans, corruption, or red tape]], aside from the occasional arrest for smuggling certain goods outside the Neath.
** The '''Salt Lions''' are a pair of colossal sphinx statues lying in the middle of the Unterzee. A company of London stonecutters known as the Unmakers have set a camp on the top of the northern Lion to quarry precious Sphinxstone and send it back to London. Zailors can pick up shipments of these as long as their hold has room for them. Exporting Sphinxstone outside the Unterzee is banned, though naturally that means there are smugglers of it.
** The '''Grand Geode''' is at the southwest edge of the Unterzee, therefore always directly south of London and the Janus Checkpoint. It is a naval base with the Royal Navy's emblems, and its inhabitants are happy, fulfilled, and with purpose. Because of [[spoiler:the Dawn Machine's subtle brainwashing effects]], [=TPEs=] are forbidden from going there unless they're selling Sphinxstone, which isn't as profitable. Somewhat adjacent to the Grand Geode is the '''Dawn Machine''', an artificial sunrise built by a breakaway faction of the London Admiralty. It's extremely inadvisable for anyone to zail too close to it, let alone beneath it, since it can drive zailors mad and Terror can skyrocket.
** '''Demeaux Island''' is rich in fungus, which is harvested and shipped to London by the Iron & Misery Company. Conditions are miserable here, with many workers being broken by the banality and isolation, and some others being reduced to little more than walking fungus from spore exposure. Harvesting some for kirralee is possible, but not recommended. That said, there are some that are tired of this place who are willing to join zailors who visit. And for two [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Strange_Catch Strange Catches]], one can get a Soothe & Cooper Long-Box.
** '''The Empire of Hands''' is a handful of lush islands ruled by soul-stealing monkeys (though they prefer to be called apes). They build towns, give each other titles and ranks, and wear clothing, in some kind of perverted imitation of human society. A large zeppelin is chained on an island, [[spoiler:though sometimes it's missing after its Emperor departed in it]]. Officially, there's a trade embargo on it for Londoners [[NoodleIncident ("They know what they did.")]], though zailors rarely heed it. [=TPEs=] have no such restrictions, though the apes and their soul stealing are enough of a deterrent for some.
** A colossal '''Eye''' on the zee floor that is usually in the southern part of the zee. [[GiantEyeOfDoom It is a terror to behold, so keep your distance]]. "Falling in" via Zubmarine will take you to [[spoiler:Eleutheria, in the [[HomeOfTheGods High Wilderness]], a [[AlienGeometries thoroughly unpleasant alternative dimension]] where a Mr. Barleycorn applauds your bravery and rewards you by turning you into a "message" to the Neath from the Liberation of Night, accomplished by causing you to painfully grow an extra eye.]] Given this leads to [[VideoGame/SunlessSkies some place in the Neath's future]], all [=TPEs=] are ordered to stay away
** '''Frostfound''' is twin castles of ice rising from the northern zee, in the shadow of which Witherns and Iremis meet to play their riddling-games. Their spires are pristine, never scarred by human habitation. But it stands alone in the Boreal Reach for a reason, and one should never enter Frostfound without a reason… and so [=TPEs=] are officially banned from entering, for there is nothing substantial to gain. Also, anyone who zails too far North end up here.
** '''Gaider's Mourn''' is a town built on a series of rickety platforms, halfway up the stalagmites of Corsair's Forest. One has to be winched up from zee-level (or have an airship) to reach it. Piracy runs rampant here, and it is very much an unsafe place. Caution is greatly exercised for this reason, though the more nefarious pirate [=TPEs=] have managed to make themselves welcome.
** '''Godfall''' is a monastery built on the side of an enormous stalactite that fell from the cavern roof. Its "monks" (who are more like pirates) are rabble-rousers who seem to spend most of their days drinking, fighting, and boasting [[spoiler:plus great measures about evolving not just spiritually but physically, by using the Shapeling Arts the Rubbery Men are deft with]], and very little time praying. While [=TPEs=] can choose to get into fights with them, [[StayInTheKitchen the monks refuse]] [[WouldntHitAGirl to fight females]], recommending Abbey's Rock for that.
*** Below is a system of tunnels leading to the '''Shattered Citadel''' where the Starved Men reside. It's mostly sealed off by the monks of Godfall, but it can be explored at great risk (and bets are made between the monks), and require plenty of foxfire candles or other sources of light, as well as plenty of fighters due to the dangerous monsters and cultists within. Close to the bottom is a way back down to the Unterzee, where one's ship can stop by to fetch their crew.
** '''The Isle of Cats''' is an island of pirates and smugglers, where the single most highly controlled substance (red honey, a.k.a. Gaoler's honey) in the Neath is produced. Don't let the vast flower gardens confuse you, this is not a pleasant place… [[spoiler:for red honey is harvested from the memories of prisoners, and ingesting it is excruciating for the victims while the consumer experiences the (pleasant) memories. As such,]] Red Honey is illegal in Fallen London (though native zailors can smuggle it anyway), and is another product banned from exporting outside the Unterzee. Naturally, this also means there are smugglers of it too.
** '''Kingeater's Castle''' is a half-ruined stone citadel surrounded by vast, mostly-sunken statues. It's an extremely dangerous place and should not be interacted with without a very good reason. One can sacrifice three zailors to heal Wounds, and "sacrificing all of one's zee-stories" can take one either to Irem or Fallen London (at the cost of 1 to 3 crew and minor damage to their ship), but there are less damaging ways to do this.
** '''Mangrove College''' is a centre of philosophical and scientific thought, inexplicably located amid the unnaturally lush jungles of the Autumn Isles. That said, all intellectuals are too absentminded to build more than a barely rudimentary village. A TPE project to do so in their stead is underway. The Wisp-Way swamps outside the village boundaries can be explored. It's teeming with manner of beasts, but persevere and one can find treasure, or even some Solacefruit, which is delightful and refreshing in small quantities, but too much will lead to peaceful death.
** '''Mount Palmerston''' is a volcano-island where devils exiled from Hell plot their return to it. The volcano itself serves as home to the Brimstone Convention, which acts as a GovernmentInExile for the devils, and they mostly keep to themselves. The human dwellers at the volcano's base actually don't mind the devils for this reason.
** '''Mutton Island''' is a fishing island that's known for its Rubbery Lumps [[spoiler:(Lorn-Fluke meat)]]. Seemingly a quiet, peaceful little hamlet known for its seafood, its apple orchards, and its country festivals, it's a popular resting spot for Zailors on their way back to London. It's also secretly [[spoiler:in worship of the Drowned Man, it involved with the wrecking of ships, and its ritual human sacrifices]]. Depending on the Alteration, it has since either become [[spoiler:forcibly annexed by London or the Dawn Machine, conquered by the Khanate, abandoned after a Fruits of the Zee Festival, or under permanent quarantine by London's Admiralty]].
** '''Nuncio''' is a postal office run by the Postal Rat that regularly receives undelivered mail washed up on its shores. It accepts zailors who take up temporary shifts to help with deliveries. [=TPEs=] have a maximum number of hours to do work here before they're required to leave and not return between a few days or forever in order to keep workaholics from obsessing over clearing out the queue. Depsite his experience with managing a post office, [[Pantheon/MindGames Moist von Lipwig]] is forbidden by [[Pantheon/OutlooksOnJob Lord Vetinari]] from visiting Nuncio in fear of losing such a valuable asset. Visiting the back room is restricted to those in good favor with the Postal Rat, but what lays behind is maddening [[spoiler:due to a Judgment's law regarding "messages"]].
** '''Pigmote Isle''' is an island governed by, depending on the Alteration, the House of Cavy (talking guinea pigs, escaped from a wealthy eccentric's collection, seeking to establish a glorious kingdom of their own) or the Republic of Murinia (comprised of common [[RatMen Rattus Faber]], often seen in London, looking for a land to practice their engineering arts in peace), after INH helped oust one of the other out (they can't remember which). Or maybe both territories are at peace after being in a feud for so long before INH's arrival (but with one being somewhat superior over the other, or as equals after fighting for independence against Visage and/or the Fathomking). Or it's closed off to INH. Or it's in complete ruins and ruled by neither. For some reason, Fallen London is [[CassandraTruth skeptical of its existence]] [[GenreBlindness despite how mundane it is compared to the rest of the Neath]].
*** In terms of services and supplies, depending on who is/are in charge, the Republic is willing to fix one's ship, or/and the House is willing to trade Scintillack. Regardless of who's in charge, there may be a Fathomking's Ambassador who trades Drowning Pearls, or a Visage Ambassador who trades Secrets, or neither if independence was chosen. Due to the tumultuous state of affairs depending on the Alteration, [=TPEs=] are not recommended to visit.
** '''Polythreme''' is the place where everything is alive, from the clothes you wear to the waters you drink, courtesy of [[FisherKing the King with a Hundred Hearts, whose very dreams render them all animate]]. It's also home of the [[{{Golem}} Clay Men]], who either voluntarily get shipped to London (payment upon delivery) or can be hired as crew [[TheNeedless that require no sustenance]]. These Clay Men are content to serve, and are treated as second-class citizens in London. Some even get exported out of the Unterzee altogether either for similar purposes or to be "liberated". However, a word of warning: there are also variants of Clay Men called the Unfinished Men, who are more inclined to crime and are more free-willed. That said, not all of them are bad, and a few are even helpful. As for how they come to be, [[https://thefifthcity.fandom.com/wiki/Clay_Men#What_Births_Them here's how]].
** '''Port Cecil/The Principles of Coral''' is a London colony built on an eerie blue coral reef, and home to the most fanatical chess tournaments in the Neath. Be careful not to play too much, as the games of chess played here are… quite different than what the average Londoner is used to, and far more damaging to sanity.
** '''Saviour's Rocks''' is a charming series of islands, whose inhabitants are [[SuspiciouslySpecificDenial most certainly not held hostage]] by thousands upon thousands of enormous, intelligent spiders. [=TPEs=] are advised to stay away, unless they can tolerate the non-spiders' oppression and are willing to trade for their silk. [[Pantheon/{{Arthropods}} Muffet]] has taken interest to the place and hopes to take a trip there one day.
** '''Shepherd Isle's'' is a place with no sheep ([[NonIndicativeName they're illegal here, in fact]]). It does have a lot of tellers of {{tall tale}}s, though. One can listen to these tales to pass the time, and to get stories for trading, maybe even a Tale of Terror! (which is a valuable resource). One might even find an [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Ambiguous_Eolith Ambiguous Eolith]], though that doesn't help much.
** '''Station III'''[[labelnote:*]]For the record, Station IV is the Salt Lions, Station V is the Grand Geode and Station VI is Aigul, though Stations I and II are unknown[[/labelnote]] is a land of machinery, warehouses and industry. The truth is [[spoiler:The place's main operation is heartmetal production, for use in naval weapons. The metals can only be obtained in useful quantity from letting them grow in human hearts. This result in the Soothe & Cooper Tonics, which are pain tonics that have minute quantities of heartmetal in them. When people consume the Tonics, the heartmetal will start to grow and build up in their hearts. This will eventually kill the user, permanently. After that, their corpse will be locked into a longbox, then shipped to the Station for extraction.]] For that reason, [=TPEs=] are prohibited from prying into Soothe and Cooper Long-Boxes.
** '''The Uttershroom''' is a giant mushroom, located in the Myceligaea sea, home of the blemmigans, and even gianter than the Neath's usual giant mushrooms. There's a tiny, isolated village square on the top of it, and the mushroom itself seems to possess both intelligence and a drive to nurture those living on it. Nothing exciting of note ever occurs there, though you wouldn't hear that from [[Pantheon/GameMechanics Meruru]], who's over the moon as soon as she heard of this place.
** '''Varchas''' is a city that still considers itself part of the kingdom of the sun, separate from the rest of the Neath. No shadows are permitted anywhere in the city — lamps and mirrors illuminate every single corner. However, because of INH's actions, it is in two separate states depending on the Alteration. In some Alterations, the city is barred to all visitors, though after one TPE demonstrated [[LightEmUp powers over light]], they have permitted ''only those [=TPEs=]'' to visit.
*** According to those [=TPEs=], its citizens are contemptuous of everyone else in the Unterzee for being tainted by shadows, and call them all Taamas. There were also three very important things they had to heed while in Varchas: 1) Don't touch the mirrors. 2) Don't even look into the mirrors. 3) Try very hard not to dream. In other Alterations, the city is in ruins, in darkness, full of broken mirrors, and haunted by certain malicious spirits that reside in mirrors and can prey on dreams.
** '''Wisdom''' is a floating prison built by the Khanate on top of giant incongruous lilypads, but now it answers to a person called the Governor, and he answers to no one. Any TPE who somehow ends up locked here (with the sole exception of INH) will remain there until they die and get revived in the Pantheon, after which they're banned from entering the Unterzee '''''ever again'''''. However, should someone (another TPE, preferably) manage to free them either by breakout, ransom payment, or exchanging a [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Searing_Enigma Searing Enigma]] to the Governor, this ban won't take effect. If the imprisoned TPE is important enough to not be banned, the Court of the Gods will make sure there's enough Echoes to pay.
* And those are the ones accessible by boat. There are far more locales (and dangers) under the Unterzee, but a zubmarine is required to get there, and they're more prone to Alterations than the Neath already is, not to mention the more threatening monsters there.
** '''Aigul''' is a huge, stationary Lorn-Fluke upon which the vessel ''Fortas Kettle'' ran aground. Rather than attempt to extricate it, London turned the sunken vessel into an observation station also called Station VI. The crew have become… attached, addicted to getting prodded by Aigul's needles, which works like red honey in that it allows them to experience memories of others. Depending on what INH has done, either the entire crew is morose and really addicted to the spines [[spoiler:and their Captain is dead]], or the crew is cheerful, [[spoiler:their Captain is alive]], and they plan to leave Aigul one day.
** '''Anthe''' is an austere, underwater city of crystal. It's beautiful, but also very sharp. Its inhabitants call it the city of flowers, but the flowers are crystals, spiral matrices grown on the walls of Anthean caves. The inhabitants of Anthe are at least partly crystal too: they call it "going sharp." Becoming more perfect, and clearer, and colder. Zailors can develop this condition called Sharpness as well, granting them deftness bordering on perfection, at the expense of their natural flaws and emotions pertaining to it. [=TPEs=] are not recommended to develop Sharpness for too long, since it requires a trip to Polythreme to lose that Sharpness.
** '''Dahut''' is a ghostly, submerged mirror of London, populated by drownies. An air bubble surrounds it to enable air respiration, though some zailors have foolishly wandered away from the livable zone and drowned. There is a {{glamour}} in effect that makes the drownies appear beautiful and idyllic. Their "Bonfire" is warm, but doesn't burn or scald, [[spoiler:because it isn't fire at all]]. Time may also feel wonky while inside the settlement. [[spoiler:They've also got human prisoners in the cathedral, holding them there until they agree to go drownie as well. As a result, there have been occasional attempts by some [=TPEs=] to try and acquire these people, either for liberation or for themselves.]]
** On the back of a gigantic beast named Temtum by Arik live exiles from every corner of the Neath. In '''Hideaway''' gather the traitors, heretics, artists, fools, and the too-honest. Despite possessing a range of radically different ideologies, these outcasts live together peacefully, mainly because the work required to keep everyone from drowning ensures there's never enough time to spare for old rivalries. When they aren't working maintenance, odds are they're [[TheHedonist participating in the nightly completely and utterly bizarre]] festivals. Temtum itself is content with carrying a city on its back, loves its trainer dearly, and [[spoiler:has actually been fighting back against the urge to shed its shell to avoid destroying the city]], though the call of biology means [[spoiler:it's only a matter of time before Hideaway is destroyed anyway]]. Depending on the Alteration, it's either [[spoiler:mostly abandoned after the truth of impending doom was revealed]], or [[spoiler:people decide to stay ''despite'' the truth]].
** '''Low Barnet''' is a stone's throw from London, and is the most well known underwater township, a sunken church where congregations gather to regale each other with tall stories. Not much is there in terms of trading, but the church bell [[spoiler:has some manner of intelligence, and anyone who rings it ''loses their soul'' with no chance of getting it back unlike at the Empire of Hands or Mt. Palmerston. And that's if they're lucky; it could otherwise choose to eat them alive]].
** '''Nook''' is an anarchic semblance of civilisation, nestled within the throat of some unknown leviathan [[spoiler:of the same as the Masters of the Bazaar]]. Most visitors need to have diving gear to visit, and it's not certain what effects there would be for those who ''can'' beathe underwater. While Nookwater does become breathable for air-breathers after an adjustment period (made easier when wine is imbibed, at least for residents of the Neath), breathing it for too long risks one forgetting air to the point of choosing to never leave. The residents speak in some form of sign language, and just seem to do whatever the hell they want to as long as they enjoy it, be it rob each other, sleep with each other, drug themselves into stupors, or all of the above. The teeth of the leviathan sometimes bear treasure, though of course competition from Nookfolk tooth miners may occur unless they're jewelry, pottery, or Echoes. Phosphorescent Nodules can be found there too and all over Nook, though this ''is'' coveted by Nookfolk. Down the Seerated Abyss are giant teeth, some of them even the size of manors in Fallen London, and [=TPEs=] are strongly advised not to imbibe on the Nookweed growing there. Deeper down the Bilious Cleft is more blurry and more dangerous to be in, though Phosphorous Nodules and Blemmigans that propagated after a previous zubmariner released one to the place can be found.
** '''Rosegate''' is a cigar shop underneath the Reef of Roses, which should not be strange by now. The more vile [=TPEs=] find they get [[EvilPaysBetter better cigars by doing vile acts there]], and so the zumariners among them find it a wonderful place to trade. [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/In_Pursuit_of_Three_Flavours Or course]] the less vile can still make off with cigars; they'll just be of bitter quality, that's all. That said, there's also a third option for "luscious flavor" cigars. That said, depending on the Alteration, [[spoiler:the known Proprietor is already gone, his life's work complete, and off to the Iron Republic (and his apprentice to the Grand Geode). But in those times, there's a Powdered Custodian a a stand-in whom one can have a smoke with to stave off Terror.]]
** '''Scrimshander''' is a citadel carved out of bone, dedicated to the keeping of history. [[BerserkButton Do not overstay your welcome]], or the scribes will come down on you like a ton of bricks if you do, and you will not be the same afterwards. [[EquivalentExchange Be prepared to hand over significantly valuable information]] ([[MustHaveCaffeine and sackfuls of coffee]]) [[EquivalentExchange in exchange for knowledge you acquire from Scrimshander]]. As such, any [=TPEs=] who aren't highly intellectual or academical are advised to not visit. The "price" for leaving can vary between admitting A Lost Pilgrim to take to Gant Pole (in exchange for Echoes and an Outlandish Artefact), admitting A Scholar of Lost Causes to area of academic interest (preferably to Hideaway in exchange for a number of Echoes), a number of Zee-ztories, a trophy of a past triumph (preferably from the Unterzee), [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Iron Iron]] (skill in dealing damage), [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Hearts Hearts]] (skill of healing and morale), or even ''a number of fingers''.
** '''The Undercrow''' is a small underwater port where the keeper for the Ragged Crow lighthouse (which ''is'' visible from above, but is otherwise unnotable) resides. It, the overside, and the keeper himself are [[MacabreMothMotif infested with various different types of moths]], [[DontExplainTheJoke given they're a giant light in the dark]]. Depending on the Alteration, [[spoiler:it may be abandoned completely and left darkened, and where supplies and fuel can be gathered if you're lucky (otherwise you'll be beset by the clouds of moths that threaten to extinguish your light by their mass alone)]]. Otherwise, the Incomparable Aurelian will need to be found at Venderbright if some other zailor hasn't already escorted him here (in which case he won't be quite as accommodating).
** '''Wrack''' is an arbour of shipwrecks, where the flesh of kelp brings intoxication. However, the local wreckers won't let any "Trespassers" in unless regaled with a [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Tale_of_Terror!! Tale of Terror!!]] (which can be ''bought'' in Irem, acquired by observing autopsies in Station III, visiting the Iron Republic, etc.) or if the "Trespasser" successfully wrestles the entire welcoming committee. That said, only the most malicious of [=TPEs=] would have a fun time, leading more ships to crash there to further expand itspreimeter. At least there's the store [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Hull-harvest Hull-harvest]] for everybody, though its wares depend on its prosperity, which varies depending on the Alteration.
* As for the Dominions Neath zailors visit (which tend to be few in number), they tend to check out only a few places, preferably those that don't have the sun shining on them (which means only indoor places or nighttime places). Trade routes have been established between [[Pantheon/CharacterChanges Andrew Ryan's Rapture]], [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters Los Angeles, the (Upper) Londons]] (but not [=UnLondon=]/SCP-1678 after [[NoodleIncident an incident with the Bobbies]]), [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings Eylstadt, Mashaar]], and even [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations Nuka-World]], with Darkdrop Coffee trade being the most lucrative one just like before beyond the Cumaean Canal. Other locales they visit include the [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings Yggdrasil Labyrinths (preferably Armoroad's)]], [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses The Library of Babel]], [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies the Far, Far Range]], [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations the Succubus Instrict, the Supermarket]], [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings The Abyss]] (though they never go far since they always have to go back lest the Sun affect them aversely), and [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings Mount Volbono]]. A few zubmarines even zailed close to [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings Atlantica]], though panic and Terror ensued for both merfolk and zailors alike that [[Pantheon/{{Anger}} King Triton]] wanted them out of the territory. There was also an attempt to trade with the frozen [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings New London]], but their general distrust means there's barely any progress made. Surprisingly, they have also been invited a few times to participate in [[Pantheon/FictionalSettings Takeshi's Castle's challenges]] for the chance of prizes.
* Because of the fact that the sun in their world [[spoiler:is one of many Judgments, eldritch beings that enforce the laws of reality and prove lethal to denizens of the Neath, for everyone's safety (both natives and visitors)]], all deities with {{the power of the sun}} (e.g. Helios, Ra, Amaterasu, Princess Celestia) are prohibited from entry since they could draw too much attention with their powers [[spoiler:or possibly even fall under the control of the Judgments, ''probably'' in the case of Helios, which would wreak more havoc in the Pantheon than there already is]]. Those who merely ''channel'' the Sun's power are fair game, though, but are only permitted to freely exhibit their powers in Varchas. On the other hand, catching light with [[https://sunlesssea.fandom.com/wiki/Empty_Mirrorcatch_Box Mirrorcatch Boxes]] is more feasible for [=TPEs=] since most of them aren't affected by sunlight ([[WeakenedByTheLight unless they are]]) and thus suffer ''no'' addiction like Neath-dwellers, though the fact that [=TPEs=] are closed off from the Khanate means the boxes have to be acquired at Irem. But due to not knowing what foreign sunlight might do to Neath-dwellers, there's also an embargo on Mirrorcatch Boxes being brought out to the Pantheon (sunlight from sun-channeling [=TPEs=] is risky as it is). Naturally, [[StreisandEffect as with all forbidden things]], there are always smugglers.
* While [[Pantheon/AirBasedTravel Black Cat Mantaray 5-4]] don't sail in a ship, they are Naval aviators specializing in Air-and-Sea rescue, and are sometimes stationed at the Janus Checkpoint to help shipwrecked [=TPEs=]. The Pantheon/KanColle Shipgirls tend to go exploring on occasion as well, courtesy of missions taking them to the Unterzee sometimes. However, they are heavily advised to go with a conventional ship to hop onto, given the local creatures could hurt them enough to risk sinking, as well as potentially inciting Terror to non-hostile zailors by their very nature (as humanoid girls cruising over water like it was nothing). [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Captain Nemo]] has also made a few visits to the Unterzee aboard his ''Nautilus'', and [[Pantheon/{{Piracy}} Black Manta]] is one of the unscrupulous folks who would want to plunder the Unterzee. He just has to watch out for the wildlife there, some of which are FAR more dangerous than anything Aquaman can call upon.
* Among other things, [[Pantheon/{{Youtube}} the Bedtime Stories Crew]] have covered various disappearances of ships, planes, and people in the open ocean, ranging from shipwrecks and bodies to no trace of anything whatsoever over their last known location. The Unterzee would inevitably catch their interest immediately, and they'd make a video on this place one day. And ever since the Unterzee came to be, [=TPEs=] have reported sightings of little sentient mushrooms called Blemmigans stowing away in their ships, and eventually escaping to the rest of the Pantheon. They were eventually contained as followers of [[Pantheon/MiscellaneousFlora the fungal Pokémon quartet]].
* Despite her affinity for sailing, even [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Moana]] knows that traversing the Unterzee is a bad idea, given there's zero wind under there. As for [[Pantheon/TheatricProduction the Star Fleet]], who ''are'' boats that don't need wind to travel, while they ''do'' stand a better chance, ''fighting'' other zailing ships ''and'' zee creatures is not in their forte, and Grampus is already well beyond his prime to deal with the tougher ones.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Warhammer World]]
'''[[TabletopGame/{{Warhammer}} The Warhammer World]], Divine Settlement of {{Fantasy Counterpart Culture}}s'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/warhammer_olde_world_map.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:350:World Map ([[https://vignette.wikia.nocookie.net/warhammerfb/images/c/c7/Warhammer_olde_world_map.jpg/revision/latest?cb=20130917163104 Click here for more detail]])]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Altdorf, Seat of the Empire]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/warhammeraltdorf.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Bretonnian Castle]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/bretonnian_landscape_total_war.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Ulthuan]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/dfmu0iyu6j211.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Naggaroth]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/maxresdefault_live.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Lustria]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/warhammer_lustrian_rainforest.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:World's Edge Mountains]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/1346550988ec93cededb4e0b2651ec2d.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Sylvania]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/lands_of_sylvaniapng.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Nehekhara]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/chris_dien_2tk_rvr_dungeon_dock_dien.jpg[[/labelnote]]]]
* Description: Varies depending on the settlements and landscapes shown. One thing that is for certain is that the presence of Chaos is high.
* Symbol: Sigmar's ''warhammer'', Ghal Maraz and Archaon's sword, the Slayer of Kings clashed together, a representation of the eternal battle against the Forces of Chaos.
* Alignment: Depends on the location, but ChaoticNeutral seems to be the dominant alignment, given [[DarkFantasy the amount of strife most of the population goes through]].
* Portfolio: '''DarkFantasy [[FantasyCounterpartCulture with Several Inspirations from the Real World]]''', AdventureFriendlyWorld [[CrapsackWorld that's Actually Bleak and Hostile for the Most Part]], [[CoolVsAwesome Badass Concept]], FictionalEarth,
* Domains: Order, Chaos, Strife, Struggle, Nuance, War, Battle, History, Grievances
* Sacred to: The Human Race (The Empire and Bretonnia), Elves (Ulthuan and Naggaroth), Lizardmen (Lustria), Dwarfs (World's Edge Mountains), Vampires (Sylvania) Undead (Nehekhara)
* Unholy to: [[Pantheon/{{Warhammer}} The Four]] [[Pantheon/Warhammer40000 Chaos Gods]], [[Pantheon/{{Offsprings}} Archaon]], [[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes The Beastmen]], [[Pantheon/{{Undead}} Nagash]]
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/ValuesAndEthics The Emperor of Mankind]], [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Some Pokemon species, ascended or not]], [[Pantheon/PrehistoricBeasts The Draconians]], [[Pantheon/MultiWieldingWeapons Link]], [[Pantheon/{{Royalty}} Princess Zelda, Aragorn, King Arthur]], [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} Arturia Pendragon]], [[Pantheon/{{Heirs}} Princess Sofia]], [[Pantheon/HarryPotter Hogwarts Students and Teachers]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures Sauron]], The Magical Girl Sisterhood
* Intrigues: [[Pantheon/{{Knowledge}} Hermaeus Mora]], [[Pantheon/{{Leadership}} Darkseid]], [[Pantheon/ExtrovertFlaws Father Elijah]], [[Pantheon/{{Logic}} Killian Experience]]
* The history of the Warhammer World is highly detailed, given the several races, cultures and historical events that have transpired within it. However, its origins are still rather vague even with the amount of information known. The best claim as of now is that the Old Ones were responsible for forming and cultivating the world before departing someplace else, but not before inscribing a list of plans to ensure order and stability. This has been taken to heart by the [[Characters/WarhammerLizardmen Lizardmen]] who have made it a lifelong duty to ensure the success of the Old Ones' plans. Elsewhere are the [[Characters/WarhammerHighElves Elves of Ulthuan]] who were able to stave off the [[Characters/WarhammerChaosGodsAndDaemons Forces of]] [[Characters/WarhammerWarriorsOfChaos Chaos]], but soon enough, internal disagreements led to the Sundering, culminating in the separation of Elves into three sects. The High Elves remained in Ulthuan, the [[Characters/WarhammerWoodElves Wood Elves]] fled to the Old World and took shelter in the forests of Athel Loren and the rebelling elves led by [[Pantheon/CombatClothing Malekith]], son of Aenerion retreated to the lands of Naggaroth where the [[Characters/WarhammerDarkElves Dark Elves]] would ultimately take control of. The [[Characters/WarhammerDwarfs Dwarfs of the Old World]] initially held great relations with the Elves... until Malekith scheduled a plan to cause a fissure between them and the High Elves, leading up the [[ElvesVersusDwarves War of the Beard/War of Vengeance]] that irrevocably shattered the two races' friendship alongside severely weakening their overall power and influence over the world.
** The race of Man was also prominent, despite being younger and less experienced. Nehekhara was once the leading civilization of Men until Nagash dabbled into Necromancy, killed everyone in Nehekhara as a retaliation of losing a war and instigated a plan to [[OmnicidalManiac kill everything in the world]] [[TheNecrocracy so that he could resurrect them as Undead to govern over]]. His actions would also cause the creation of Necromancy, [[Characters/WarhammerTombKings the Undead whom would forever patrol the haunted dunes of Nehekhara]] and [[Characters/WarhammerVampireCounts Vampires who would go on to help Sylvania]]. Even so, Man would find it's greatest hope in Sigmar Heldenhammer, a mortal who held onto his determination of leading mankind to prosperity and glory, such as fighting the first Everchosen, the Vampires and Nagash upon his second revival. Sigmar continued to be a big influence on Men, especially the populace and ruling system of [[Characters/WarhammerTheEmpire The Empire]] who look up to him as a GodEmperor.
* The Warhammer World was [[DownerEnding ultimately destroyed]] by [[TheAntiChrist Archaon]] and the Forces of Chaos despite the united alliance of all races that had no influence from Chaos. Still, it managed to somehow resurface in the Pantheonic multiverse, although much of the life it once had is now washed away, save for the heralds of certain beings who've managed to ascend in some way. Outside of them, the only living organisms in the Warhammer World in this Pantheonic Multiverse are common bestiaries.
** However, due to a series of cosmic shenanigans, creatures from all sorts of different worlds have had reported sightings here. [[Pantheon/PrehistoricBeasts Diabo]] of the Draconians was apparently seen in Naggaroth, as was [[Pantheon/DefensivePowers Celebi]] in Athel Loren and parts of Bretonnia. The ascended denizens of the Warhammer World have found these reports of migration rather fascinating.
* The Warhammer World looks visibly very similar to Planet Earth, from the satellite view all the way to the very nature and concept of the races and their cultures. Visitors and historians have noted that the Empire is very heavily reminiscent of the Holy Roman Empire. Bretonnia seems to resemble Medieval England, the Lizardmen have an aesthetic that is very much Aztec-inspired, Ulthuan is an Elvish-idealized iteration of {{Atlantis}} with traces of Athens, Naggaroth has a system not too different from Sparta, Nehekhara is very clearly based on Ancient Egypt, Sylvania is obviously a fantastical iteration of Transylvania and there are various inspirations taken from Norse and Viking-based tales and historical records.
* Following the aforementioned statement, the only way the races can make it to the Pantheon is if a prominent member manages to find a way to ascend and see if his entire race can be selected as his/her heralds. And even then, the damage done has been so catastrophic that new duplicate Warhammer World can only bring back a very small fraction that can barely hit 5,000 in total population. Regardless, they do have a home again, even if it's ''technically'' not the world they inhabited.
* Mankind's most notable and strongest settlement is simply The Empire, currently ruled by Karl Franz. He ascended into the Pantheon sometime before the Warhammer World suddenly resurfaced, but once that occurred, Franz has made preparations to not only reestablish himself as Emperor but also seek out new allies to strengthen relationships and have a better fighting chance, especially considering that there's very few citizens of the Empire left. While he's gained some political rivals, Franz tries to make sure they can fight together against a common threat, but seems as if making new allies has been a success for the most part.
* As mythical beings are highly coveted by the elves, some dragons do occasionally make their way to territories close to Ulthuan and Naggaroth. [[Pantheon/{{Beast}} Bahamut]] is open to working with Tyrion and Teclis in making sure Ulthuan is protected alongside [[Pantheon/FireAndHeat Alexstrasza]]. With Naggaroth finally being rebuilt, Tiamat and other evil dragons are open to visit, with the exceptions of [[Pantheon/RuinAndDestruction King Ghidorah, Deathwing]] and [[Pantheon/{{Demons}} Grima]] who are not only fully sentient but whose goals don't align with Malekith's at all.
* No longer being the Eternity King did make Malekith [[VillainousBreakdown very sullen and angry in general]], prompting him to return to a recreated Naggaroth and reestablish the Dark Elf regime. Still, this breakdown was ''nothing'' compared to him failing to save the world. While this won't stop Malekith at all, he's become rather nicer to his subjects and Naggaroth has become somewhat softer compared to its previous iteration. Also helping is Malekith becoming more open to the prospect of working with other races, a psyche that is almost alien to the rest of the Dark Elves. The nature of the Pantheon has made Malekith realize that alliances are inevitable at this point.
** Despite his evil stance and the nature of the Dark Elves, Malekith is ''never'' accepting an offer with the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfEvil. The Chaos Gods are already leading members, so he can't see him and his races suddenly working together with the Forces of Chaos. Malekith wanted to become the ruler of Ulthuan partly because he believed he was the world's best chance of driving Chaos back. Malekith also doesn't have a high opinion about Cosmos or the other leaders of the Grand United Alliances. About the closest he could get to making a deal is the Pantheon/GUAEDystopiaHarbingers, and even then, Malekith doesn't trust Darkseid and Sauron all that much, in addition to them having Archaon as a member. However, Malekith has admitted on siding with Cosmos over Melkor. It's for purely pragmatic reasons, but he justifies it by saying he's trying to provide for the betterment of his race. The Dark Elves of Naggaroth have a very bitter EnemyMine with the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfGood and the High Elves of Ulthuan when it comes to fighting the GUAE.
** Naggaroth is... ''[[DeathWorld unpleasant]]''. As if the [[AxCrazy Dark Elves]] weren't enough, there's also harsh chilly weather conditions and ravenous beasts prowling around the fields. As aforementioned, there are some dragons and [[RaptorAttack Cold Ones]] searching for prey. There are some Pokémon that have arrived due to the aforementioned cosmic matters with Golem, Gigalith, Durant and Aggron being uncommon sights. And unfortunately, Dark Elves are more than eager to be enslaving them.
* The southern part of the New World continent and obviously south of Naggaroth is Lustria, filled with thick, dense forests and a massively thriving ecosystem. Lustria is one of the most bountiful places in the Warhammer World regarding fauna and flora, alongside several migrants that include the monsters in the likes of [[Pantheon/FightingMoves Glavenus]], [[Pantheon/DodgingAndDefensiveness Rajang]], [[Pantheon/{{Canines}} Zinogre]], [[Pantheon/{{Tics}} Chameleos]], [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Deviljho]] and Pokemon such as Parasect, Liligant, Tropius, Scizor, Carnivine and Haxorus. The indigenous species are usually clearly dinosaurs in anything but identification, such as the Cold Ones, Stegadon, Terradons, Thunderlizards, Arcanadon, Troglodon, Carnosaurs and the mightiest of all, the Dread Saurians.
** The Lizardmen are usually in patrol of the forests, as indicated by the giant, wondrous cities that they developed as part of the Great Old One's plan. They are very territorial, especially with gold and ensure that their lands and te fauna are protected by any means. Despite this, Lord Kroak has accepted some outsiders as allies, such as Madoka Kaname, Kiritsugu Emiya, Doctor Fate, Eliza Thornberry and Rexxar as their goals somewhat align with the Lizardmen's, plus they don't display malicious intent as a whole. Still, despite Lord Kroak's acceptance, that doesn't make the Lizardmen any less suspicious. Kroq-Gar is open to working with other races, but he makes it clear that his race's survival and well-being comes first, though he will obey Lord Kroak without hesitation.
** Because of the Lizardmen's territorial nature, the House of Pantheon/{{Commerce}} are very afraid of entering Lustria, especially when Mr. Burns tried to steal some gold, only to end up being chased around for days without end, forcing him to drop all the gold he stole to save his skin. Archaeologists and adventurers have given a thought about exploring the jungles and lost cities, but the Lizardmen's nature makes this difficult. [[Pantheon/PersonalAppearanceOther Dr. Grant]] has plans for studying the numerous original fauna, but prefers to keep his distance, especially considering the circumstances he was in regarding Isla Nublar and Isla Sorna.
** The Pantheon/PrehistoricBeasts Sub-House is actually accepted by the Lizardmen when it comes to invitations. After all, they are dinosaurs and they fit right into the lush, tropical forests of Lustria. The [[Pantheon/MannersOfDeath Carnotaurs]] are often seen here as well, as are Rexie and the Raptor Pack. The Gang of Seven once travelled to Lustria for an adventure, but one too many Cold Ones, Carnosaurs, Troglodons and Dread Saurians made them very nervous and cautious. They did have fun going around city ruins and playing around. Still, they have dealt with threats like Sharptooth and the dangerous animals of Lustria are mainly just animals living out their natural life. They soon returned to the Great Valley, though obviously, they don't want any Lustrian inhabitants there. Not even the Stegodons, which Cera, Ducky and Spike kind of liked due to their omnivorous nature.
* Nehekhara is arguably [[TearJerker the most depressing setting in the Warhammer World]]. What once was a glorious and prosperous civilization is now a scorching, desolate desert wasteland with hardly any living inhabitant; the water system is poisoned without repair, cities and settlements lay in ruins and stories about it are chilling and melancholic. All of this was to do with Nagash, the first necromancer who decided to kill off the population after losing a battle against Nehekhara. Whatever living people are found are merely migrating to other areas from somewhere else. While the Tomb Kings are the primary residents, the only residents are currently Settra and his herald, Grand Hierophant Khatep, who now send thousands upon thousands of skeletal troops to patrol the desert in search of intruders.
** Despite his very territorial nature, Settra has no problem with having allies and often seeks to have visitors every once in a while to alleviate his loneliness. While they don't always agree with one another, he's happy to invite [[Pantheon/SupportPowers Nagato]] and [[Pantheon/FamilyDynamics Darth Vader]] to his palace to discuss battle plans and trading exports for each other's benefit. An unexpected visitor also came in the form of [[Pantheon/{{Heirs}} Princess Sofia]] who once went to Nehekhara under the pretense of having an exciting adventure. While she was caught and initially intimidated, Sofia proved that she had no ill will and promised Settra to give him some company and relief. He appreciated her gesture, gave her some advice of healing magic for her to learn and allowed her to leave. She's not allowed to intrude the Tomb King's treasure though.
** Somewhere in Nehekhara is the Black Pyramid, created by Nagash to be the main source of his power. To credit this, the pyramid is made from warpstone, a magical material that enhances one's magical affinity. Others have tried to claim the pyramid for themselves, but only Nagash, so far, has full control and authority over it. Nekron sees the Pyramid with gleeful interest; with enough power, it could potentially wipe out a world. Luckily for Nagash and the GUAD, the Black Pyramid made its way into the Pantheon, though Settra many ''many'' others have sought to not allow Nagash to get anywhere close to it.
* Bretonnia, as of now, is functionally extinct whereas the Empire, under Karl Franz, is still struggling to maintain their forces and settlements. On a brighter note, they are now closer to the High Elves and Dwarfs than ever before, but with numbers so low, their main source of relief and resource is from Cosmos and the GUAG. The representing members of the House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}} are open to helping out, especially Aragorn and Princess Zelda. Aragorn is familiar with the threat the Orcs present and news of [[Pantheon/SpeechAtoM Grimgor Ironhide]] having made his way has ensured that Gondor will aid in fighting against the WAAAGH!!! armies.
* Gaea and the Pantheon/TerraRestorationSquad wasted no time in finding and setting up base in Athel Loren. She was able to be make peace with its hostile residents due to their affinity in nature and has made it clear that it is to be protected in any way possible. Gaea's presence has been beneficial for the Warhammer World, for she did make nature stronger and more unified. This does, however, not stop the [[Characters/WarhammerBeastsOfChaos Beastmen]] from attacking anytime soon.
** Alongside Athel Loren, Gaea has also made it very clear to spread her protection and influence towards Lustria as well, with permission granted by Lord Kroak. The Lizardmen are willing to accept Gaea mainly because of her power and her genuine concern when it comes to nature, which means Lustria will remain nurtured. Still, it's not changing the fact that the race as a whole will be prioritizing their survival first, though they do care about the other races, provided they're mentioned in the Great Old One's plan.
* Darkseid has some interest in the Warhammer World, mainly because it has little life compared to its mortal cycle plus that small number meant an easy takeover. He was able to make an ally out of Archaon due to his disillusionment towards the Chaos God. He was intrigued by Naggaroth and wanted the Dark Elves on his side, which was all the more surprising when Malekith promptly rejected him. The Lord of Tyranny is also loathed by Settra due to their parallels as leaders in addition to Settra openly shouting to Darkseid's face that he will ''never'' bend a knee to a God, even the God of Apokolips.
** Malekith does, however, have a very begrudging EnemyMine with Darkseid. Again, like the GUAG, this is for purely pragmatic reasons; Malekith wants Darkseid to kill the Chaos Gods and overthrow the GUAE. Once this is done, Malekith will waste no time betraying him. But even then, he may feel that this is not enough, but only time will tell. Unsurprisingly, GUAG forces and the Harbingers of Repression are both very cautious of the Witch-King.
** Sauron notes that Naggaroth and Mordor are somewhat similar in the sense that they are [[EvilCounterpart total opposites of another land of settlement]], namely Rivendell/Lothlorian and Ulthuan. Malekith himself was surprised to see the similarities but notes that unlike Morder, the citizens of Naggaroth are less static and more prone to invading lands, a fact that Sauron decides that he's to make changes quickly. The Dark Lord and the Witch King have a rivalry with one another for being talented members of their own race and for simply looking pretty alike. A fight against one another proved that Sauron was a better manipulator and schemer whereas Malekith excelled Sauron in terms of his fighting skills and strength.
* While Nehekhara is a depressing view, Sylvania ends up becoming [[NightmareFuel horrifying]]. Vampires are easily among the [[TheDreaded most terrifying races in the world]] which is no idle claim. However, while vampires are bloodthirsty creatures with a savage reputation, not all of them are evil and some can come to a moral understanding. Currently, with the return of Vlad von Carstein, Konrad and Mannfred have retreated to the Houses of Pantheon/MadnessAndInsanity and Pantheon/BetrayalAndTreachery respectively. Due to their very nature, Sylvania and Nehekhara are known for having portals that lead to the House of Pantheon/UndeadAndPhasmata. While Konrad and Mannfred desperately try to go back to their original homeland, Nagash has manipulated their situation where they're embroiled in a civil war against one another. They'll only team up either if Nagash wills it or of if Vlad is involved.
* The Warhammer World received attention from [[Pantheon/ExtrovertFlaws Father Elijah]] who saw it's very destruction and it's mysterious return as a delight. Delightful in the sense that it was in a very incomplete state as very little of the population returned and most of it is just bestiary animals. Elijah seeks to establish a base of operations here as the general feeling of the Warhammer World is an improvement to the previous one and is further motivated to do the same to the Pantheon.
* Obviously enough, the world's residential HopeBringer, Sigmar is currently nowhere with many still believing that he is stuck in a Chaos Warp. Though Archaon has since appeared in the Pantheon, there's the chance that Sigmar has as well. Even then, there are other {{Hope Bringer}}s in the Pantheon that the Orderly Races can seek to ask aid from.
** Link has become a good ally to the Empire and seeks for the Hyrulean royalty to provide benefit at some point. Kings Arthur and [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} Arturia Pendragon]] was intrigued by Bretonnia and often visit it as a sign of respect. As Bretonnia currently has nobody for residents, Arturia is content with staying there on occasion as she feels she can defend the lands and the deserted settlements from further harm until a Bretonnian comes to ascend into the Pantheon.
* The Dwarfs make themselves at home in the Worlds Edge Mountains, which is very reminiscent of the Himalayas in Asia. And true to typical Dwarfen archetypes, they have underground temples and monuments where they house gold and weapon creation. The return of High King Thorgrim Grudgebearer bought along a few new things, most notably that he is finally aware of the true circumstances of the War of Vengeance. Although it's too late to forgive the High Elves at this point, Thorgrim will team up with Tyrion and Teclis when it comes to Malekith and Archaon.
** That said, many of the Dwarfs are still not over the past incidents regarding Ulthuan and the war. However, many, even those outside of the Warhammer World are urging the two races to stop their conflict and seek a union, especially considering the dire situation that the Warhammer World is under. Maybe Thorgrim will consider something about it, but the Dwarf's addiction to settling grudges and their stubborn nature makes this difficult.
* There is a school of magic in Ulthuan known as the ''[[WizardingSchool Imperial Colleges of Magic]]'' that was founded by Teclis in an effort to provide High Elves magical knowledge and training. Trying to make compensation for the lack of Elves, Teclis has thought about bringing along {{Magical Girl}}s and other sorts of wizards and practitioners of magic as teachers and students. He urges that the Elves must let go of their superiority complex and aim to work with other races more tightly. With the results of the Pantheonic Rebellion and the disillusionment of the Magical Girl Sisterhood, Teclis offered solace and shelter in the Imperial Colleges. Some of the Sisterhood members sometimes settle in Ulthuan for protection and to provide themselves with a home, which they can thank Teclis for.
** [[Pantheon/HarryPotter The students and teachers of Hogwarts]] were interested to see the Imperial Colleges that Teclis had established. While they respect the High Elf for establishing a magical education system built to provide protection and further knowledge, they were also somewhat displeased to learn that it was initially only reserved for High Elves. Teclis has stated that he is attempting to make changes, thanks to his efforts of inviting magical girls and the Sisterhood. Dumbledore and Harry Potter often visit the Imperial Colleges as a way to establish working relations with Hogwarts. Tyrion and Teclis have made it clear that they're willing to have them as allies.
* The Killian Experience was giddy to discover the Warhammer World. He was surprised to see that he was actually banned from entering the place. It's mainly because he came up with an abridged version of the End Times where Archaon was replaced by Melvin, [[{{Mook}} a generic mook]] who became the sixth Everchosen and even bought down the Chaos Gods in his take of the End Times. The supposedly "disorganization" that is the [[Characters/WarhammerWarriorsOfChaos Warriors of Chaos]] do not take kindly to Killian's viewpoint, especially Archaon who wishes to butcher Killian and mount him on a pike for defiling his reputation.
* Hermaeus Mora was also impressed by the mostly barren world that was once prosper, although very chaotic in nature and tone. Hermaeus seeks to take over the Warhammer World one day to add into his realm of Apocrypha so that he could syphon off as much knowledge as he possibly could. Naturally, the Elder Races, especially the Lizardmen haven't taken too kindly to his intentions.
* The Emperor of Mankind expressed sympathy and concern about the Warhammer World, given that the strife and conflict inside of it is very similar to his [[TabletopGame/Warhammer40000 home universe]], albeit less cynical. Due to the absence of Sigmar, The Emperor has sought to have Karl Franz has an ally and seeks to induct him into his Imperium of Man, given that Sigmar was the [[HopeBringer ultimate personification of unity and endurance towards men]].
* There are also other continents and cultures, such as Araby, Kislev, Cathay and Nippon, which are all based on Saudi Arabia, Northern Russia, China and Japan respectively. Unfortunately, with the destruction of the Warhammer World, plus it's resurfacing in a very incomplete state, their population is extinct, with settlements being empty and nothing approaching it. There are some deities who have shared the interest of visiting and potentially protecting these lands out of preservation, but only time will tell.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Westeros]]
'''[[Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire West]][[Series/GameOfThrones eros]], Holy Continent [[FantasyCounterpartMap Paralleling Real Life Geography]]''' (The Seven Kingdoms)
[[quoteright:633:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/map_of_westeros.png]]
[[caption-width-right:633:Topographic map of Westeros]]
* Description: A continent around the size of South America, that resembles an upside-down Great Britain
* Symbols: The Iron Throne, the septagram of the Seven with a weirwood tree and cephalopod to its left and right (in general), the respective sigils of the most powerful and influential families of each region (each of the Seven Kingdoms)
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s7L2PVdrb_8 The Game Of Thrones intro theme]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral leaning LawfulNeutral for the continent. The North is firmly LawfulNeutral, and the Iron Islands tend to be somewhere between LawfulEvil and ChaoticNeutral. Dorne has a reputation of being ChaoticNeutral but is more TrueNeutral than anything
* Portfolio
** Westeros as a whole: CrapsackWorld with BizarreSeasons, LowFantasy, [[HonorBeforeReason Takes Honor Perhaps Too Seriously]], [[FantasyCounterpartMap Similar To The British Isles Except The Size Of South America]], FantasyCounterpartCulture, DeliberateValuesDissonance, [[EveryoneHasStandards Harsh, But Belives In]] SacredHospitality and that [[SlaveryIsASpecialKindOfEvil Slavery And]] [[KinslayingIsASpecialKindOfEvil Kinslaying Are Humongous Taboos]], CulturalPosturing, {{Deconstruction}}, [[WeAreStrugglingTogether Too Busy Fighting Than Focusing On The Others]], [[AnimalMotif Most Kingdoms Have Some Animal Sigil]] and some BadassCreed
** The Seven Kingdoms
*** The North: GrimUpNorth, HadToBeSharp, [[MetallicMotifs Associated With Iron And Bronze]], [[PayEvilUntoEvil Do Unto Others What Others Do Unto You]], near UndyingLoyalty To House Stark, acts as TheFederation, TheGoldenRule, [[NoPartyLikeADonnerParty Has Resorted To Eating Bodies To Avoid Starvation]]
*** The Crownlands: [[TheGenericGuy The Most Non-Descript Region]], [[AtTheCrossroads Most Roads Lead To The Crownlands]], TheCityNarrows, CityOfSpies, [[WretchedHive King's Landing Having A Bad Rep]]
*** The Iron Islands: [[HateSink Probably The Most Misliked Kingdom]] [[RapePillageAndBurn Due To It's Views On Reaving And Raiding]], ApeShallNotKillApe, ARealManIsAKiller, [[HornyVikings The Vikings Of Westeros]], [[NoTrueScotsman Inconsistent And Hypocritical Values On What's An Ironborn]], believing MightMakesRight, ElectiveMonarchy
** Dorne: TheSavageSouth, BlazingInfernoHellfireSauce, [[RacialRemnant Descended From The Rhoynar]], [[GenderIsNoObject The Only Kingdom Where Women Are Truly Equal]], MasterPoisoner, MirrorCharacter to the North, [[FantasticRacism Looked Down Upon By The Other Kingdoms]], [[CultureChopSuey Takes Notes From Moorish Spain, Wales and Palestine]], CombatPragmatist
*** Other Kingdoms: FictionFiveHundred, [[OutOfFocus The Least Focused On Kingdom Outside Its Important Members]] (The Westerlands), {{Determinator}}, GateGuardian, [[ProudWarriorRace Have A Long And Glorious Militant Tradition]] (The Stormlands), FlowerMotifs, ChivalricRomance, [[TheWomanBehindTheMan Many Houses Have The Wives And Mothers Behind The Lords]] (The Reach), ButtMonkey, HighTurnoverRate, [[BlessedWithSuck Strategic Position And Lack Of Natural Boundaries Leave It Vulnerable To Invasion]] (The Riverlands), [[TeamSwitzerland The Switzerland Of Westeros]] [[SmallTownBoredom With The Quiet Daldry That Implies]], [[TheMissingFaction Lacks A POV Character]], NobilityMarriesMoney, OptOut (The Vale)
* Domains
** Westeros as a whole: Low Fantasy, Medieval Periods, Honor, Nobility, Hypocrisy, Conflict, Weird Seasons
** The Seven Kingdoms: Martial Prowess and Pride (multiple regions, mainly the Iron Islands and the Stormlands), The Cold, The Old Gods, Clans, Expansive Lands (The North), Seats Of Power, Capitals, Disputed Lands (The Crownlands), Raiding, Naval Power, The Old Ways, Toxic Masculinity (The Iron Islands), Deserts, "Wildness", Poison, Spices (Dorne), Gold, Silver and Various Riches, Hills (The Westerlands), Storms, Dense Forests, Resilience (The Stormlands), Beauty, Chivalry, Flora (The Reach), Trade, Rivers, Being Invaded (The Riverlands), Neutrality, Natural Defenses, Mountains (The Vale)
* Author: [[Pantheon/CharacterWriting George R.R Martin]]
* Ascended monarchs: [[Pantheon/RoyalActivities Aegon I "the Conqueror" Targaryen]][[note]]first king[[/note]] (1-37 AC), [[Pantheon/ActsOfTreason Maegor "The Cruel" Targaryen]][[note]]illegal but [[ZeroPercentApprovalRating begrudgingly accepted]][[/note]] (42-48 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Aegon IV "The Unworthy" Targaryen]] (172-184 AC), [[Pantheon/FamilyDynamics Daeron II "The Good" Targaryen]][[note]][[MamasBabyPapasMaybe claimed illegitimate by Blackfyre supporters but not proven]][[/note]] (184-209 AC), [[Pantheon/IncestuousDynamics Aerys II "The Mad" Targaryen]] (262-283 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Hats}} Robert Baratheon]][[note]]primarily through right of conquest[[/note]] (283-298 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Entitlement}} Joffrey Baratheon]] (298-300 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} Tommen Baratheon]][[note]]illegitimate but passed off/believes themselves to be legitimate[[/note]] (300-[[SchrodingersCanon ?]]), [[spoiler:[[Pantheon/SelfHatred Cersei Lannister]][[note]][[Series/GameOfThrones TV only]] and illegally[[/note]] ]]
** Ascended claimants: [[Pantheon/NamingConvention Daemon I Blackfyre]], [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Daenerys Targaryen]], [[Pantheon/{{Offsprings}} Stannis Baratheon]]
* Source of interest for: Deities who come from Great Britain, [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Galar natives]], deities from medieval settings, the House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}} (in general), Viking deities (the Iron Islands), deities who come from Spain (Dorne)
* Sacred to: Virtually everyone from ''Pantheon/ASongOfIceAndFire'', except for some of [[Pantheon/KillersAndAssassins the Brave Companions]]
* Bane: [[Pantheon/UnlivingBeings The Night King]]
* Westeros is the main setting of George R.R Martin's most famous franchise, ''Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire''. It's a massive landmass comparable in size to South America from RealLife, with a mysterious and not fully documented far north. Originally connected to neighboring continent called Essos via the Arm of Dorne, humans migrated from Essos to Westeros millennia ago and have developed a wide range of cultures. Nearly 300 years before the start of ''Literature/AGameOfThrones'', six of the seven ruling kingdoms were united under Aegon the Conqueror, his sister-wives and their dragons. Over a century ago, Dorne finally joined through a diplomatic marriage. It's a wide and varied land roughly akin to 15th century Europe in social and technological development. It has seasons, but rather than a four-season cycle per year, there's usually a decade-long period of summer shifting to the cold winter for a few years. Also, there's mystical and magical traits of the land [[LowFantasy but they are subtle and not that well understood]].
* Westeros as a whole
** George R.R Martin will wholeheartedly admit he wears his inspiration for Westeros on his sleeve; Great Britain (well, more like the British Isles given it's akin to the War of the Roses in time and story). Depending on where you look there's some other European nations, but primarily it is Great Britain. By extension this also makes it look like some weird version of [[VideoGame/PokemonSwordAndShield Galar]], however residents of the latter think outside of geography any comparisons are paper-thin. Richard the Third finds Westeros exceptionally familiar and in either historical or [[HistoricalVillainUpgrade Shakespearian mode]] he's a regular visitor. Though considered a CrapsackWorld by many, it's still far from a DeathWorld or outright {{Dystopia}}, and is generally seen as a better place to live than the Warhammer world...of course, it doesn't have to deal with things like Chaos and major supernatural forces. There's regular diplomatic interactions with Bretonnia and Westeros, but not the rest of that world due to feeling unprepared. ''Still'' doesn't stop the in-fighting of the region. [[FantasyCounterpartCulture Birds of a feather, anyone?]]
** The endless squabbling and battles over power have blinded almost all residents to the more magic aspects of the land like what is left of the Children of the Forest, with most assuming the great ice Wall is mainly there to keep out the wildlings. In reality [[OutsideContextProblem it's to keep out the of the Others]], better known as the White Walkers. The Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfDestruction has set up a base to convene and plan omnicide in the land of Always Winter, while the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfGood has tried to convince the residents to get their priorities straight when there's an existential threat. [[spoiler:The fact the Night King was killed before King's Landing was invaded has not helped them with thinking their more personal squabbles are more important.]] This stubbornness has all given [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures Sauron]] a good laugh; if Middle-Earth had a hard enough time trying to thwart the Dark Lord, what possible hope could Westeros have against someone like him?
** As a deconstruction of typical medieval-themed fantasy, many from more modern and egalitarian settings [[DeliberateValuesDissonance find Westerosi values often backwards and best left in the history books]]. In turn, Westerosi deities are shocked by many of the common values visiting deities have. Except for Dorne they have a medieval perspective of women, upsetting deities like TBA and in turn the inhabitants of the Seven Kingdom considers the mostly egalitarian Trope Pantheon as "wilder than Dorne". The idea of democratic and anti-monarchist views is deeply confusing to many there, though so are fascist views found in the Hall of Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures. And the concept of non-feudalism? Boggles the mind. Many lords have chosen to limit what visitors can do out of fear of causing some sort of peasant's revolt, though the High Sparrow likes some of what they're saying as he despises the elitist nature of the continent. [[FairForItsDay He's still sexist and homophobic, but his belief in egalitarianism is genuine]].
** Westeros is a harsh and often unfair land [[DeliberateValuesDissonance by modern, 21st century standards]]. However, [[EveryoneHasStandards it has two strong standards]] that stand the test of time for the most part. One is that [[SacredHospitality guest right is sacred]]. This is more of a rule in the North, but anywhere breaking is one of the biggest sins. It's for this reason that House Frey has become HatedByAll following [[NastyParty the Red Wedding]]. Kinslaying is also considered one of the greatest sins you can commit. For the most part the House of Pantheon/FamilyAndRelatives agrees...however the problem is that the spirit of the trope is often forgotten. The Heroic Protectors of Family have pointed out that it does not stop cold-hearted bastards like [[Pantheon/{{Politicians}} Tywin]] [[LoopholeAbuse violating the spirit but not the letter]] with his attempts to get rid of Tyrion, and it protects unrepentent kinslayers like [[Pantheon/TortureAndMutilation Euron Greyjoy]] from facing a fitting justice.
** It's rare for any illegitimate deity to visit Westeros without covering up their identity. Outside of Dorne, [[BastardAngst they are seen with suspicion and considered tainted from their origins]]. Some like [[BastardBastard Marcello]] live up to their fears, but others like [[HeroicBastard Josuke]] find it ridiculous. Jon was surprised to see how lax Josuke was considering even in his era in Japan, there's still somewhat of a taboo about being born out of wedlock. Of course, the existence of Stands means nobody is prepared to get in a fight with him over it. It's even rarer for a slaver to visit Westeros, though that's more down to it being strictly illegal as they believe SlaveryIsASpecialKindOfEvil. And yeah, it's a sentiment shared by an overwhelming part of the Trope Pantheon; the Slavers and Calvin J Candie won't last long there. That said, the GUAG has called this view somewhat hypocritical since the way lords treat their serfs and disregard how the smallfolk feel isn't significantly different; it may not be true bondage, but the elitism is similar. Hell, Tyrion notes there are slaves in Essos with better lives than many smallfolk.
** While long since accepted, it's still hard to get around the fact that Westeros was united by force. Aegon the Conqueror was an exceptional leader and politician, but it's still highly unlikely he would've united Westeros without the firepower that dragons give. Because of this, there is some paranoia on what moves denizens of the Hall of Pantheon/DraconicBeings may take now that the continent is part of the Trope Pantheon. Indeed, some dragons are intrigued on taking it over, and some would absolutely prove "it can get worse" ([[KillAllHumans The Dark]] [[Pantheon/AuthoritativeBehaviour Dragon]] and [[DystopiaJustifiesTheMeans Grima]]). On the flip side, some (mostly) joke that [[BenevolentBoss Bowser]] would be marginally better, however he's stated that he has no interest in the continent because "it kind of bums me out, to be honest".
** There's been some arguments that someone else, rather than the long lineage of the Targaryens/Baratheons. These, and the idea of democratization (or any other pretty different form of government) has been vetoed with extreme prejudice; even for optimistic GUAG members who think Westeros will improve, it's just not ready for that radical change. As for the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfEvil (or [[Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfLaw the more political]] [[Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfChaos Grand United Alliances]]), Westeros won't take force well[[note]]not that conquering Westeros is high on their list of priorities anyway[[/note]]. The House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}} naturally speculates which of their own members would be a good potential replacement for the ruling family, with King Arthur ([[Pantheon/{{Royalty}} both]] [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} of them]]) often cited as a good monarch...to which they've strongly said "no, just because Westeros is a Britain parallel doesn't mean I/we're suited or want to rule it".
** Fans of [[Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire the books]] or [[Series/GameOfThrones TV]] [[Series/HouseOfTheDragon shows]] like to take trips to Westeros. [[BeCarefulWhatYouWishFor Whether they]] ''stay'' [[BeCarefulWhatYouWishFor fans afterwards]] can vary wildly, but it's safe to say if you're at least a Lesser God in rank [[StoryBreakerPower you're probably strong enough to ignore over 90% of the problems]]. A good example of "being too powerful to care" is [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Thor]] and his fellow Asgardians. [[KlingonsLoveShakespeare Game of Thrones is popular there]] and they like to meet up with many of the important players, though they're usually WillfullyWeak so as to not derail the many plots on the continent. [[Fanfic/AManOfIron Maybe it's because their universe has had some experience crossing over elsewhere in the multiverse]].
* Specific to the North
** "Brace yourselves, winter is coming". There's a reason why the North, the largest region in Westeros by a wide margin, holds this view. It's GrimUpNorth, shaping harsh, tough men who still hold the Old Gods as sacred and more than anyone deals with the cold. Recognized bastards go by the surname Snow. They're the region that borders the Wall, a massive ice barrier where beyond the Widlings live...[[OutsideContextProblem and the Others]]. Its harshness is rather nostalgic to Leman Russ and Olivier Armstrong as it has the same grim, tough north as Fenris and Drachma. They regularly train their minds and bodies up there, with Olivier trying to enforce a better standard for who goes to the Wall. Unfortunately many there ignored here because she's an outsider and a woman. On a more grim note, the place is a source of interest for King Arthas, who intends to exert his influence over the North. Rumor has it he's been communicating with the Night King over something big.
** Has been traditionally ruled by the Starks, one of the oldest houses in the Seven Kingdom, and one of few to have a solidly benevolent reputation. [[DeliberateValuesDissonance They're not exempt from Westerosi' outdated values mind you]], and [[HonorBeforeReason can be a bit ''too'' Lawful Good]], but they're definitely closer to the white-side of the ShadesOfConflict than almost any other family. While the GUAG tries to be impartial in its treatment of Westeros, they have a bias for the North due to the House Stark. [[Pantheon/LustfulActs Roose]] was rather dour about this, only able to ([[VillainHasAPoint maybe fairly]]) point out they are being biased. [[Pantheon/EnvironmentalSettings The Antarctic Research Crew]] has pointed out to Bolton is if he is about PragmaticVillainy perhaps his and House Stark's attention should be to preventing the whole "ice zombies" since the North is the closest region to the White Walkers.
** One of the more mysterious islands in the North's vicinity is Skagos, infamous for its tales of cannibalism and flesh-eating unicorns. ''[[HorrifyingTheHorror Roose]]'' is unnerved by it. The Hall of Pantheon/FleshEaters investigated what was going on there; some would rather not talk about what happened, and some would but were paid off by Martin [[TeasingCreator so he can keep the audience guessing what is wrong for the area]]. Pretty much everyone [[Pantheon/MyLittlePonyFriendshipIsMagic in Equestria]] is hoping that the morbid rumor of bloodthirsty unicorns is just and urban legend as the idea of "bloodthirsty unicorns" freaks them out. On the lighter side of things, Jeor Mormont comes from Bear Island, one of the few places outside of Dorne [[ActionGirl where active, kickass women is not only accepted, but encouraged]]. It's a popular haunt to bear deities though this has opened up the island for even more jokes [[BestialityIsDepraved involving bear husbands]].
** By the way, when they say Old Gods they are in no way implying [[Pantheon/CthulhuMythos they are like the Great Old Ones]]. One of them, [[Pantheon/ExtraterrestrialBehaviour Ithaqua]], did try to "correct" them by wandering up [[GodGuise and play the role of a god]], but this just led to the fear that he may in fact be a manifestation of the Great Other or at least had a connection to the Night King. Seeing as how the North isn't above resorting to cannibalism as a means of survival, there's another concern that the White Silence will cause a {{Wendigo}} outbreak. [[Pantheon/EnvironmentalSettings Wulfrik]] has expressed some curiosity towards the North, much to the worry of the deities from the region.
* Specific to the Iron Islands
** When it comes to the modern standards of which at least 95% of the Trope Pantheon functions under, the Iron Islands' ways are abhorrent. [[HateSink To be frank, much of Westeros shares that viewpoint]]. While not without virtues, they live up to the worst stereotypes of the Vikings in a way that has made [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Thor]] facepalm at least twice. They seek to return to the GoodOldWays of reaving and raving, which ends up as a SingleIssueWonk that affects the entire culture. Recognized bastards go by the surname Pyke. Ironically despite being the least pleasant kingdom by most visitors they are also the only place to elect their leaders, in a ElectiveMonarchy. It's something Padme finds embarrassing and with their use of "[[SexSlave salt wives]]" she can imagine what kind of wrath Anakin would inflict. Getting there usually requires a cruise from the Hall of Pantheon/WaterAndMoisture, but it doesn't get much traffic.
** They believe that might and only might makes right, which fosters a culture of toxic masculinity [[KlingonScientistsGetNoRespect where maesters and book learning is seen as unmanly]], and that a real warrior takes instead of growing for themselves. This is not helped by the fact farming and irrigation is very difficult on the Iron Islands. To many, one of the worst traits of this view is ''not'' believing RapeIsASpecialKindOfEvil, seeing it merely a consequence of social darwinism. Needless to say, rape victims like [[Pantheon/{{Ambiguity}} Guts]] and Casca ''hate'' the Iron Islands. [[Pantheon/OnePiece The Straw Hats]] have lambasted the ways they embody the negative traits of piracy. [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Moana]] detests the toxic Iron Island culture; she lives [[BornUnderTheSail in a similar environment]] but her culture's approach is a lot of difference.
** Instead of the Old Gods or the Seven, they worship the Drowned God. Think [[Pantheon/OthernessAbominations Cthulhu]], except instead of having mad cultists and being an existential threat it acts more like you'd expect from a LordOfTheOcean. The Great Old One is indifferent to them and is, at most, a little annoyed by people there saying he's the Drowned God. Really, ''Poseidon'' is closer to the Drowned God than anything as his "dude-bro", [[InferioritySuperiorityComplex envious yet egotistical personality]] and temperamental flippancy makes him an appropriate god. For a time he used to show up a lot in the Iron Islands as it felt homely and his salt water was appreciated, until [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Zeus]] started making fun of him for "lording over Westeros' scraps to feel bigger than he is". Ultimate it was [[Pantheon/WaterAndMoisture Percy]] was able to convince his dad to stop embarrassing himself, with Poseidon sheepishly admitting he just wanted to experience his old wild days again.
* Specific to other regions
** For most regions, the one true god/seven true gods is the Seven. Think Catholicism mixed with polytheism where there's one God with seven aspects as deities of their own...a Holy Septet if you will. Its center of power since Aegon the Conqueror has been in the Crownlands, where the capital city of sorts, Kings Landing, is set. If Westeros is Great Britain, this is its [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters London]]. And like London has historically had to deal with slums and overcrowding, so has King's Landing. [[Pantheon/{{Storytelling}} Charles Dickens]] tends to write about the misfortunes and suffering of the smallfolk and have it spread through plays and songs, which has annoyed some of the especially elitist lords. More than any region in Westeros, the Crowlands has the most traffic with the House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}}.
** The Westerlands may have prominent members like House Lannister, but they are mainly known for their important players and [[FictionFiveHundred their dearth of gold and silver mines]]. [[OutOfFocus The kingdom itself doesn't get much spotlight]]. Tywin is fine with this, as he prefers his influence over the region the way it is and doesn't care for those outside his franchise snooping around; The Seven forbid it gets the attention of greedy fellows like Smaug, Wario and Fafnir visiting just to pilfer the riches. [[VillainHasAPoint Keeping them from being all too interested was seen as a wise decision]], [[ItsAllAboutMe albeit one for his own convenience]]. [[spoiler:However no gold has been mined in three years and they are quite in debt to the crown, so he could also be trying to keep it under wraps by downplaying the Westerlands' relevance.]] For those wondering, recognized bastards go by the surname Hill.
** The Baratheons come from the Stormlands, named after the savage and frequent storms that occur along the coast, which is also where the recognized bastards of the area get their surname. Though harsh, it has bred strong men and it is still significantly less stormy than the Scorched Queen's Kingdom. For the most part Dorne and the Stormlands don't have much in the way of a relationship, but they both have diplomatic ties to said Kingdom due to a common understanding of enduring harsh weather. Residents of the Stormlands have a passing interested in the Hall of Pantheon/{{Weather}} because of this fact. After his failed attempt to show off with the Iron Islands, Poseidon has decided to spend more time near the Stormlands due to it having similar "hard times make hard men" attitudes to said islands, and being a coastal region, but it tends to be more reasonable.
** The Kingdom of the Reach is the most heavily populated and fertile place on the continent, that used to be ruled by House Gardener. They didn't surrender to Aegon the Conqueror, which gave way to House Tyrell. Instead of animal sigils many houses there like to use [[FlowerMotifs flowers]], with that being the surname of recognized bastards. It's a place known for both its natural beauty and chivalric values that [[Pantheon/{{Happiness}} Astolfo]] finds homely. The verdant green makes it about the only place in Westeros [[Pantheon/GreenlandsAndGuardians Pamela Isley]] as ever bothered to visit. There have been a few reports of [[Pantheon/TreesAndFlowers Flowey, Cagney Carnation and Shaymin]] loitering about in the Reach. Why, no-one knows, though the mythical did end up dealing with mortals from the Reach trying and failing to capture her.
** The Riverlands exist in the middle of Westeros, being a lush region filled with rivers, hills, and numerous small towns. Legitimized bastards go by the surname of Rivers here. It is the site of many important trade routes in Westeros due to its strategic location, which makes it a potential source of interest for the House of Pantheon/{{Commerce}}. However, [[BlessedWithSuck this makes it an ideal location to invade as it doesn't have any natural boundaries around its borders]] and [[ButtMonkey takes the brunt of the fighting during many wars]], so many within that house are hesitant to make an investment. There's been protest about this from those sympathetic to the Riverlands plight, and one of the loudest is [[Pantheon/{{Heirs}} Princess Bean]]. Let's just say that living in [[CrapsackWorld Dreamland]] and growing as a person, she gets it.
** The Vale is one of the more attractive location for visitors to Westeros looking to get away from the conflict that has ravaged the land. Recognized bastards go by the surname Stone. A mountainous region dotted by many lakes and rivers, it is essentially the Switzerland/Alps of Westeros (at least in the modern day) and has picked no side in the War of the Five Kings. That said, this hasn't stopped Petyr Baelish from "stirring the pot", and by "stirring the pot" we mean "being a candidate for BigBad status". Those in the House of Pantheon/{{Mentalism}} took notes and have been using parts of the Vale to discuss and plan out their plans for the continent.
** Dorne was the only kingdom to successfully resist Targaryen conquest, instead joining [[AltarDiplomacy via the marriages of King Daeron II and his sister Daenerys to members of House Martell]]. To many visiting Westeros, it's their preferred destination spot and not just because of the sun. While it has a not out of nowhere reputation for being uncouth and uncultured, and has a harsh arid desert, it is probably the closest to modern moral values. It's relatively LGBTQI+ friendly, illegitimate children and open relationships aren't looked down upon, and women are just as equal as men. Recognized bastards go by the surname Sand, by the way. It's still NotSoAboveItAll mind you, since the idea of a prince ''marrying'' a bastard is seen as taboo and there's still some degree of elitism if not as severe as the rest of Westeros. It's also a really good place for lovers of spicy food.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Yggdrasil Labyrinths]]
'''[[VideoGame/EtrianOdyssey The Yggdrasil Labyrinths]], Celestial {{Mega Dungeon}}s'''
[[quoteright:253:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/yggdrasileo1.png]]
[[caption-width-right:253:The Yggdrasil tree at the bottom of Etria]]
[[quoteright:255:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/eo2lagaard&yggdrasil.png]]
[[caption-width-right:255:Lagaard's Yggdrasil Labyrinth behind the city]]
[[quoteright:253:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/yggdrasileo3.png]]
[[caption-width-right:253:Armoraoad's (and the Deep City's) Yggdrasil Labyrinth]]
[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/eo5yggdrasil.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Arcania's Yggdrasil Labyrinth]]
* Symbol: Themselves
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: WorldTree, [[ItsAllUpstairsFromHere Leading Upwards]] (for Lagaard's and Arcania's) [[InvertedTrope Or Downwards]] (for Etria's and Armoroad's), SceneryPorn, EarlyGameHell, [[EverythingTryingToKillYou Very Violent And Lethal Wildlife]] ([[FlyingSeafoodSpecial Marine Life Included]] (And Not Just In Armoroad's)) [[UndergroundMonkey Of All Strange Sorts]] [[OrganDrops That Drop Body Parts As Loot]], [[DoorToBefore Backtracking Shortcuts]], CosmicHorrorReveal, Engineered To [[spoiler:[[EarthAllAlong Restore Earth]] [[AIIsACrapshoot But Is Going Berserk]], [[ExtendedGameplay Postgame Content]]]]
* Domain(s): Trees, Dungeons, [[spoiler:Restoration]]
* Similar Places: [[TabletopGame/DungeonsAndDragons Maure Castle]], [[VideoGame/Persona3 Tartarus]], [[Videogame/{{Diablo}} Tristram's Cathedral]], [[VideoGame/NetHack Mazes of Menace]]
* Related Dominions: The Abyss
* Sacred To: [[Pantheon/{{Gaming}} The Etrian Odyssey Guilds]], all explorers of all stripes
* Unholy To:
* When it comes to dungeons in video or tabletop games, they're usually sized just right for a short-ish segment of it. However, there are those that span ''the entire game''. Those are the {{Mega Dungeon}}s.
* The Yggdrasil Labyrinths in ''Etrian Odyssey'' are a set of labyrinths across the games that its nearby cities live nearby [[DungeonBasedEconomy and from which its economy is run off of]]. As for how they came to be, it's thanks to something called the Yggdrasil Project.
** [[spoiler:The world prior to what it is now in the setting used to be Earth, but pollution was bringing it to ruin, not to mention the arrival of the Abyssal God. The Yggdrasil Trees (two of which are at Etria and Lagaard) that now hold the titular Labyrinths were made to clean the planet's atmosphere and restore its climate, making it once again a place suited for life. However, the process would take too long for mankind, and billions died during it. However, life did flourish again, but technology know-how had been lost and was pushed back to medieval times, in addition to magic becoming available.]]
* Unlike the above two, Armoroad's Yggdrasil Labyrinth has a different story, [[spoiler:and has no involvement with the Yggdrasil Project. The tree it was from was actually a great, powerful sentient being that has traveled the outer space for eons seeking to destroy the Abyssal God, an alien creature that travels the universe conquering worlds. It had fled to Earth, and found refuge on its vast oceans. But the tree soon followed, landing on the planet's surface and quickly growing roots, sealing its nemesis within what is now known as Armoroad's Yggdrasil labyrinth. Years later, however, the god had created a new race, the Deep Ones, and sought to wage war against humankind. Also, humans eventually settled on the land where the tree had landed, and there founded the city of Armoroad.]]
* The one for Arcania also holds a different story, [[spoiler:since it's not situated on Earth at all, but a terraformed Mars courtesy of a forest born from the Yggdrasil Tree that somehow landed there. It's not known how the races that reside in Arcania eventually came to be, though.]]
* While there are seven known Yggdrasil Labyrinths in the setting (if you also count ''Etrian Mystery Dungeon'' and its sequel), only four count for this trope: Etria's, Lagaard's, Armoroad's [[spoiler:(and the Deep City's by extension)]], and Arcania's. Tharsis instead has lands between itself and the tree which all have their own series of dungeons, and the same roughly applies for Maginia, due to ancient Lemuria borrowing power from many Yggdrasil trees across the world.
* The dominion entrance takes the form of a giant tree with four giant portals on its sides that will take travelers to each city. For the sake of [[VideoGame/KingdomHeartsI protecting the world order]], the Court of the Gods has assigned checkpoint guards (overseen by some of the ascended guild members) tasked with screening anyone who wishes to enter, and the following rules have been mandated.
## All loot acquired from the labyrinths has to be sold in the native city in order to support its economy. [[spoiler:This ''especially'' applies for Etria, which is allegedly at risk of becoming a ghost town with all its mystery gone.]] The House of Commerce has a conversion system for Ental, the world's local currency.
## Store-bought commodities and equipment are allowed to be brought out into the Pantheon.
## Special permission must be requested to acquire any specific item(s) from the Labyrinths. And ''only'' those items may be brought out.
* As for what exactly the Yggdrasil Labyrinths look like, they are divided between strata.
** Etria's starts off with following:
*** The 1st Stratum is the Emerald Grove, a "standard" deciduous forest.
*** The 2nd Stratum is the Primitive Jungle, where even the plants start trying to kill adventurers.
*** The 3rd Stratum is the Azure Rainforest, which was never reached until Etria's guild covered it. A giant ant nest (both in scale and in ants) is also found here.
*** The 4th Stratum is the Sandy Barrens, a desert with dead trees and was once home to the Forest Folk [[spoiler:before Etria's guild put as many of them as possible to the sword under the orders of Visil]], [[spoiler:though thankfully there were survivors as far as Armoroad, as well as another tribe at Maginia]].
*** The 5th Stratum is [[spoiler:the ruins of Lost Shinjuku, a destroyed modern Earth city. So far, only two linked skyscrapers have been explored by the Etria guild. The base of Etria's Yggdrasil tree can be found here]].
*** The 6th Stratum is the [[spoiler:Claret Hollows. A disturbing cavern system, with walls made of flesh and skeletons around the floor, is home to the strongest monsters of the labyrinth.]]
** Lagaard's labyrinth Strata are as follows:
*** The 1st Stratum is the Ancient Forest, set in an eternal state of summer, and home to a diverse ecosystem.
*** The 2nd Stratum is the Auburn Thicker, set in an eternal state of autumn, and mainly home to fire-elemental monsters.
*** The 3rd Stratum is the Frozen Grounds, set in an eternal state of winter, and mainly home to ice-elemental monsters as well as a great number of flying creatures.
*** The 4th Stratum is the Petal Bridge, set in an eternal state of spring, and unlike the previous strata is not mainly a forest. It's more like a high-hanging garden, with plenty of stone bridges, moving platforms, and a huge risk of falling off and all the way to the ground (and a few [=FOEs=] that actually do). Regular pruning of the tree's many extensive branches is done in order to ensure that sunlight continues shining on Lagaard. There's also a tribe of Bird Folk who keep their distance from most except the Lagaard guild and a select few from High Lagaard itself.
*** The 5th Stratum is the Heavenly Keep, the famed flying fortress of the legends, [[spoiler:which seemed to be akin to a Noah's Ark for people of the world before]]. High-tech machines can be found all over, as replenishment (read:vending machines) and as perimeter defense. There's also a combat simulator that may or may not have been broken.
*** The 6th Stratum is the Forbidden Wood, [[spoiler:a group of floating islands far above the Heavenly Keep, a place never meant for humans, and served as a prison for the late Overlord's most powerful creations. Thankfully for Lagaard, the most powerful one there, the Ur-Child, has been vanquished by the Lagaard guild. That said, accessing the portal on foot is impossible without the approval of the Bird Folk's chief Canaan, and so far only the Lagaard guild has access]].
** This is for Armoroad's:
*** The 1st Stratum is the Waterfall Wood, located on the outskirts of Armoroad. Located beneath the Yggdrasil tree, these tropical woodlands contain many cataracts and waterfalls surrounding a deep chasm.
*** The 2nd Stratum is the Undersea Grotto, an underwater designed for sea life to swim free yet also allow terrestrial explorers to breathe air. At the bottom of this maze is [[spoiler:the Deep City, a section of Armoroad that fell into the ocean during a Calamity long ago. Relations between it and Armoroad are still building up, so Pantheon explorers cannot use its services (except the Napier's Firm branch office run by Edie's sister) and must return to Armoroad for resting.]]
*** The 3rd Stratum is the Molten Caves, which are located in deep sea volcanic rifts, requiring the utmost caution for adventurers to navigate safely.
*** The 4th Stratum is the Abyssal Shrine, [[spoiler:which also used to be part of Armoroad before sinking to the ocean. This temple is overrun by the Deep Ones, piscine horrors that dwell in the oceans]].
*** The 5th Stratum is the [[spoiler:Porcelain Forest, the sacred grove of the Armoroad royal family, also known once as the Mirror Forest. Access is restricted to Armoroad and Deep City soldiers, their royal family, as well as the Armoroad guild itself.]]
*** The 6th Stratum is the Cyclopean Haunt, [[spoiler:a forest seemingly themed after the Abyssal God (rumored to be this world's {{Cthulhu}}) that used to dwell in the bottom, sealed there by the Yggdrasil tree itself until the Armoroad guild discovered it there and vanquished the deity once and for all. As the only way in is through a portal deep in the Porcelain Forest, access to this place is generally prohibited as well by extension]].
** Arcania's has the following:
*** The 1st Stratum is the Tutelary Forest, an ordinary deciduous forest with a calm atmosphere, despite being filled with a variety of vicious monsters eager to end an overconfident explorer's life.
*** The 2nd Stratum is the Jagged Reach, an almost barren land with sheer cliffs and stone spires, and is prone to rockfalls.
*** The 3rd Stratum is the Fetid Necropolis, a large graveyard, crawling with undead and filled with poisonous tiles. When the sun is up, its poison becomes active but the sunlight provides some solace against its denizens. When night falls, the poison becomes inert but the monsters turn more aggressive.
*** The 4th Stratum is the Lucent Hollows, a cave rife with giant crystals, both as harvestables for money, and enchanted ones that can teleport those who touch it to different parts of the labyrinth.
*** The 5th Stratum is the Untamed Garden, [[spoiler:which is found in a Torus-shaped biodome situated in the stratosphere above Arcania, and accessed via a large elevator in the Lucent Hollows. Scattered around the stratum are devices that can toggle gravity, altering the movement of both the party and [=FOEs=].]]
*** The 6th Stratum is the [[spoiler:Empyreal Bridge, which is outright set in outer space. Teleportation devices that move the party a set distance (depending on their colour) litter the area, and act as a means of progress (and reverse of it). EscapeRope items are ''extremely recommended'' here. It's also a possibility that some of the enemies encountered here are actually alien races from different planets]].
* Every city has a "starter mission" where the burgeoning guild needs to retrieve an item from the labyrinth, and learning how to map it out is extremely recommended. Borrowing maps of others is not allowed for this mission.
* Parties who have been braving (or sending forces to) The Abyss have taken an interest in the Yggdrasil Labyrinths as well, seeing them as being comparatively easier, which is helped by the fact that the Labyrinths have been technically conquered already while the Abyss has yet to as far as anybody knows.
** These parties include the Pantheon/{{Monster Hunter}}s, [[Pantheon/DarkestDungeon The Highwayman and the Flagellant]], [[Pantheon/CouplesArchetypes Yomi and Ceri (plus their recruited monsters)]], and [[Pantheon/PersonalityPairings Team Charm]]. The Court has prevented corporations like [[Pantheon/CommercialAttitude the Corpus]] from muscling in on foreign territory, but they don't stop them sending operatives as long as they adhere to the rules.
* [[Pantheon/SwordArtOnline Kirito and his friends]], upon checking out Arcania's Yggdrasil Labyrinth, were reminded of the [[https://swordartonline.fandom.com/wiki/World_Tree World Tree]], the centerpiece of the VR game [=ALfheim=] Online. As for becoming semi-regular explorers of the Labyrinth, that's yet to be seen, though it's unlikely.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Zootopia]]
'''WesternAnimation/{{Zootopia}}, Holy [[WorldOfMammals City of Mammals]]''' ([[MarketBasedTitle Zootropolis]])

[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/zootopia_aerial.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Savanna Central]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/savanna_central.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Little Rodentia]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/little_rodentia.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Sahara Square]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/sahara_square_streetpng.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Tundratown]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/tundratownzootopia.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:Rainforest District]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/zootopia_rainforest_district.png[[/labelnote]]]]

* Description: A vast city surrounded by a lake. It's separated into four biomes, connected by road tunnels and train lines.
* Alignment: NeutralGood
* Theme music: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=EuGPjJbrAV4 Suite From Zootopia]]
* Portfolio: AbsurdlyCoolCity, {{Premiseville}}, FlintstoneTheming, {{justified|trope}} PatchworkMap, ThePlace, SolarPunk, PunnyName, home to a lot of FantasticRacism, the Rainforest District has ZeppelinsFromAnotherWorld
* Domains: Multiculturalism, anthropomorphic animals
* Sacred to: [[Pantheon/{{Gender}} Judy Hopps and Nick Wilde]], [[Pantheon/AnimalBehavior Dawn Bellwether]]
* Visitors: The ''[[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Pteranodon]]'' [[Pantheon/HobbiesAndLifestyles family]], [[Pantheon/MesozoicBeasts Cindy Cimolestes]], [[Pantheon/AnthropomorphicAnimals Michiru Kagemori, Nazuna Hiwatashi, and Shirou Oogami]], [[Pantheon/CouplesArchetypes Nabi and Doki]], many other anthropomorphic animal deities [[labelnote:such as...]]''Pantheon/SonicTheHedgehog'', ''Pantheon/DuckTales'', ''Pantheon/MickeyMouse'', and ''Pantheon/TheJungleBook'' gods; most of [[Pantheon/ComedyGenres the Happy Tree Friends]]; [[Pantheon/RabbitsAndRodents Chip and Dale, Mrs. Brisby]][[/labelnote]]
* Banned from entering: [[Pantheon/MannersOfAuthority Keiki Haniyasushin]], [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr. Eggman]], [[Pantheon/ComedyGenres Flippy and Splendid]]
* In a world of anthropomorphic mammals, the city of Zootopia stands on the site where predators and prey first learned to live in peace. Designed to accommodate species of all shapes and sizes, each of its districts is an artificially-maintained biome, including Savanna Central, Tundratown, Sahara Square, Little Rodentia, and the Rainforest District. 90% of the population are prey, and 10% are predators. In theory, they all live together in harmony, but Zootopia is far from being a {{utopia}}…
* When Judy Hopps became the first bunny to join the Zootopia Police Department, they were dealing with fourteen missing mammal cases -- all predators. With the help of Nick Wilde, a [[ConMan Con Fox]], she discovered that the missing mammals had become savage and aggressive. At first, she blamed their biology in a disastrous press conference that turned the populace against each other. A few months later, Judy and Nick figured out that Dawn Bellweather, who went from the mayor's assistant to the actual mayor, was drugging them in a conspiracy to make predators look bad. Fortunately, they were able to put a stop to it before it was too late.
* Zootopia became part of the Pantheon because Judy, Nick, and even Bellwether all vouched to the Court of the Gods that it's the best representation of worlds where only mammals are anthropomorphic. Many carnivores were hesitant to visit it because they were afraid of being infected by Night Howlers, so the authorities put out a statement assuring everyone that an antidote was widely available and the perpetrators had all been caught. As a side-effect, Zootopia now has very strict security checks (i.e.: teams of sniffer wolves) at all of its entrances to make sure visitors aren't carrying any dangerous and/or illegal substances.
* Descriptions of each district:
** Savanna Central is the heart of Zootopia. Trains from elsewhere arrive at its station, and Zootopia Police Department is located here. It has a temperate climate and is filled with colourful, high-rise buildings.
** Not far from Savanna Central is Little Rodentia. As its name suggests, it's inhabited by rodents and other small mammals. Its buildings' higher floors are connected by coloured, plastic tubes. The houses evidently don't have foundations, because Judy accidentally knocked some over while pursuing a weasel.
** Sahara Square is the desert biome. Many of its buildings are shaped like tropical plants, such as cacti and palm trees. It's home to the Mystic Spring Oasis, a "naturalist" (i.e.: nudist) yoga club. It's warmed by excess heat discharged from Tundratown's cooling system.
** Tundratown is the arctic biome. It's always covered in snow, and is home to several restaurants that seem to serve fish. While mammals don't eat ''other mammals'' anymore, obligate carnivores have to eat ''some'' kind of meat. It's also home to a shrew mob boss whose bodyguards are all polar bears.
** Finally, the Rainforest District is filled with sprinklers to simulate rainfall. Its buildings are built into trees, with entrances on different levels, so there's a sky tram for easy travel between platforms. It's home to the asylum where former Mayor Lionheart detained the savage predators.
* Visitors to Zootopia include:
** The Pantheon has plenty of anthropomorphic mammals, so they feel right at home in Zootopia. However, most of them are acquainted with non-mammals as well -- Sonic knows Team Chaotix and the Babylon Rogues; Mickey Mouse is friends with the Duck family; the ''Jungle Book'' cast know Kaa the snake; and so on. ''Their'' visits to Zootopia were... awkward, to say the least, as the locals tried too hard to not offend them. The Happy Tree Friends are all mammals, and the citizens have learned to keep them out of harm's way whenever they visit so they don't have to spend hours cleaning up blood. Smaller gods -- such as Chip, Dale, and Mrs. Brisby -- like to visit Little Rodentia.
** The ''Pteranodon'' family are the city's [[CivilizedAnimal least anthropomorphic]] visitors. On their quest to meet all the creatures in the Pantheon, the kids begged their parents to take them there. They mostly eat fish, which turned out to be a problem when the only fish-serving restaurants they could find were in Tundratown, which is too cold for them. Later, they visited the Natural History Museum... and were pleasantly surprised to meet Cindy, who wanted to learn what this world's Mesozoic mammals were like.
** Michiru was excited to learn about Zootopia, and she asked Nazuna and Shirou to come with her. At first they assumed it was a place where beastmen could freely walk around in their [[OurWerebeastsAreDifferent animal forms]], so Michiru in particular felt silly when she realised the anthropomorphic mammals don't have human forms. Regardless, they love it because it's a vision of what Anima-City could be: far from perfect, but at least it isn't ruled by crime syndicates. Nazuna is considering holding a concert with the famous singer, Gazelle.
** Nabi and Doki are a cat and rabbit, respectively, who fell in love in a world where InterspeciesRomance is forbidden. They were pleased to learn of a city where even more species live side-by-side. Plus, they befriended Judy and Nick shortly after their ascension, and the former was outraged to discover how much discrimination Nabi and Doki faced in their world.
* While Zootopia is welcoming to most, a few gods are banned for everyone's safety:
** Keiki has a complicated relationship with anthropomorphic animals. Born from the prayers of humanity during dire times, she led a rebellion against the animal spirits in her home universe. As a result, she's opposed to nearly every animal deity; while she's not shown any hostility towards Zootopia yet, she's a PersonaNonGrata just to be safe. (Of course, humans are mammals too, but they tend to consider themselves separate from the animal kingdom.)
** Dr. Eggman is infamous for using cute animals as batteries for his robots, and in some continuities he turns those cute animals into robots directly. Sonic the Hedgehog warned Nick and Judy that he was interested in conquering Zootopia. Horrified, they warned the rest of the ZPD, who put up extra security measures to make sure Dr. Eggman couldn't get in.
** Flippy and Splendid are the two most destructive Happy Tree Friends. Flippy is a war veteran whose split personality, Fliqpy, feels compelled to kill everyone on sight, so Flippy takes great care to stay away from others. Splendid's reckless superheroics cause incalculable property damage and countless deaths as collateral damage.
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


''"[[WarWasBeginning It is the year 1939. The Germanian Empire launched a sudden invasion on its neighbor, Livonia. In response, the Kingdom of Britannia and the Republic of Thermydor declared war on Germania and opened hostilities against it. However, Germania's blitzkrieg tactics which combined air warfare with tank combat brought its smaller neighbors to their knees. And even after defeating Thermydor, which was thought to be a powerful threat, it bared its fangs against the tiny Alpine state to its south, the Principality of Eylstadt.]]"''

to:

''"[[WarWasBeginning It is the year 1939. The Germanian Empire launched a sudden invasion on its neighbor, Livonia. In response, the Kingdom of Britannia and the Republic of Thermydor declared war on Germania and opened hostilities against it. However, Germania's blitzkrieg tactics which combined air warfare with tank combat brought its smaller neighbors to their knees. And even after defeating Thermydor, which was thought to be a powerful threat, it bared its fangs against the tiny Alpine state to its south, the Principality of Eylstadt.]]"''
]]"''\\\
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
5 or more votes

Added DiffLines:

[[folder:Westeros]]
'''[[Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire West]][[Series/GameOfThrones eros]], Holy Continent [[FantasyCounterpartMap Paralleling Real Life Geography]]''' (The Seven Kingdoms)
[[quoteright:633:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/map_of_westeros.png]]
[[caption-width-right:633:Topographic map of Westeros]]
* Description: A continent around the size of South America, that resembles an upside-down Great Britain
* Symbols: The Iron Throne, the septagram of the Seven with a weirwood tree and cephalopod to its left and right (in general), the respective sigils of the most powerful and influential families of each region (each of the Seven Kingdoms)
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s7L2PVdrb_8 The Game Of Thrones intro theme]]
* Alignment: TrueNeutral leaning LawfulNeutral for the continent. The North is firmly LawfulNeutral, and the Iron Islands tend to be somewhere between LawfulEvil and ChaoticNeutral. Dorne has a reputation of being ChaoticNeutral but is more TrueNeutral than anything
* Portfolio
** Westeros as a whole: CrapsackWorld with BizarreSeasons, LowFantasy, [[HonorBeforeReason Takes Honor Perhaps Too Seriously]], [[FantasyCounterpartMap Similar To The British Isles Except The Size Of South America]], FantasyCounterpartCulture, DeliberateValuesDissonance, [[EveryoneHasStandards Harsh, But Belives In]] SacredHospitality and that [[SlaveryIsASpecialKindOfEvil Slavery And]] [[KinslayingIsASpecialKindOfEvil Kinslaying Are Humongous Taboos]], CulturalPosturing, {{Deconstruction}}, [[WeAreStrugglingTogether Too Busy Fighting Than Focusing On The Others]], [[AnimalMotif Most Kingdoms Have Some Animal Sigil]] and some BadassCreed
** The Seven Kingdoms
*** The North: GrimUpNorth, HadToBeSharp, [[MetallicMotifs Associated With Iron And Bronze]], [[PayEvilUntoEvil Do Unto Others What Others Do Unto You]], near UndyingLoyalty To House Stark, acts as TheFederation, TheGoldenRule, [[NoPartyLikeADonnerParty Has Resorted To Eating Bodies To Avoid Starvation]]
*** The Crownlands: [[TheGenericGuy The Most Non-Descript Region]], [[AtTheCrossroads Most Roads Lead To The Crownlands]], TheCityNarrows, CityOfSpies, [[WretchedHive King's Landing Having A Bad Rep]]
*** The Iron Islands: [[HateSink Probably The Most Misliked Kingdom]] [[RapePillageAndBurn Due To It's Views On Reaving And Raiding]], ApeShallNotKillApe, ARealManIsAKiller, [[HornyVikings The Vikings Of Westeros]], [[NoTrueScotsman Inconsistent And Hypocritical Values On What's An Ironborn]], believing MightMakesRight, ElectiveMonarchy
** Dorne: TheSavageSouth, BlazingInfernoHellfireSauce, [[RacialRemnant Descended From The Rhoynar]], [[GenderIsNoObject The Only Kingdom Where Women Are Truly Equal]], MasterPoisoner, MirrorCharacter to the North, [[FantasticRacism Looked Down Upon By The Other Kingdoms]], [[CultureChopSuey Takes Notes From Moorish Spain, Wales and Palestine]], CombatPragmatist
*** Other Kingdoms: FictionFiveHundred, [[OutOfFocus The Least Focused On Kingdom Outside Its Important Members]] (The Westerlands), {{Determinator}}, GateGuardian, [[ProudWarriorRace Have A Long And Glorious Militant Tradition]] (The Stormlands), FlowerMotifs, ChivalricRomance, [[TheWomanBehindTheMan Many Houses Have The Wives And Mothers Behind The Lords]] (The Reach), ButtMonkey, HighTurnoverRate, [[BlessedWithSuck Strategic Position And Lack Of Natural Boundaries Leave It Vulnerable To Invasion]] (The Riverlands), [[TeamSwitzerland The Switzerland Of Westeros]] [[SmallTownBoredom With The Quiet Daldry That Implies]], [[TheMissingFaction Lacks A POV Character]], NobilityMarriesMoney, OptOut (The Vale)
* Domains
** Westeros as a whole: Low Fantasy, Medieval Periods, Honor, Nobility, Hypocrisy, Conflict, Weird Seasons
** The Seven Kingdoms: Martial Prowess and Pride (multiple regions, mainly the Iron Islands and the Stormlands), The Cold, The Old Gods, Clans, Expansive Lands (The North), Seats Of Power, Capitals, Disputed Lands (The Crownlands), Raiding, Naval Power, The Old Ways, Toxic Masculinity (The Iron Islands), Deserts, "Wildness", Poison, Spices (Dorne), Gold, Silver and Various Riches, Hills (The Westerlands), Storms, Dense Forests, Resilience (The Stormlands), Beauty, Chivalry, Flora (The Reach), Trade, Rivers, Being Invaded (The Riverlands), Neutrality, Natural Defenses, Mountains (The Vale)
* Author: [[Pantheon/CharacterWriting George R.R Martin]]
* Ascended monarchs: [[Pantheon/RoyalActivities Aegon I "the Conqueror" Targaryen]][[note]]first king[[/note]] (1-37 AC), [[Pantheon/ActsOfTreason Maegor "The Cruel" Targaryen]][[note]]illegal but [[ZeroPercentApprovalRating begrudgingly accepted]][[/note]] (42-48 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Mindsets}} Aegon IV "The Unworthy" Targaryen]] (172-184 AC), [[Pantheon/FamilyDynamics Daeron II "The Good" Targaryen]][[note]][[MamasBabyPapasMaybe claimed illegitimate by Blackfyre supporters but not proven]][[/note]] (184-209 AC), [[Pantheon/IncestuousDynamics Aerys II "The Mad" Targaryen]] (262-283 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Hats}} Robert Baratheon]][[note]]primarily through right of conquest[[/note]] (283-298 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Entitlement}} Joffrey Baratheon]] (298-300 AC), [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} Tommen Baratheon]][[note]]illegitimate but passed off/believes themselves to be legitimate[[/note]] (300-[[SchrodingersCanon ?]]), [[spoiler:[[Pantheon/SelfHatred Cersei Lannister]][[note]][[Series/GameOfThrones TV only]] and illegally[[/note]] ]]
** Ascended claimants: [[Pantheon/NamingConvention Daemon I Blackfyre]], [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Daenerys Targaryen]], [[Pantheon/{{Offsprings}} Stannis Baratheon]]
* Source of interest for: Deities who come from Great Britain, [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Galar natives]], deities from medieval settings, the House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}} (in general), Viking deities (the Iron Islands), deities who come from Spain (Dorne)
* Sacred to: Virtually everyone from ''Pantheon/ASongOfIceAndFire'', except for some of [[Pantheon/KillersAndAssassins the Brave Companions]]
* Bane: [[Pantheon/UnlivingBeings The Night King]]
* Westeros is the main setting of George R.R Martin's most famous franchise, ''Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire''. It's a massive landmass comparable in size to South America from RealLife, with a mysterious and not fully documented far north. Originally connected to neighboring continent called Essos via the Arm of Dorne, humans migrated from Essos to Westeros millennia ago and have developed a wide range of cultures. Nearly 300 years before the start of ''Literature/AGameOfThrones'', six of the seven ruling kingdoms were united under Aegon the Conqueror, his sister-wives and their dragons. Over a century ago, Dorne finally joined through a diplomatic marriage. It's a wide and varied land roughly akin to 15th century Europe in social and technological development. It has seasons, but rather than a four-season cycle per year, there's usually a decade-long period of summer shifting to the cold winter for a few years. Also, there's mystical and magical traits of the land [[LowFantasy but they are subtle and not that well understood]].
* Westeros as a whole
** George R.R Martin will wholeheartedly admit he wears his inspiration for Westeros on his sleeve; Great Britain (well, more like the British Isles given it's akin to the War of the Roses in time and story). Depending on where you look there's some other European nations, but primarily it is Great Britain. By extension this also makes it look like some weird version of [[VideoGame/PokemonSwordAndShield Galar]], however residents of the latter think outside of geography any comparisons are paper-thin. Richard the Third finds Westeros exceptionally familiar and in either historical or [[HistoricalVillainUpgrade Shakespearian mode]] he's a regular visitor. Though considered a CrapsackWorld by many, it's still far from a DeathWorld or outright {{Dystopia}}, and is generally seen as a better place to live than the Warhammer world...of course, it doesn't have to deal with things like Chaos and major supernatural forces. There's regular diplomatic interactions with Bretonnia and Westeros, but not the rest of that world due to feeling unprepared. ''Still'' doesn't stop the in-fighting of the region. [[FantasyCounterpartCulture Birds of a feather, anyone?]]
** The endless squabbling and battles over power have blinded almost all residents to the more magic aspects of the land like what is left of the Children of the Forest, with most assuming the great ice Wall is mainly there to keep out the wildlings. In reality [[OutsideContextProblem it's to keep out the of the Others]], better known as the White Walkers. The Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfDestruction has set up a base to convene and plan omnicide in the land of Always Winter, while the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfGood has tried to convince the residents to get their priorities straight when there's an existential threat. [[spoiler:The fact the Night King was killed before King's Landing was invaded has not helped them with thinking their more personal squabbles are more important.]] This stubbornness has all given [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures Sauron]] a good laugh; if Middle-Earth had a hard enough time trying to thwart the Dark Lord, what possible hope could Westeros have against someone like him?
** As a deconstruction of typical medieval-themed fantasy, many from more modern and egalitarian settings [[DeliberateValuesDissonance find Westerosi values often backwards and best left in the history books]]. In turn, Westerosi deities are shocked by many of the common values visiting deities have. Except for Dorne they have a medieval perspective of women, upsetting deities like TBA and in turn the inhabitants of the Seven Kingdom considers the mostly egalitarian Trope Pantheon as "wilder than Dorne". The idea of democratic and anti-monarchist views is deeply confusing to many there, though so are fascist views found in the Hall of Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures. And the concept of non-feudalism? Boggles the mind. Many lords have chosen to limit what visitors can do out of fear of causing some sort of peasant's revolt, though the High Sparrow likes some of what they're saying as he despises the elitist nature of the continent. [[FairForItsDay He's still sexist and homophobic, but his belief in egalitarianism is genuine]].
** Westeros is a harsh and often unfair land [[DeliberateValuesDissonance by modern, 21st century standards]]. However, [[EveryoneHasStandards it has two strong standards]] that stand the test of time for the most part. One is that [[SacredHospitality guest right is sacred]]. This is more of a rule in the North, but anywhere breaking is one of the biggest sins. It's for this reason that House Frey has become HatedByAll following [[NastyParty the Red Wedding]]. Kinslaying is also considered one of the greatest sins you can commit. For the most part the House of Pantheon/FamilyAndRelatives agrees...however the problem is that the spirit of the trope is often forgotten. The Heroic Protectors of Family have pointed out that it does not stop cold-hearted bastards like [[Pantheon/{{Politicians}} Tywin]] [[LoopholeAbuse violating the spirit but not the letter]] with his attempts to get rid of Tyrion, and it protects unrepentent kinslayers like [[Pantheon/TortureAndMutilation Euron Greyjoy]] from facing a fitting justice.
** It's rare for any illegitimate deity to visit Westeros without covering up their identity. Outside of Dorne, [[BastardAngst they are seen with suspicion and considered tainted from their origins]]. Some like [[BastardBastard Marcello]] live up to their fears, but others like [[HeroicBastard Josuke]] find it ridiculous. Jon was surprised to see how lax Josuke was considering even in his era in Japan, there's still somewhat of a taboo about being born out of wedlock. Of course, the existence of Stands means nobody is prepared to get in a fight with him over it. It's even rarer for a slaver to visit Westeros, though that's more down to it being strictly illegal as they believe SlaveryIsASpecialKindOfEvil. And yeah, it's a sentiment shared by an overwhelming part of the Trope Pantheon; the Slavers and Calvin J Candie won't last long there. That said, the GUAG has called this view somewhat hypocritical since the way lords treat their serfs and disregard how the smallfolk feel isn't significantly different; it may not be true bondage, but the elitism is similar. Hell, Tyrion notes there are slaves in Essos with better lives than many smallfolk.
** While long since accepted, it's still hard to get around the fact that Westeros was united by force. Aegon the Conqueror was an exceptional leader and politician, but it's still highly unlikely he would've united Westeros without the firepower that dragons give. Because of this, there is some paranoia on what moves denizens of the Hall of Pantheon/DraconicBeings may take now that the continent is part of the Trope Pantheon. Indeed, some dragons are intrigued on taking it over, and some would absolutely prove "it can get worse" ([[KillAllHumans The Dark]] [[Pantheon/AuthoritativeBehaviour Dragon]] and [[DystopiaJustifiesTheMeans Grima]]). On the flip side, some (mostly) joke that [[BenevolentBoss Bowser]] would be marginally better, however he's stated that he has no interest in the continent because "it kind of bums me out, to be honest".
** There's been some arguments that someone else, rather than the long lineage of the Targaryens/Baratheons. These, and the idea of democratization (or any other pretty different form of government) has been vetoed with extreme prejudice; even for optimistic GUAG members who think Westeros will improve, it's just not ready for that radical change. As for the Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfEvil (or [[Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfLaw the more political]] [[Pantheon/GrandUnitedAllianceOfChaos Grand United Alliances]]), Westeros won't take force well[[note]]not that conquering Westeros is high on their list of priorities anyway[[/note]]. The House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}} naturally speculates which of their own members would be a good potential replacement for the ruling family, with King Arthur ([[Pantheon/{{Royalty}} both]] [[Pantheon/{{Monarchs}} of them]]) often cited as a good monarch...to which they've strongly said "no, just because Westeros is a Britain parallel doesn't mean I/we're suited or want to rule it".
** Fans of [[Literature/ASongOfIceAndFire the books]] or [[Series/GameOfThrones TV]] [[Series/HouseOfTheDragon shows]] like to take trips to Westeros. [[BeCarefulWhatYouWishFor Whether they]] ''stay'' [[BeCarefulWhatYouWishFor fans afterwards]] can vary wildly, but it's safe to say if you're at least a Lesser God in rank [[StoryBreakerPower you're probably strong enough to ignore over 90% of the problems]]. A good example of "being too powerful to care" is [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Thor]] and his fellow Asgardians. [[KlingonsLoveShakespeare Game of Thrones is popular there]] and they like to meet up with many of the important players, though they're usually WillfullyWeak so as to not derail the many plots on the continent. [[Fanfic/AManOfIron Maybe it's because their universe has had some experience crossing over elsewhere in the multiverse]].
* Specific to the North
** "Brace yourselves, winter is coming". There's a reason why the North, the largest region in Westeros by a wide margin, holds this view. It's GrimUpNorth, shaping harsh, tough men who still hold the Old Gods as sacred and more than anyone deals with the cold. Recognized bastards go by the surname Snow. They're the region that borders the Wall, a massive ice barrier where beyond the Widlings live...[[OutsideContextProblem and the Others]]. Its harshness is rather nostalgic to Leman Russ and Olivier Armstrong as it has the same grim, tough north as Fenris and Drachma. They regularly train their minds and bodies up there, with Olivier trying to enforce a better standard for who goes to the Wall. Unfortunately many there ignored here because she's an outsider and a woman. On a more grim note, the place is a source of interest for King Arthas, who intends to exert his influence over the North. Rumor has it he's been communicating with the Night King over something big.
** Has been traditionally ruled by the Starks, one of the oldest houses in the Seven Kingdom, and one of few to have a solidly benevolent reputation. [[DeliberateValuesDissonance They're not exempt from Westerosi' outdated values mind you]], and [[HonorBeforeReason can be a bit ''too'' Lawful Good]], but they're definitely closer to the white-side of the ShadesOfConflict than almost any other family. While the GUAG tries to be impartial in its treatment of Westeros, they have a bias for the North due to the House Stark. [[Pantheon/LustfulActs Roose]] was rather dour about this, only able to ([[VillainHasAPoint maybe fairly]]) point out they are being biased. [[Pantheon/EnvironmentalSettings The Antarctic Research Crew]] has pointed out to Bolton is if he is about PragmaticVillainy perhaps his and House Stark's attention should be to preventing the whole "ice zombies" since the North is the closest region to the White Walkers.
** One of the more mysterious islands in the North's vicinity is Skagos, infamous for its tales of cannibalism and flesh-eating unicorns. ''[[HorrifyingTheHorror Roose]]'' is unnerved by it. The Hall of Pantheon/FleshEaters investigated what was going on there; some would rather not talk about what happened, and some would but were paid off by Martin [[TeasingCreator so he can keep the audience guessing what is wrong for the area]]. Pretty much everyone [[Pantheon/MyLittlePonyFriendshipIsMagic in Equestria]] is hoping that the morbid rumor of bloodthirsty unicorns is just and urban legend as the idea of "bloodthirsty unicorns" freaks them out. On the lighter side of things, Jeor Mormont comes from Bear Island, one of the few places outside of Dorne [[ActionGirl where active, kickass women is not only accepted, but encouraged]]. It's a popular haunt to bear deities though this has opened up the island for even more jokes [[BestialityIsDepraved involving bear husbands]].
** By the way, when they say Old Gods they are in no way implying [[Pantheon/CthulhuMythos they are like the Great Old Ones]]. One of them, [[Pantheon/ExtraterrestrialBehaviour Ithaqua]], did try to "correct" them by wandering up [[GodGuise and play the role of a god]], but this just led to the fear that he may in fact be a manifestation of the Great Other or at least had a connection to the Night King. Seeing as how the North isn't above resorting to cannibalism as a means of survival, there's another concern that the White Silence will cause a {{Wendigo}} outbreak. [[Pantheon/EnvironmentalSettings Wulfrik]] has expressed some curiosity towards the North, much to the worry of the deities from the region.
* Specific to the Iron Islands
** When it comes to the modern standards of which at least 95% of the Trope Pantheon functions under, the Iron Islands' ways are abhorrent. [[HateSink To be frank, much of Westeros shares that viewpoint]]. While not without virtues, they live up to the worst stereotypes of the Vikings in a way that has made [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Thor]] facepalm at least twice. They seek to return to the GoodOldWays of reaving and raving, which ends up as a SingleIssueWonk that affects the entire culture. Recognized bastards go by the surname Pyke. Ironically despite being the least pleasant kingdom by most visitors they are also the only place to elect their leaders, in a ElectiveMonarchy. It's something Padme finds embarrassing and with their use of "[[SexSlave salt wives]]" she can imagine what kind of wrath Anakin would inflict. Getting there usually requires a cruise from the Hall of Pantheon/WaterAndMoisture, but it doesn't get much traffic.
** They believe that might and only might makes right, which fosters a culture of toxic masculinity [[KlingonScientistsGetNoRespect where maesters and book learning is seen as unmanly]], and that a real warrior takes instead of growing for themselves. This is not helped by the fact farming and irrigation is very difficult on the Iron Islands. To many, one of the worst traits of this view is ''not'' believing RapeIsASpecialKindOfEvil, seeing it merely a consequence of social darwinism. Needless to say, rape victims like [[Pantheon/{{Ambiguity}} Guts]] and Casca ''hate'' the Iron Islands. [[Pantheon/OnePiece The Straw Hats]] have lambasted the ways they embody the negative traits of piracy. [[Pantheon/LandAndSeaTravel Moana]] detests the toxic Iron Island culture; she lives [[BornUnderTheSail in a similar environment]] but her culture's approach is a lot of difference.
** Instead of the Old Gods or the Seven, they worship the Drowned God. Think [[Pantheon/OthernessAbominations Cthulhu]], except instead of having mad cultists and being an existential threat it acts more like you'd expect from a LordOfTheOcean. The Great Old One is indifferent to them and is, at most, a little annoyed by people there saying he's the Drowned God. Really, ''Poseidon'' is closer to the Drowned God than anything as his "dude-bro", [[InferioritySuperiorityComplex envious yet egotistical personality]] and temperamental flippancy makes him an appropriate god. For a time he used to show up a lot in the Iron Islands as it felt homely and his salt water was appreciated, until [[Pantheon/{{Electricity}} Zeus]] started making fun of him for "lording over Westeros' scraps to feel bigger than he is". Ultimate it was [[Pantheon/WaterAndMoisture Percy]] was able to convince his dad to stop embarrassing himself, with Poseidon sheepishly admitting he just wanted to experience his old wild days again.
* Specific to other regions
** For most regions, the one true god/seven true gods is the Seven. Think Catholicism mixed with polytheism where there's one God with seven aspects as deities of their own...a Holy Septet if you will. Its center of power since Aegon the Conqueror has been in the Crownlands, where the capital city of sorts, Kings Landing, is set. If Westeros is Great Britain, this is its [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters London]]. And like London has historically had to deal with slums and overcrowding, so has King's Landing. [[Pantheon/{{Storytelling}} Charles Dickens]] tends to write about the misfortunes and suffering of the smallfolk and have it spread through plays and songs, which has annoyed some of the especially elitist lords. More than any region in Westeros, the Crowlands has the most traffic with the House of Pantheon/{{Royalty}}.
** The Westerlands may have prominent members like House Lannister, but they are mainly known for their important players and [[FictionFiveHundred their dearth of gold and silver mines]]. [[OutOfFocus The kingdom itself doesn't get much spotlight]]. Tywin is fine with this, as he prefers his influence over the region the way it is and doesn't care for those outside his franchise snooping around; The Seven forbid it gets the attention of greedy fellows like Smaug, Wario and Fafnir visiting just to pilfer the riches. [[VillainHasAPoint Keeping them from being all too interested was seen as a wise decision]], [[ItsAllAboutMe albeit one for his own convenience]]. [[spoiler:However no gold has been mined in three years and they are quite in debt to the crown, so he could also be trying to keep it under wraps by downplaying the Westerlands' relevance.]] For those wondering, recognized bastards go by the surname Hill.
** The Baratheons come from the Stormlands, named after the savage and frequent storms that occur along the coast, which is also where the recognized bastards of the area get their surname. Though harsh, it has bred strong men and it is still significantly less stormy than the Scorched Queen's Kingdom. For the most part Dorne and the Stormlands don't have much in the way of a relationship, but they both have diplomatic ties to said Kingdom due to a common understanding of enduring harsh weather. Residents of the Stormlands have a passing interested in the Hall of Pantheon/{{Weather}} because of this fact. After his failed attempt to show off with the Iron Islands, Poseidon has decided to spend more time near the Stormlands due to it having similar "hard times make hard men" attitudes to said islands, and being a coastal region, but it tends to be more reasonable.
** The Kingdom of the Reach is the most heavily populated and fertile place on the continent, that used to be ruled by House Gardener. They didn't surrender to Aegon the Conqueror, which gave way to House Tyrell. Instead of animal sigils many houses there like to use [[FlowerMotifs flowers]], with that being the surname of recognized bastards. It's a place known for both its natural beauty and chivalric values that [[Pantheon/{{Happiness}} Astolfo]] finds homely. The verdant green makes it about the only place in Westeros [[Pantheon/GreenlandsAndGuardians Pamela Isley]] as ever bothered to visit. There have been a few reports of [[Pantheon/TreesAndFlowers Flowey, Cagney Carnation and Shaymin]] loitering about in the Reach. Why, no-one knows, though the mythical did end up dealing with mortals from the Reach trying and failing to capture her.
** The Riverlands exist in the middle of Westeros, being a lush region filled with rivers, hills, and numerous small towns. Legitimized bastards go by the surname of Rivers here. It is the site of many important trade routes in Westeros due to its strategic location, which makes it a potential source of interest for the House of Pantheon/{{Commerce}}. However, [[BlessedWithSuck this makes it an ideal location to invade as it doesn't have any natural boundaries around its borders]] and [[ButtMonkey takes the brunt of the fighting during many wars]], so many within that house are hesitant to make an investment. There's been protest about this from those sympathetic to the Riverlands plight, and one of the loudest is [[Pantheon/{{Heirs}} Princess Bean]]. Let's just say that living in [[CrapsackWorld Dreamland]] and growing as a person, she gets it.
** The Vale is one of the more attractive location for visitors to Westeros looking to get away from the conflict that has ravaged the land. Recognized bastards go by the surname Stone. A mountainous region dotted by many lakes and rivers, it is essentially the Switzerland/Alps of Westeros (at least in the modern day) and has picked no side in the War of the Five Kings. That said, this hasn't stopped Petyr Baelish from "stirring the pot", and by "stirring the pot" we mean "being a candidate for BigBad status". Those in the House of Pantheon/{{Mentalism}} took notes and have been using parts of the Vale to discuss and plan out their plans for the continent.
** Dorne was the only kingdom to successfully resist Targaryen conquest, instead joining [[AltarDiplomacy via the marriages of King Daeron II and his sister Daenerys to members of House Martell]]. To many visiting Westeros, it's their preferred destination spot and not just because of the sun. While it has a not out of nowhere reputation for being uncouth and uncultured, and has a harsh arid desert, it is probably the closest to modern moral values. It's relatively LGBTQI+ friendly, illegitimate children and open relationships aren't looked down upon, and women are just as equal as men. Recognized bastards go by the surname Sand, by the way. It's still NotSoAboveItAll mind you, since the idea of a prince ''marrying'' a bastard is seen as taboo and there's still some degree of elitism if not as severe as the rest of Westeros. It's also a really good place for lovers of spicy food.
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Fossil Pokémon -- such as the Kanto Fossil trio -- feel fairly at home here. The denizens of Mashaar find Pokemon a fascinating group of creatures, and some have even sought out instruction on how to be Trainers. Of course, they are understandably wary of [[Pantheon/{{Dragons}} Tyrantrum]], who resembles the Tyrann a bit too much for their tastes.

to:

* Fossil Pokémon -- such as the Kanto Fossil trio -- feel fairly at home here. The denizens of Mashaar find Pokemon a fascinating group of creatures, and some have even sought out instruction on how to be Trainers. Of course, they are understandably wary of [[Pantheon/{{Dragons}} [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Tyrantrum]], who resembles the Tyrann a bit too much for their tastes.



* Banned from entering: [[Pantheon/{{Dragons}} Bowser]], [[Pantheon/BodyImages Obelix]], [[Pantheon/CapesAndCoats Mr. Dark]], [[Pantheon/EarthAndRock Gohma Vlitra]], [[Pantheon/{{Food}} Kirby, Deviljho]], [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Jabba the Hutt]], [[Pantheon/BloodAndGore Nutty]]

to:

* Banned from entering: [[Pantheon/{{Dragons}} [[Pantheon/DraconicBeings Bowser]], [[Pantheon/BodyImages Obelix]], [[Pantheon/CapesAndCoats Mr. Dark]], [[Pantheon/EarthAndRock Gohma Vlitra]], [[Pantheon/{{Food}} Kirby, Deviljho]], [[Pantheon/{{Consumption}} Jabba the Hutt]], [[Pantheon/BloodAndGore Nutty]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
General clarification on works content


** Lizards are resilient but distrustful carnivores. Were it not for the Scorched Queen's sudden appearance, their clans may have lost the Great Civil War. They're excellent at gathering meat from giant snails and leeches, and since they're cold-blooded, they prefer to work in warm buildings such as furnaces and the hearths at the centre of each settlement. Their buildings are made of bricks and cloth, with red, spiked roofs.

to:

** Lizards are resilient but distrustful carnivores. Were it not for the Scorched Queen's sudden appearance, their clans may have lost won the Great Civil War. They're excellent at gathering meat from giant snails and leeches, and since they're cold-blooded, they prefer to work in warm buildings such as furnaces and the hearths at the centre of each settlement. Their buildings are made of bricks and cloth, with red, spiked roofs.
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
Removed Devil Survivor 2 character.


** Episode 3: The contestants comprised of {{Mon}}-users and summoners (without said Mons or summons, of course), with a majority being [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Demon Summoners]], [[Pantheon/{{Digimon}} Digidestined]], [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Persona-users]], and [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Pokémon Trainers]]. 19 entrants reached the Showdown, and vanquished Takeshi with only four survivors ([[spoiler:[[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes Jessie]], [[Pantheon/{{Thieves}} Futaba]], [[Pantheon/{{Metafiction}} Hibiki]], and [[Pantheon/HeroicActions Takeru]]]]).

to:

** Episode 3: The contestants comprised of {{Mon}}-users and summoners (without said Mons or summons, of course), with a majority being [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Demon Summoners]], [[Pantheon/{{Digimon}} Digidestined]], [[Pantheon/ShinMegamiTensei Persona-users]], and [[Pantheon/{{Pokemon}} Pokémon Trainers]]. 19 entrants reached the Showdown, and vanquished Takeshi with only four three survivors ([[spoiler:[[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes Jessie]], [[Pantheon/{{Thieves}} Futaba]], [[Pantheon/{{Metafiction}} Hibiki]], and [[Pantheon/HeroicActions Takeru]]]]).
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:


[[folder:Raccoon City]]
''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis It all began as an ordinary day in September. An ordinary day in Raccoon City, a city controlled by Umbrella...]]"''

'''[[Franchise/ResidentEvil Raccoon City]], Holy Domain Of {{Company Town}}s''' (RC - nickname attributed by Jill Valentine, Raccoon City, Colorado - fandom location, Raccoon City, Pennsylvania - novelization location)
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoonrain_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Skyline of Raccoon City.]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_incident_2020_remake_3.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Raccoon City Destruction Incident, 1998]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_map.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Map of Raccoon City]]
* A town situated out in the American Midwest (or in Pennsylvania, according to the novels), financed by the Umbrella Corporation.
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
* Portfolio: [[TheMountainsOfIllinois A Town Situated In The American Midwest At The Base Of The Arklay Mountains]] [[CompanyTown Financially Backed By The Umbrella Corporation]], [[ZombieApocalypse That Was The Location Of Several Outbreaks In 1998]], [[NukeEm Resulting In Its Nuclear Destruction]] [[ItsTheOnlyWayToBeSure To Stop The Outbreak]]
* Domains: Mountain Towns, Outbreaks
* Places Of Interest Include:
** Raccoon Police Department
** Gun Shop KENDO
** Saint Michael's Clock Tower
** The Various Umbrella Facilities and Laboratories (NEST and NEST-2, Umbrella Chemical Plant, the Umbrella Executive Training Facility and the Ecliptic Express, the Spencer Mansion, and the Dead Factory)
** The Apple Inn
** Bar Jack and J's Bar
** Raccoon University
** Raccoon General Hospital and Spencer Memorial Hospital
** The Abandoned Hospital
** Raccoon Zoo
** Raccoon Sewers
** Raccoon Subway
** Raccoon Orphanage
** Raccoon Park
* Sacred To (an extent):
** R.P.D. Personnel: [[Pantheon/CraftingMaterials Jill Valentine]], [[Pantheon/GamingGenresAToM Chris Redfield, Leon S. Kennedy]], [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Rebecca Chambers]], [[Pantheon/{{Firearms}} Barry Burton]], [[Pantheon/EvilActions Brian Irons]]
** Umbrella Personnel (current and former): [[Pantheon/VillainousArchetypes Ozwell Spencer]], [[Pantheon/{{Costumes}} Albert Wesker]], [[Pantheon/EyeAppearances William Birkin]], [[Pantheon/CombinedForms James Marcus]], [[Pantheon/{{Headwear}} HUNK]], [[Pantheon/MotivationsForEvil The Wolfpack]]
** Raccoon City Residents and Other: [[Pantheon/GamingGenresAToM Claire Redfield]], [[Pantheon/MedicalConditions Sherry Birkin]], [[Pantheon/GameModes Ada Wong]], [[Pantheon/SocialAndRecreationalWork Moira Burton]]
** Umbrella Bioweapons: William Birkin (as 'G'), [[Pantheon/ArtificialBeings T-002]] [[Pantheon/LivingWeapons Tyrant]], [[Pantheon/AnthropomorphicAnimals The Hunter Series]], [[Pantheon/MonsterBehavior Lisa Trevor]], [[Pantheon/{{Tics}} T-00 (Mr. X)]], [[Pantheon/BossFightsNToZ Nemesis T-Type]]
* Hunting Grounds For: [[Pantheon/InvestigativeWork Franks West]], [[Pantheon/{{Zombies}} The Green Flu Special Infected]], [[Pantheon/NicknamesAndRenames The Zombieland Crew]], [[Pantheon/CausesOfSadness John Rambo]], [[Pantheon/SoldierArchetypes Doom Slayer]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} B.J. Blazkowicz]], [[Pantheon/CharacterizedAppearances Aloy]], [[Pantheon/{{Metafiction}} Deadpool]], [[Pantheon/ClothingTheme Negan Smith]], [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Juliet Starling]], [[Pantheon/GameModes The Ultimis Team]]
* Bane Of: [[Pantheon/MannersOfSurvival Lee Everett and Clementine]], [[Pantheon/TragedyAndDespair Rick]] [[Pantheon/FacialHair Grimes]], [[Pantheon/ExternalPowerSources Vixen]], [[Pantheon/ArcsAndEpisodes Rocket Raccoon]], [[Pantheon/AnimalCompanions Yoshi]] [[Pantheon/ArcsAndEpisodes Joel and Ellie]], [[Pantheon/MilitaryRanks Arthur Maxson]]
* Place Of Interest For: [[Pantheon/UndeadAndPhasmata House of Undead and Phasmata]], [[Pantheon/TyrannicalFigures The Enclave]], [[Pantheon/TimePeriods The Think Tank]], [[Pantheon/ExtrovertFlaws Father]] [[Pantheon/{{Entitlement}} Elijah]]
* Situated in Arklay County, Raccoon City was a nothing more than a small mountain town before the Umbrella Corporation moved in during the late 1960's. Among the things built was the revised electrical system devised by engineer Michael Warren, who was also responsible for developing Raccoon City's cable car system. Financially backed by Umbrella, Raccoon City became a {{company town}}, Umbrella having built several facilities that contributed to the town's transformation from mountain town to an industrialized city, along with several top-secret laboratories where they could conduct their illegal research into the Tyrant and Golgotha Viruses away from prying eyes. As Jill Valentine so famously put it, ''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis No one dared to oppose them. And that lack of strength would ultimately lead to their destruction.]]"'' For Raccoon City, the aforementioned destruction would come in the form of what is now known as the Raccoon City Destruction Incident. For those who survived Raccoon's last days, the incident would change their lives forever.
* Ominous, dark, and foreboding, the town known as Raccoon City and the Arklay Forest appeared in the Pantheon. As with the [=RMS=] ''Titanic'', the town is a perfect replica of the original Raccoon City, complete with Umbrella's bioweapons roaming the streets. Knowing full well of the events surrounding the destruction of Raccoon City following survival testimonies from Claire Redfield and Sherry Birkin and the dissertations from Jill Valentine and Leon Kennedy, contingency plans have been put in place to ensure that the bioweapons remain within the region. However, there are those brave, foolhardy or outright suicidal that wish to test their skills against Raccoon City's undead and its more monstrous denizens, a fortified safe zone has been created at Saint Michael Clock Tower, complete with medical staff and vials vaccine for anyone infected with the T or G-viruses. The safe zone was originally going to be located at the Raccoon Subway, but that was immediately vetoed due to the infestation of Mega Bytes (fleas mutated after ingesting T-virus infected blood, causing them to grow over a foot in size) in parts of the subway, which led to the clock tower as an alternative safe zone.
** What is known as the Raccoon City Destruction Incident is known by many names, such as the Raccoon City Incident, Raccoon City Tragedy, Raccoon City Viral Outbreak and Raccoon's Destruction. The two main causes of the outbreak could be traced to the T-virus-infected sewer rats contaminating the sewer ecosystem following G-Birkin's massacre of HUNK's team, with the second cause being that of the T-virus contaminating Victory Lake, which serves as the town's water supply. This was where the Think Tank and the Enclave managed to get their samples of the T-virus. It was bad enough that the Think Tank had the bright idea of using their sample of the virus on a Alpha Deathclaw. If that was bad enough, then the Think Tank had restrained it within the confines of the Z-9 Crotalus DNA Preservation Lab. The same place where the Think Tank ''created the Night Stalkers.'' Thankfully, the outbreak was put down, and all remaining samples were confiscated. The Enclave was no better, infecting a Supermutant Behemoth, thus creating a ''Zombie Behemoth.'' As with the Think Tank, all T-viris samples were confiscated from the Enclave once the Zombie Behemoth was put down. Following this fiasco, all scientists visiting the various laboratories in Raccoon City are closely monitored and searched.
** To ensure that the various Progenitor-based viruses do not spread from Raccoon City, contingency plans have been put in place. Jill claims that it's not enough. Some people say that she speaks from experience, as she was one of the last survivors who escaped by helicopter moments before Raccoon City was destroyed. ''How'' it was destroyed is left for debate. Some claimed that it was a single nuclear warhead. Others - Jill included - claim that the federal government used a single (or several) experimental thermobaric warhead to sterilize Raccoon City. Some experts claim that the (non) nuclear option [[ItsTheOnlyWayToBeSure is the best option]] should things get out of hand in containing Raccoon's undead citizens and the rampaging bioweapons. One such device was more than enough for the job. The Pantheon has at least ''five'' warheads aimed at Raccoon, in the event things go supercritical.
* Jill Valentine returned to Raccoon City, if only to gain a measure of closure. Chris Redfield (who was in Europe investigating Umbrella at the time), Claire Redfield, Leon Kennedy and Sherry Birkin (also Raccoon Survivors themselves), Frank West, and Rick Grimes accompanied her. For Jill, the wounds are more personal, as she herself was infected with the T-virus, but was later cured. However, it was during her years under Wesker's control that he used her dormant T-virus antibodies to perfect the Uroborous Virus. For Rick Grimes, he was horrified as to what Raccoon City had become, the T-virus reminding him of the Wildfire Virus from his own universe. Unlike the detailed notes of the T-Virus, what Rick knows about the Wildfire Virus is sporadic at best. Of course, Jill and company made sure to avoid most of the undead mob, but made time to visit such old haunts like the R.P.D. Once again, Rick was horrified as to the number of undead cops that roamed the halls. The first thing Claire did was to track down the traitorous police chief, Brian Irons, and began to wring his fat neck. However, Claire was stopped by Chris, claiming that "[[WesternAnimation/TheSimpsons her hands we]][[DoWrongRight re too weak]]," and proceeded to strangle Irons for hurting his sister. It took Jill, Rick and Frank to pull Chris off of Irons, regardless of how much he deserved it. Jill and Rick had to repeat the same thing with Sherry, pulling her off of Irons following ''her'' attempt to strangle the sanctimonious prick to death.
* As a town populated with the walking dead, it has piqued the interest of various undead deities from the House of Undead and Phasmata. One major benefit is that they can roam the streets of Raccoon City without being attacked. For Nagash the Undying, he considers Raccoon City as a vacation spot for him to unwind and relax. As most of the denizens of the town are already undead, The Night's King has no power over them, much to his annoyance. Sylvanas Windrunner finds the undead to be rather interesting, a stark contrast to the undead from her universe, those being created by sorcery rather than Umbrella's meddling with science. That doesn't stop her from using Raccoon's undead population as target practice. Hisako is another who can venture Raccoon's streets without being attacked. The Ultimis Team, known for mowing down hordes upoon hordes of zombies, lend their zombie killing expertise in keeping the numbers of the undead down to safe numbers. Interestingly enough, Hanzo Hasashi and Kuai Liang can also venture into Raccoon City without being attacked, due to their past as undead revenants under Quan Chi's control. Jax Briggs doesn't even try, as he still has nightmares from his time as a revenant. [[Pantheon/{{Slaughter}} Noob Saibot]] find Raccoon City to be quite interesting, as he too, can walk among the undead without being attacked. For those brave enough (or have a death wish) to venture into Raccoon City, it has a bit of something for everyone:
** First up, is the '''Raccoon Police Department.''' Originally an art museum befire the R.P.D. bought the building, it is where the Raccoon Police made their final stand against the walking dead. It also didn't help matters that Chief Irons went off the deep end and killed any stragglers he came across during the Raccoon Outbreak. Not only is the police station is heavily populated with the undead still clad in the uniforms of the Raccooon police force, it is also home to a small number of Lickers, with most of them populating the lower levels of the police station. The zombified Brad Vickers and Marvin Branagh could be seen in the vicinity, Brad roaming the station's front gates and gun locker, while Marvin can be found in the main hall. It's also the main haunt of Mr. X, who has no qualms about chasing down his prey, knocking any undead aside in his pursuit of anything with a pulse. Negan Smith is a frequent visitor to the R.P.D., as are several members of the Grand United Alliance of Evil, if only to get their rocks off by butchering the zombie cops without consequence. Then, there's Brian Irons, the aforementioned crooked police chief. A notorious psychopath and rapist, Irons has a taste for blondes, which means that if you're a fair-haired female, the zombies and Mr. X will be the least of your concerns... unless you're Juliet Starling. Unlike Claire, Juliet comes from a family of zombie hunters, the last thing Irons want to experience is what a chainsaw-assisted enema feels like.
** Next, is the '''Raccoon Zoo.''' A popular tourist attraction, it was home to Oscar, the bull elephant, Max the lion, and the three lionesses, Silfy, Angela and Jennifer. Pity that pesky T-virus has turned Raccoon Zoo into a deathtrap populated by the now-undead animals, with the aforementioned Oscar now a zombified elephant (the Titan) and Max and his three lionesses suffering the same fate, becoming even more deadlier undead (as the Stalkers). If you can survive such lethal attractions such as the zombie versions of the Hyena, the Hornbill, the Alligator, and the Flying Bugs, then an encounter with eithet Oscar or one of the four lions is in one's inevitable future. Upon traversing through the ruined zoo, Vixen was ''pissed.'' The T-virus had all but made a mockery out of the animals. Vixen notes that the Zombie Hyena is torn between running away from her and attacking. But upon seeing the undead bull elephant and the undead pride of lions, Mari was driven to tears.
** Then, there is the place where Chris and Jill took their first steps into the world of Survival Horror: '''The Spencer Mansion.''' Built as a hideaway for Lord Spencer by renowned New York Architect George Trevor, it is a perfect front for the underground laboratory, where Albert Wesker and the other Umbrella scientists conducted T-virus experiments. To anyone venturing in the Spencer Mansion, incincerating the zombies is highly encouraged, lest they would revive as the highly-aggressive Crimson Heads. The Spencer Estate is also home to Lisa Trevor, who stalks the underground areas of the Mansion, and the zombified remains of Forest Speyer, who stalks the mansion identified by the sound of the numerous grenades that are bouncing on his person. In a weird form of familial bonding, Sparda, Dante, Nero and Vergil stalk the halls of the estate, hacking, slashing and blasting away at the undead and monstrous residents of the Spencer Estate, taking great care to avoid shooting at Forest.
** '''The Abandoned Hospital''' is located deep within the Raccoon Forest. As a result of what is now known as [[VideoGame/ResidentEvil the Mansion Incident which took place in May of 1998]], the T-Virus had contaminated the area surrounding the abandoned hospital, mutating the plant life. For Joel and Ellie, the poisonous green zombies with pieces of plant life sticking out of them reminds them both of the Clickers. And if one doesn't think that things can't get worse, it does. Stalking the ruined halls of the hospital is the former director, Dr. Albert Lister, better known as the Axe Man. Yes, the abandoned hospital has its own ''stalker[=/=]serial killer'', one that feeds its victims to the massive mutant plant that has grown within the hospital. If Vixen was enraged over the state of the Raccoon Zoo, then Poison Ivy was absolutely irate following her and Harley Quinn's visit to the hospital, Harley proving to be more than a match for the Axe Man with her assortment of weapons.
* Raccoon City has also played host to some of the more adventurous (and suite possibly, suicidal) Gods in the Pantheon. Rocket Raccoon paid the town a visit after Chris and Jill told him that their hometown was Raccoon City. While Rocket had fun testing out his weapons on the walking dead, the first thing he did upon returning from the ruined town was to kick Chris' ass for leading him on, believing it to be a safe haven for raccoons, all the while [[AndThisIsFor calling Chris a wanker for]] [[VideoGame/MarvelVsCapcom3 "letting them mess up Raccoon City."]] Yoshi also avoids the city like the plague (pun intended), after a wrong turn found him within the city limits, and within reach of about a few dozen zombies who found dinosaur meat to be rather tasty. Terry Bogard, Joe Higashi, and Mai Shiranui all claim that they did not step foot in Raccoon City, [[https://ironmouse.za.org/dragon/jill/002/012710.jpg although Chris, Claire, Jill and Leon says otherwise.]] When not hunting down Nazis or Demons, the pair use this time to test out the more powerful weapons. B.J. gave his descendant a fist bump after seeing the Slayer use the BFG 9000 on a horde of zombies. As it turned out, Raccoon City is becoming a place for the gods to test out their more powerful (and destructive) weapons.

''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis It was Raccoon City's last chance. And my last chance. My last escape...]]"''
[[/folder]]
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None

Added DiffLines:

[[folder:The Scorched Queen's Kingdom]]
'''[[VideoGame/AgainstTheStorm The Scorched Queen's Kingdom]], Land of {{Perpetual Storm}}s'''

[[quoteright:350:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/ats_biomes.png]]
[[caption-width-right:350:Aerial view]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:The Smoldering City]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/smoldering_city_with_buildings_1920x1080.png[[/labelnote]]]]
[[caption-width-right:350:[[labelnote:A settlement]]https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/against_the_storm_key_art.png[[/labelnote]]]]

* Description: A city on top of a volcano, surrounded by an expanse of forests.
* Symbol: The Scorched Queen's mask
* Alignment: The forests are ChaoticEvil; the city is LawfulNeutral
* Theme Music: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ThrbvtQb_aw Forest Lights]]
* Portfolio: {{Roguelike}} {{Construction and Management Game|s}}, BizarreSeasons, inhabited by [[LionsAndTigersAndHumansOhMy humans]], [[BusyBeaver beavers]], {{lizard|Folk}}s, {{harpi|ngOnAboutHarpies}}es, {{fox|Folk}}es, and AlwaysChaoticEvil {{fish|People}}men, BlackAndGreyMorality, covered by an IntelligentForest, [[FungusHumongous giant mushrooms]] in the Marshlands, [[{{Planimal}} coral and mussel-like trees]] in the Coral Forests, FireWaterJuxtaposition
* Domains: Rain, fire, forests, fear
* Visitors: [[Pantheon/{{Endings}} Hina Amano]], [[Pantheon/SingersAndPerformers Cacofonix]], [[Pantheon/RabbitsAndRodents Folktails & Iron Teeth]], [[Pantheon/{{Abilities}} Xiao]], [[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes Courier Six]]
* The Smoldering City is the only safe haven in a world cursed with perpetual rain. Build atop a volcano after the Great Civil War that nearly drove the harpies who inhabited it to extinction, the mysterious Scorched Queen uses her powers to ensure that the sun still shines. The city is surrounded on all sides by hostile, sentient forests that only the ferocious fishmen can thrive in, and she sends her viceroys to lead expeditions into them in order to gather resources. The forests grow more enraged as people populate them and cut down their trees; the only things they fear are fire and the queen's wrath. Every few decades, a cataclysm called the Blightstorm washes the world clean and rearranges the landscape, forcing everyone to return to to the city.
* The rain is magically charged, and it comes in three varieties. During the drizzle, when the forests are at their safest, it's green. During clearance, when farmers gather their crops and there are occasional gaps in the clouds, it's yellow. During the storm, when the forests are at their most dangerous, it's blue. All three kinds of water can be used to power rainpunk engines in manufacturing buildings, but at a cost: it causes blightrot cysts to appear in settlements, flower-like growths that open during the storm and will kill villagers if they aren't burned in time. Despite the constant rain, it never floods.
* There are six kinds of forests:
** The Royal Woodlands are the most hospitable biome, relatively speaking. They're full of green trees, fertile soil, and useful plants, so they're recommended for beginner viceroys. They were once part of the Smoldering City until the forest reclaimed them.
** It's difficult to farm in the harsh, cold Marshlands because of the hard and rocky soil. Instead, they're full of tree-like fungi and huge amounts of gatherable resources. If you're lucky, you might find giant wheat, leviathan corpses, or mushrooms in the deepest glades.
** The trees of the Scarlet Orchards look like giant roses and are filled with copper. They're full of skeletons of giant creatures that once plagued the land, such as spiders, scorpions, and sea serpents, so viceroys are allowed to conduct archaeological expeditions to uncover them. Due to its abundance of fertile soil, herbs, berries, and roots, it's also known as the kingdoms' herb garden.
** Unlike the other biomes, Coral Forests contain three types of trees: mineral-rich crimsonreach trees, shelled and fleshy musselsprout trees, and fibrous plateleaf trees. Contrary to popular belief, they don't grow in areas that were once flooded; instead, the aquatic aesthetic is due to the influence of coral. Settlers find them beautiful despite their dangers.
** The Cursed Royal Woodlands are full of death. The trees are barren and infested with insect larvae, and it's haunted by ghosts from the Great Civil War. Some ghosts will merely disappear if they aren't appeased, but more hostile ones will curse settlements as well. In the other forests, the safest glades are smaller, but here, they're all the same size, making it impossible to assess their danger in advance.
** The Sealed Forests are home to ancient beings called the Sealed Ones, who seem to have a connection to the Blightstorm. During the storm season, they unleash terrible plagues upon villagers. Most of its trees writhe and appear to have faces, and the biggest ones resemble flowers covered in thorns. Viceroys must undergo several trials in order to close the seals, and doing so increases the amount of time between Blightstorms.
* The majority of the kingdom's population consists of five species:
** Humans once had their own kingdoms until the Blightstorm came. They specialise in farming and brewing, and are typically the last to leave failing settlements. Their buildings are made of brick and planks, with white walls and blue roofs.
** Most beavers are members of the Smoldering City's merchants guild; the kingdom mostly has a bartering economy, but they use amber as currency too. They're hard workers who specialise in lumber and engineering, but can also be demanding. Their buildings are made of warm-brown planks with rounded edges.
** Lizards are resilient but distrustful carnivores. Were it not for the Scorched Queen's sudden appearance, their clans may have lost the Great Civil War. They're excellent at gathering meat from giant snails and leeches, and since they're cold-blooded, they prefer to work in warm buildings such as furnaces and the hearths at the centre of each settlement. Their buildings are made of bricks and cloth, with red, spiked roofs.
** Harpies are all infected by a blightrot-like disease that makes it difficult for them to fly. They specialise in gathering herbs and using them in alchemical recipes, and love working with cloth. Despite their graceful appearance, they have a wild and aggressive side. Their buildings are made of cloth, with white walls, purple roofs, and gold accents.
** Foxes specialise in working with rainwater, so they developed a symbiotic relationship with the blightrot. They have a deep bond with the forest, and are the fastest at dealing with the various situations that pop up in glades, from opening crates to feeding wild {{kaiju}}. Unfortunately, they're easily susceptible to starvation. Despite being mortal, no fox graves have ever been found. Their buildings have green roofs, silver walls, and are made of planks, cloth, and crystallised dew.
* While the entire kingdom is open to visitors, it's so inhospitable that few ''want'' to visit it. Hina Amano and Cacofonix both have the ability to summon rain at will, which makes them unwelcome in most places, but their powers don't make much of a difference here. The Folktails and Iron Teeth, who come from a world plagued by droughts, were intrigued by a place with an endless supply of water. Both of their settlements made trade agreements with the merchants guild. The Folktails enjoy the kingdom's delicacies such as biscuits and pickles, while the Iron Teeth plan to build rain engines to power their factories.
* Some gods use their skills to help the kingdom's citizens. Xiao is a mercenary who wields fire, so she's offered to help viceroys burn blightrot cysts in their settlements... for a fee. She's only manifested E.G.O. once while in the forests, but the Scorched Queen is interested in Xiao's ability to make her flames so potent that merely being near here causes burns. Courier Six has trekked through all kinds of hostile environments, so they occasionally help the merchant's guild make deliveries. The queen's envoy considered asking them to send orders to viceroys as well, but soon realised that they tend to meander.
* The kingdom's citizens enjoy visiting other dominions. The beavers are welcome in Zootopia and often help with construction work, though they stay away from the Rainforest District. The lizards love basking in Sahara Square, as well as the [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Far, Far Range]]'s Dry Reef and Glass Desert. The humans and harpies both love foraging for the Range's bizarre array of crops, such as cube-shaped strawberries and heart-shaped beats; they're a nice change of pace from roots and moss. The foxes were also welcomed to Zootopia, but they don't like the hustle and bustle of the city; they prefer to explore overgrown, abandoned, or mysterious places such as the Dwemer Ruins and Yggdrasil Labyrinths.
[[/folder]]

Added: 10995

Changed: 921

Removed: 332

Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
5 or more votes


[[folder:Raccoon City]]
''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis It all began as an ordinary day in September. An ordinary day in Raccoon City, a city controlled by Umbrella...]]"''

'''[[Franchise/ResidentEvil Raccoon City]], Holy Domain Of {{Company Town}}s''' (RC - nickname attributed by Jill Valentine, Raccoon City, Colorado - fandom location, Raccoon City, Pennsylvania - novelization location)
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoonrain_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Skyline of Raccoon City.]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_incident_2020_remake_3.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Raccoon City Destruction Incident, 1998]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_map.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Map of Raccoon City]]
* A town situated out in the American Midwest (or in Pennsylvania, according to the novels), financed by the Umbrella Corporation.

to:

[[folder:Raccoon City]]
''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis It all began as an ordinary day in September. An ordinary day in Raccoon City, a city controlled by Umbrella...]]"''

'''[[Franchise/ResidentEvil Raccoon City]], Holy Domain Of {{Company Town}}s''' (RC - nickname attributed by Jill Valentine, Raccoon City, Colorado - fandom location, Raccoon City, Pennsylvania - novelization location)
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.
[[folder:Ooo]]
'''[[WesternAnimation/AdventureTime The Land of Ooo]], Divine Land With A CataclysmBackstory'''
[[quoteright:350:https://static.
tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoonrain_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Skyline of Raccoon City.]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_incident_2020_remake_3.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Raccoon City Destruction Incident, 1998]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_map.
org/pmwiki/pub/images/ooo_map.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Map [[caption-width-right:350:A map of Raccoon City]]
* A town situated out in
the American Midwest (or in Pennsylvania, according Land of Ooo.]]
* Description: A massive landmass of mixed biomes, thought
to be around the novels), financed by the Umbrella Corporation.size of Australia
* Symbol: The map with a pink, ice-white, reddish-orange and lime green pin holding it down
* Theme Song: [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BPOlSYwL3ZA Come Along With Me]]


Added DiffLines:

* Portfolio: WorldOfWeirdness, AdventureFriendlyWorld, [[BackstoryHorror Eventually Revealed To Be]] AfterTheEnd [[CataclysmBackstory Due To]] [[WorldWarIII The Great Mushroom War]], FantasyKitchenSink, TheMagicComesBack
* Domains: Fantasy, Comedy, Absurdity, Reveals, Trauma, Elements
* Sacred to: Pretty much every Pantheon/AdventureTime deity that's not [[OmnicidalManiac the Lich]], or cosmic beings like [[Pantheon/VillainousRoles GOLB]] or [[Pantheon/PhysicalAppearance Prismo]]
* Bane: [[Pantheon/{{Toxicity}} the Lich]]
* Barred entry: Lord Tirek, [[Pantheon/CharacterReveals Big Jack Horner]], [[Pantheon/TheatricPerformers Carol Miller/Mom]], [[Pantheon/{{Hunters}} Emperor Belos]]
* The land of Ooo is a colorful, rather magical landmass. There are a wide variety of strange citizens and diverse residents, and a bunch of themed kingdoms (ie Hot Dog Kingdom, Lumpy Space World), with two of the most prominent kingdoms being the Candy Kingdom (created and ruled by Princess Bubblegum) and the Ice Kingdom (constructed by the Ice King and his crown's magic). And yet like the Planet of the Apes, [[AfterTheEnd it takes place on Earth]]. A thousand years ago there was a Great Mushroom War [[FantasticNuke of mutagenic horror]] that made humanity an endangered species, and awakened the modern incarnation of [[OmnicidalManiac the Lich]]. It led to magic becoming prominent again and the elemental forces of ice, fire, candy and slime to have their powers reawakened.
* The most powerful political figure in the Land of Ooo was also the one who introduced the landmass to the Trope Pantheon; Princess Bonnibel Bubblegum. To her critics this was another sign of her grandstanding and dictatorish tendencies, but to most it was fitting. In an act of solidarity and/or {{Realpolitik}}, her and [[Pantheon/FireAndHeat Flame Princess]] opened up Ooo as a destination to visit, complete with visas, planes and other traditions of travel. The Bad Land's Royal Congressional Hall decides what non-ascended kingdoms get an embassy within the Trope Pantheon, in hopes they could one day have a leader get Trope Pantheon deity status. [[Pantheon/AdministrativeCenters SCP-1678]] was one of the first dominions to express forming diplomatic ties as they perceive it as a potential promised land should the surface "be cleansed of corruption", [[Pantheon/SourcesOfInformation but the SCP Foundation]] has been sabotaging their efforts out of mistrust and to uphold TheMasquerade.
* Mount Volbono has managed to establish diplomatic ties with the Land of Ooo. They're ecstatic since there's not just a Candy Kingdom, but also a Breakfast Kingdom, a Hot Dog Kingdom and other food-based kingdoms. The House of Pantheon/{{Food}} noticed this and in order to prevent some international incident has declared anyone who decides to eat the residents will be declared a PersonaNonGrata to the Land of Ooo and they will not help them. In other words, [[AnthropomorphicFood do not eat people of Ooo just because they happen to be food]]; [[CarnivoreConfusion it will still be considered a form of cannibalism]]. Even if she is a moral pony Princess Bubblegum stressed telling this to [[Pantheon/JoyAndHappiness Pinkie Pie]] due to her huge SweetTooth, though most felt it an unfair comment since she loves the idea of a Candy Kingdom and would never dream of causing harm.
* Due to the four element system in play, [[Pantheon/{{Nature}} Aang and Captain Planet]] decided to visit Ooo, only to find what elements are in effect to be a bit strange. Or as Captain Planet put it "fire I know well and ice, not my style but I get it. [[BizarroElements But candy and slime? That's a new one]]". A portal was later found in the Fire and Ice Kingdom that connected to the Halls of Pantheon/FireAndHeat, and Pantheon/IceAndCold respectively.
* What part of [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Earth]] would become the Land of Ooo is the subject of much speculation. Since Ooo's dimensions have been estimated to be around the size of Australia some think it might be Australia, but considering the Mushroom War did so much damage as to cause an almost moon-sized crater the continents could've been shifted around in ways nobody could predict. Upon its ascension a planetarium was built to study [[Pantheon/AstronomicalBodies Mars]], being as it is where Grob Gob Glob Grod comes from, only for "multidimensional Pantheon weirdness" to see a different version of Mars whenever they look. It's significantly bigger than [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses the Fortnite Island]], though despite some rumors "a sense of inferiority" is not why they haven't invited residents to a crossover; they just haven't gotten around it. Or as [[Pantheon/{{Canines}} Jake]] put it "they invited [[Pantheon/JokesAndPranks Peter Griffin]] over before me and [[Pantheon/{{Swords}} Finn]]?!"
* To many, the fact that Ooo [[BackstoryHorror has a morbid backstory]] came as surprising. The Great Mushroom War sounded very similar to [[Franchise/{{Fallout}} the Great War]], except that had more of a [=50s=] aesthetic instead of the [[FantasticNuke magical]] Mushroom War. So far the only Pantheon/AdventureTime deities who have memories of the world before are [[Pantheon/ExternalPowerSources Marceline Abadeer]] [[spoiler:and the now sane [[Pantheon/CharacterRoles Simon Petrikov]] ]], who's [[BackstoryHorror trope]] [[WithGreatPowerComesGreatInsanity has it as just one of the tragedies he suffered]]. Those from the ''Franchise/{{Fallout}}'' universe are quite interested in how they went through totally different paths, though it should be noted that early Ooo still had [[NuclearMutant nuclear nasties like the Oozers]]. [[Pantheon/CommercialArchetypes The Courier]] has made it his next mission to navigate and explore new and unseen paths on Ooo.
* It's not clear when exactly the Great Mushroom War took place but based on what has been seen of what life was like beforehand, it was either the late 20th or early 21st century; [[spoiler:since Simon is a ''Series/{{Cheers}}'' fan]], it had to have been after 1982. And since the Land of Ooo is set a millennium afterwards, this has the interesting effect of putting it roughly around the same era as the setting of ''WesternAnimation/{{Futurama}}''. [[Pantheon/SpeechAToM Professor Hubert Farnsworth]] considers this unironic good news as it means he can meet up and talk science with Princess Bubblegum "without anyone [[MyOwnGrampa becoming their own grandfather]]...''[[OnceDoneNeverForgotten Fry]]''". Mom [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vI3-kzz4UyE might've beaten him to it though]]. Why she kidnapped Finn and Jake no-one knows, but PB used it as a way to bar her from entry. Mom personally thinks she's overreacting and is more incensed at [[ShadowArchetype seeing her darker side in her]].
* [[Pantheon/CraftingMaterials Adeleine]] has rather mixed feelings over the Land of Ooo. She's [[TokenHuman the only human Kirby has met]] and is apparently from Shiver Star, a frozen wasteland now only inhabited by robots. Said Shiver Star is heavily implied to be Earth AfterTheEnd from her universe, so Ooo brings up bad memories. [[Pantheon/GameDesign The Dragon Hunters of the Kazan Guild]] are somewhat uncomfortable since it reminds them of their world, Eden, being EarthAllAlong. Despite the shock of Ooo being post-apocalyptic, they take comfort in the fact that [[AlienFairFolk their Dragons]] aren't a problem there.
* Though technically sacred to the Lich, that is only in the sense that he comes from Ooo (well, the OG [[spoiler:and Jerry]] incarnations) and emerged in the Great Mushroom War. It's more accurate to call him the ''[[TheDreaded bane]]'' of Ooo as his goal is [[OmnicidalManiac the extinction of all life]] starting from Ooo, and he'd arrived long before as a Catalyst Comet. Needless to say, [[OmnicidalManiac omnicidal maniacs]] are not considered welcome. For that matter, anyone who hates magic. Ooo has a lot of races who wouldn't exist if it wasn't for the magic so any attempt to steal the magic from Ooo [[InferredHolocaust would be regarded as an attempted genocide]]. For Lord Tirek it's like an all you can eat buffet, ''especially'' the Candy Kingdom. Big Jack Horner wants to take all the magic and magical artifacts for himself, [[FantasticRacism and thinks Ooo is full of freaks]] so he'll be ecstatic [[LackOfEmpathy instead of merely apathetic]] in his attempt to plunder the land. A lot more seriously, Belos is absolutely disgusted at the existence of Ooo and he plans to purge all "unnatural life[[note]]so anything remotely magical[[/note]]" from the landmass.
* [[Recap/AdventureTimeS9E14DiamondsAndLemons A version of the Land of Ooo exists]] within [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses Minecraft]]. As mentioned Ooo is small enough compared to the massive available territory of the Minecraft you can make your own 1:1 model with room to spare. Since Ooo exists as part of a multiverse some wonder if there's a version in [[Pantheon/DimensionsAndMultiverses the Dark Multiverse]], with the rumor being [[spoiler:[[WesternAnimation/AdventureTimeFionnaAndCake the version of Ooo where Lich killed everyone]] ]] is found. Prismo has debunked this though saying depressing as that Ooo is, that's not how his powers work. Of course, now that the Land of Ooo does exist in the Trope Pantheon nightmare counterparts started popping up there like "[[Recap/AdventureTimeS8E23SkyhooksII what if the attempt to fix the elemental crisis]] went horribly wrong?"
* Despite the darker background and mature subject matters ''WesternAnimation/AdventureTime'' is still a PG show. So anyone who suggests that some mortals in Ooo [[Pantheon/EstablishmentsAndInstallations exchange money at the Succubus District]] will get [[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VzcfQYTn7Qc this reaction from Princess Bubblegum]]...or a bonk [[Pantheon/{{Memes}} from Cheems]]. Both blame [[Pantheon/MediaAndConnectivity Zone-tan's]] "artwork" for the idea even being considered.
[[/folder]]

[[folder:Raccoon City]]
''"[[VideoGame/ResidentEvil3Nemesis It all began as an ordinary day in September. An ordinary day in Raccoon City, a city controlled by Umbrella...]]"''

'''[[Franchise/ResidentEvil Raccoon City]], Holy Domain Of {{Company Town}}s''' (RC - nickname attributed by Jill Valentine, Raccoon City, Colorado - fandom location, Raccoon City, Pennsylvania - novelization location)
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoonrain_1.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Skyline of Raccoon City.]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_incident_2020_remake_3.jpg]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Raccoon City Destruction Incident, 1998]]
[[quoteright:1000:https://static.tvtropes.org/pmwiki/pub/images/raccoon_city_map.png]]
[[caption-width-right:1000:Map of Raccoon City]]
* A town situated out in the American Midwest (or in Pennsylvania, according to the novels), financed by the Umbrella Corporation.
* Alignment: TrueNeutral
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* As a town populated with the walking dead, it has piqued the interest of various undead deities from the House of Undead and Phasmata. One major benefit is that they can roam the streets of Raccoon City without being attacked. For Nagash the Undying, he considers Raccoon City as a vacation spot for him to unwind and relax. As most of the denizens of the town are already undead, The Night's King has no power over them, much to his annoyance. Sylvanas Windrunner finds the undead to be rather interesting, a stark contrast to the undead from her universe, those being created by sorcery rather than Umbrella's meddling with science. That doesn't stop her from using Raccoon's undead population as target practice. Hisako is another who can venture Raccoon's streets without being attacked. The Ultimis Team, known for mowing down hordes upoon hordes of zombies, lend their zombie killing expertise in keeping the numbers of the undead down to safe numbers. Interestingly enough, Hanzo Hasashi and Kuai Liang can also venture into Raccoon City without being attacked, due to their past as undead revenants under Quan Chi's control. Jax Briggs doesn't even try, as he still has nightmares from his time as a revenant. Noob Saibot find Raccoon City to be quite interesting, as he too, can walk among the undead without being attacked. For those brave enough (or have a death wish) to venture into Raccoon City, it has a bit of something for everyone:

to:

* As a town populated with the walking dead, it has piqued the interest of various undead deities from the House of Undead and Phasmata. One major benefit is that they can roam the streets of Raccoon City without being attacked. For Nagash the Undying, he considers Raccoon City as a vacation spot for him to unwind and relax. As most of the denizens of the town are already undead, The Night's King has no power over them, much to his annoyance. Sylvanas Windrunner finds the undead to be rather interesting, a stark contrast to the undead from her universe, those being created by sorcery rather than Umbrella's meddling with science. That doesn't stop her from using Raccoon's undead population as target practice. Hisako is another who can venture Raccoon's streets without being attacked. The Ultimis Team, known for mowing down hordes upoon hordes of zombies, lend their zombie killing expertise in keeping the numbers of the undead down to safe numbers. Interestingly enough, Hanzo Hasashi and Kuai Liang can also venture into Raccoon City without being attacked, due to their past as undead revenants under Quan Chi's control. Jax Briggs doesn't even try, as he still has nightmares from his time as a revenant. [[Pantheon/{{Slaughter}} Noob Saibot Saibot]] find Raccoon City to be quite interesting, as he too, can walk among the undead without being attacked. For those brave enough (or have a death wish) to venture into Raccoon City, it has a bit of something for everyone:
Is there an issue? Send a MessageReason:
None


* Unholy to: Dr. Ivo "Eggman" Robotnik (more like ''he's'' unholy to it)

to:

* Unholy to: [[Pantheon/BossFightsAToM Dr. Ivo "Eggman" Robotnik Robotnik]] (more like ''he's'' unholy to it)

Top